ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT · the environmental impact outline and reply to review from...

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT

Beijing Environmental Assessment United Company

March 2001

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Administrator

E1153 v1

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT REPORT

PAGE 2 OF 283

Table of Contents

1. Summary.............................................................................................................5 1.1 Project background and retrospect of environmental assessment task...............5 1.2 Evidence .............................................................................................................7 1.3 Assessment criterion and executed classification ...............................................8 1.4 Identification of environment impact factor and selection of assessment factor 14 1.5 Objective of environment protection ..................................................................15 1.6 Scope of assessment ........................................................................................15 1.7 Degree of environment assessment..................................................................16 1.8 Target and principle of the assessment.............................................................16 1.9 Procedure of assessment..................................................................................18 2 Summary of environment condition of the project area .....................................20 2.1 Summary of natural condition............................................................................20 2.2 Social environment summary ............................................................................25 2.3 Classification of environment air quality in Dachang District .............................25 3 Investigation of pollution source in the region ...................................................25 3.1 Investigation and analysis of air pollution source ..............................................26 3.2 Assessment of water pollution source ...............................................................27 3.3 Assessment of noise pollution...........................................................................31 3.4 Investigation and analysis of solid waste...........................................................31 4 Summary of the plant ........................................................................................33 5 Analysis on the project ......................................................................................33 5.1 Summary of the project .....................................................................................33 5.2 Project pollution factors analysis .......................................................................93 5.3 Analysis of the change of pollutant discharging amount in the plant area before

and after completion of the proposed project ..................................................138 6 Current quality status of ambient air and impact assessment .........................142 6.1 Monitoring of current quality status of ambient air and impact assessment ....142 6.2 Pollution Meteorological Features ...................................................................149 6.3 Impact Forecast on Ambient air Quality ..........................................................155 6.4 Impact Assessment on the Ambient air ...........................................................170 7 Current Status and Impact Assessment of the Surface Water Environment

Quality................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................173

7.1 Summary of the Water System in the Assessment Area.................................173 7.2 Current Status Investigation and Assessment of the Surface Water Environment

Quality.............................................................................................................174 7.3 Environment Influence Forecast of Surface Water ..........................................180


PAGE 3 OF 283

7.4 Predict result and assessment of surface water environmental effects ...........187 8 Existing situation and effect assessment of acoustic environment ..................188 8.1 Investigation on existing acoustic environment ...............................................188 8.2 Existing situation assessment of acoustic environment...................................193 8.3 Assessment of the effect of acoustic environment ..........................................196 9 Environment effect analyze for solid waste .....................................................200 9.1 Classification of the solid waste in NISCO ......................................................200 9.2 The yield and utilization of each solid waste in NISCO ...................................200 9.3 The process of comprehensive usage of the main solid waste .......................205 9.4 The storage situation of the solid waste in NISCO ..........................................207 9.5 The effect analyses of the environment pollution by solid waste and the

suggestions of the prevention method ............................................................207 10 Environment effect analyses during construction ............................................207 10.1 The analyses of the atmosphere effect during construction period and the

control measures ............................................................................................208 10.2 The effect analyses of the construction acoustic environment and the control

measures ........................................................................................................209 10.3 The effect analyses of the aquatic environment and the control measures during

construction period..........................................................................................211 10.4 The effect analyses of the construction refuse and the control measures.......212 11 Analyses and comments on cleaning production ............................................212 11.1 Eliminating the production process and equipment with high consumption and

serious pollution ..............................................................................................212 11.2 The assessment of the cleaning production for the proposed project .............215 11.3 Compare of main energy consumption and unit consumption of raw material for

the proposed project .......................................................................................220 11.4 The analyses of material re-sourcelizing for the proposed project ..................225 11.5 Analyses of discharging index per tone of steel ..............................................225 12 Feasibility analyses of discharging up to standard of pollution source and

environment protection measures...................................................................228 12.1 Existing project ................................................................................................228 12.2 After completion of the proposed project.........................................................233 13 Gross Control Analysis for pollutants discharging ...........................................238 13.1 Gross control measures for pollutants discharging .........................................238 13.2 Changing of pollutants discharging amount and Gross Control Analysis........239 14 Environmental management and environmental monitoring ...........................242 14.1 Environmental management mechanism and management system...............242 14.2 Environmental monitoring system and rules ...................................................244 15 Analysis for environmental economy profit and loss........................................247 15.1 Analysis of economic returns ..........................................................................248 15.2 Analysis of social benefit.................................................................................250


PAGE 4 OF 283

15.3 Analysis of environmental benefit ...................................................................250 16 Public participation ..........................................................................................252 16.1 The purpose, function and methodology of public participation ......................252 16.2 The investigation results from questionnaire...................................................252 17 Measures for environment quality improvement..............................................255 18 Conclusion of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) .................................259 9. Key points of appraising subjects execution....................................................270 9.1 Environmental conditions in project location and area pollution sources

investigation....................................................................................................270 9.2 Project analysis...............................................................................................271 9.3 Current ambient air quality and impact assessment .......................................272 9.4 Current surface water quality and impact assessment....................................275 9.5 Current ambient noise quality and impact assessment...................................277 9.6 Environmental impact analysis of solid waste .................................................278 9.7 Environmental impact analysis in construction period.....................................278 9.8 Analysis and statement of cleaning production...............................................278 9.9 Standard discharging of pollution sources and feasibility analysis of

environmental protection measures ................................................................279 9.10 Gross control analysis for pollutants discharging ............................................279 9.11 Environmental management and environmental monitoring ...........................279 9.12 Analysis for environment economy profit and loss ..........................................280 9.13 Public participation..........................................................................................280 10 Result submission ...........................................................................................281 11 Organization and division for appraisal ...........................................................281


PAGE 5 OF 283

1. Summary

1.1 Project background and retrospect of environmental assessment task

Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co.Ltd ( called NISCO for short) is started in 1958. After construction and modification for more than 40 years, NISCO has expended gradually and become a large scale steel corporation, ranking among provincial key enterprises and 520 state key-supported industrial companies as well, which possesses a complete production facilities of sintering, pelletization, coking, ironmaking, steelmaking and steel rolling ,with all matched utilities facilities. The production capacity of 1.8 million tons of iron, 2.4 million tons of steel and 2.1 million tons of rolled products has been formed. The output in 1999 is 1.5 million tons of iron, 1.77 million tons of steel and 1.66 million tons of rolled product, with sale value of 3.757 billion RMB yuan and tax & profit of 0.347 billion RMB yuan. Even though the steel capacity of NISCO has already reached 2.4 million tons, the production equipment and technological process are under the framework of small scale integrated steel enterprise which is setup during planned economic stage. Due to lower equipment capacity, back-wardness of technological process, the product is mainly based on commercial grade of carbon steel and construction grade which has less value-added feature. In addition, market competiveness is not sharp due to lower labor productivity, higher energy consumption, higher production cost and poor economic efficiency. The problem of environmental pollution exists as well. In order to meet the need of national economic construction and NISCO ‘s development, NISCO urgently needs adjustment of technological process and product mix. NISCO has long time experience of production of plate. The ship plate has already acquired works approval from 8 shipping classification societies. The proposed modern Steckel mill adopts Steckel mill technology of producing plate from coiling process, which is different from traditional discrete plate production. It has the advantage of increase of yield, improvement of quality , less cost, more market competiveness and remarkable economica benefit compared with traditional plate mill. After abolition of the existing technology and devices, NISCO will make its contribution to improve the quality of environment in Dachang District via adjustment of product mix and improvement of pollution treatment measure. In order to start the project, Jiangsu Provincial Planning and Economical Committee has submitted to the National Planning Committee on Application of Prefeasibility Study of NISCO Wide Plate/ Coil Project with annualcapacity of 1 million tons. The National Planning Committee has approved the projection application on 20 Dec. 2000. Nanjing Municipal Environment Bureau and Jiangsu Provincial Environment Bureau has approved the projection application after assessment of Application Table on Environment impact of the proposed Project submitted by NISCO. As per the requirement in the regulation of Constructiive Project Environmental Protection Control, Environment Department of NISCO entrusted Beijing Environmental Assessment United Company to execute enviromental assessment of Wide Plate/ Coil Project of NISCO, and asked Nanjing Municipal Environmental Protection Scientific & Reserach Institute to render support. After site exploitation and data collection, and based on the principle of cleaning production, pollution discharging meeting standard, new project advancing exsiting facillities and polluant


PAGE 6 OF 283

total amount control, and environmental assessment guidance, the assessment company compiled Environmental impact Outline of Wide Plate/ Coil Project. National Environment General Bureau sponsored review on the above mentioned Environmental Impact Outline on 21 Sep. 2000, and gave approval on 13 Oct 2000 of reply to Review of Environmental Impact Outline of Wide Plate/ Coil Project of NISCO , with Doc. Release No. 162 (2000) on Envorinmental Supervision. Based on the environmental impact outline and reply to review from authorities, the environmental assessment company completed the Environmental Impact Report of Wide Plate/ Coil Project of NISCO. During assessment progress, we received a lot of support from National Enviromental General Bureau, Environmental Assessment Center, Environmental Office of National Metallurgical Bureau, Jiangsu Environmental Protection Bureau, Nanjing Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau, NISCO’s Enviornmental Protection Department and Planning Department. Hereby we express our thanks to all parties invloved.

1.2 Evidence

1.2.1 Environmental protection law, regulation and control document

(1) Environmental Protection Law of P.R.China (Release Dec 1989)； (2) Air Pollution Prevention and Treatment Law of P.R.China ( Release Apr. 2000); (3) Water Pollution Prevention and Treatment Law of P.R.China ( Release May

1996); (4) Noise Pollution Prevention and Treatment Law of P.R.China ( Release Oct. 1996); (5) Solid Waste Pollution Prevention and Treatment Law of P.R.China ( Release Oct,

1995); (6) Decision on Some Issues of Enviropnmental Protection by State Council (state

Release 1996-31); (7) Environmental Protection Control Regulation for Constructive Project (State

Council No.98-253) ; (8) State Council’s Reply on some issues of acid rain control zone and sulphur

dioxide pollution zone (State doc 1998-5); (9) Several regulation on environmental protection control for constructive project

(Jiangsu Provincial Environmental Committee 98-01. ); (10) Temperatory regulation on control of total amount of release waste in Jiangsu

Province (Jiangsu Government order 1993- 38 ); (11) Notice of release of control measures on waste release port configuration and

standardization treatment (Jiangsu environment control 97-122); (12) Reply on the issue of Jiangsu surface water environment function classification -

Jiangsu Government Reply (95)-93; (13) Environmental Protection Plan in Dachang District of Nanjing (Nanjing

Environmental Bureau 1993) ;


PAGE 7 OF 283

(14) Technical guidance for environmental impact assessment (HJ/T 2.1- 2.3-93, HJ/T2.4 -1995) ;

1.2.2 Related document of the project

(1) Issuing notice of application for Wide Plate (Coil) Project proposal in Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co. Ltd by National Development & Planning Commission ( Document from National Development & Planning Commission, No. Planning Industrial 2000-2502, see Annext 1 );

(2) Application for submission of pre-feasibility study report of Wide Plate (Coil) Project with capacity of 1 million tons per year (Jiangsu Plan Economy Industry development (2000) No.858, see Annex 2 );

(3) Environmental Impact application table of contructive project( NISCO 2000- Aug) ; (4) Certificate of Appointment of environmental impact assessment of Wide plate

/coil project (Environmental Department of NISCO, Aug 2000, See Annex 3) ; (5) The Reply for Review of EIA Outline of Modern Wide Plate (Coil) Project of

Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co. Ltd (State Environmental Protection Administration Document [2000] No.162), see Annex 4;

(6) Outline of Environemtal impact assessment for wide plate/ coil project of NISCO (Beijing Environment Assessment United Company, Sep 2000), abstract see Annex 5;

(7) Feasibility study of wide plate/ coil project of NISCO ( CERIS, Dec 2000) ;

1.3 Assessment criterion and executed classification

1.3.1 Environment quality criterion

1) air Air pollution is as per Environment Air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996 and Environment Release 2000-1 Revision Notice). According to air function zone classification in Nanjing and executed standard: Class II standard for Zone 2 , class III for Zone 3. NISCO is located in Zone 3, and executed standard is Class III. Values refer to Table 1-1: Environment quality standard for air

Limit of concentration (mg/Nm3) Pollution Duration

Class II Class III

Annual average 0.06 0.10

Daily average 0.15 0.25 SO2

1 hour average 0.50 0.70


PAGE 8 OF 283

Annual average 0.08 0.08

Daily average 0.12 0.12 NO2

1 hour average 0.24 0.24

Annual average 0.20 0.30 TSP

Daily average 0.30 0.50

2) land surface water The waste water of the project will be release to the Yangtze River bank at Dachang area, and quality of water refers to Class II of Surface Water Environment Quality Standard. The value in the standard is in Table 1-2. Table 1-2 Environment quality standard for surface water

Water quality (mg/L) Item

Class II Class IV pH 6.5∼8.5

CODCr 15 30

Petrolic substance

0.05 0.5

Non-ion 0.02 0.2

cyanide 0.05 0.2

Volatile hydroxybenzene

0.002 0.01

3) Noise Noise requirement is as per Class III of Urban Environment Noise Standard (GB3096-93), with value in Table 1-3. Table 1-3 Urban area noise standard

Day time Night time Noise limit 65dB(A) 55dB(A)

GB3096-93 Class III

1.3.2 Pollution release standard:

(1) Class III level of Air Pollution Release Standard (GB16297-96)； (2) No. 1 time period and Zone 3 for Boiler Air Pollution Release Standard (GWPB3-

1999)； (3) Class III of Industrial Furnace Air Pollution Release Standard (GB9078-96)； (4) Class I of Iron & Steel Industrial Water Pollution release Standard (GB13456-

92)；


PAGE 9 OF 283

(5) Class III of Industrial Enterprise Noise Standard (GB12348-90)； (6) Noise limit for construction site (GB12523-90);

Executed release standard of pollution refers to Table from 1-4 to 1-9. Table 1-4 Air pollution release standard (GB16297-96)

1. Existing pollution pollution particles Sulphur

dioxide Nitrogen oxide

sulphide

Maximum allowed release concentration(mg/Nm3)

150 700 420 11

15 5.9 4.1 1.4 0.18 20 10 7.7 2.3 0.31 30 40 26 7.7 1.0 40 69 45 14 1.8 50 110 69 21 2.7 60 150 98 29 3.9 70 - 140 41 5.5 80 - 190 56 7.5 90 - 240 72 -

Maximum allowed release rate (Class III) Kg/h

Height of fume release pipe

100 - 310 92 -

2 new pollution pollution particles Sulphur

dioxide Nitrogen oxide

sulphide

Maximum allowed release concentration(mg/Nm3)

120 550 240 9.0

15 5.0 3.6 1.2 0.15 20 8.5 6.6 2.0 0.26 30 34 22 6.6 0.88 40 59 38 11 1.5 50 94 58 18 2.3 60 130 83 25 3.3 70 - 120 35 4.7 80 - 160 47 6.3 90 - 200 61

Maximum allowed release rate (Class III) Kg/h

Height of fume release pipe

100 - 270 78 Table 1-5 Boiler air pollution release standard (GWPB 3-1999)

Boiler using coal as fuel：


PAGE 10 OF 283

Class III zone

Fume and dust (mg/Nm3)

SO2(mg/Nm3) NOX(mg/Nm3) Blackness class

time Ⅰzone

350 1200 — 1

time Ⅱzone

250 900 — 1

Boiler using gas as fuel: Class III zone

Fume and dust (mg/Nm3)

SO2(mg/Nm3) NOX(mg/Nm3) Blackness class

time Ⅰzone

50 100 — 1

time Ⅱzone

50 100 400 1


PAGE 11 OF 283

Table 1-6 Industrial furnace air pollution release standard(GB9078-1996)

Limit value for Class 3 release

item Type of furnace Density of dust(mg/Nm3)

Sulphur dioxide(mg/N

m3)

Blackness class

1.Industrial furnace installed before Jan 1,1997 Blast furnace and tapping

area 200 - 1.1 Melting

furnace Steelmaking furnace and mixer(ladle) 200 -

Sintering machine(head and end) 200 -

1.2 Sinterin

g furnace Pellet shaft furnace 250

2860

-

1.3 Furnace for metal press, rolling and forging 350 1

1.4 Lime kiln 400 1430

1 2. New, modified and expanded industrial furnace after Jan.1 1997

Blast furnace and tapping area 150 -

2.1 Melting furnace Steelmaking furnace and

mixer(ladle) 150 -

Sintering machine(head and end) 150 -

2.2 Sintering furnace

Pellet shaft furnace 150

2000

-

2.3 Furnace for metal press, rolling and forging 300 1

2.4 Lime kiln 350 850

1


PAGE 12 OF 283

Table 1-7 Iron and steel industrial water pollution release standard (GB1345692)

Class 1 level

Classifying

Minimum allowed water

circulation utilization

rate

pH SS

Volatile hydroxybenzen

e

cyanide CODcr

Petrolic substan

ce

Project approved before Jan 1,1989 60% 6∼9 150 1.0 0.5 150 15

Project approved between Jan 1,1989 and Jun 30

1992 80% 6∼9 70 0.5 0.5 100 10

Class 1 level

Project approved since July 1, 1992

Water release amount

(m3/t product)

pH SS

Volatile hydroxybenzen

e

Cyanide

CODcr

Petrolic substan

ce

sintering 10 6∼9 70 Iron-making 0.01 6∼9 70 converter 5.0 6∼9 70 EAF 5.0 6∼9 70 caster 2.0 6∼9 70 Hot strip mill 8.0 6∼9 70 8 Integrated plant 20 6∼9 70 0.5 0.5 100 8

Note: All values are in unit of mg/L except PH.


PAGE 13 OF 283

Table 1-8 Industrial enterprise plant boundary noise standard (GB12348-90)

Class Day time Night time

Class III 65dB(A) 55dB(A)

Table 1-9 Construction site noise limit value(GB12523-90)

Limit of noise Construction period Main source of noise

Day time Night time

excavation Soil dumper, excavator, loading facilities , etc 75 55

piling Various piling machines, etc 85 Construction is not allowed

Building structure Concrete mixer, ramming machine, electrical saw, etc 70 55

decoration Lifting and lowering devices 65 55

1.3.3 Total controlled release amount from NISCO issued by municipal government

The total controlled pollution release amount from NISCO in the ninth-five-year period is stipulated in the Nanjing municipal givernment document with No.1997-260, with details as follows: Table 1-10:

pollution name

Fume (t) Dust (t)

Sulphur dioxide (t)

COD Petrolic substance

Suspension particle (t)

Cynaide (kg)

Volatile hydroxy-benzene (kg)

Index in 2000

1701.16 553.56

7570.12 3676.90 97.21 17511.01 7464.95 4567.50

1.4 Identification of environment impact factor and selection of assessment factor

1.4.1 Identification of environment impact factor

Matrix analysis has been made on identification of possible environment factors which might be impacted by the new project. Results show that impact against environment is multi-aspects, in the form either of short term, local and recoverable impact, or long term and large area positive and negative impact. The construction period of the new


PAGE 14 OF 283

project is short term and local impact. Running period of the new project is long term impact, mainly negative one for air and noise level, and positive one for social economic and income, such as development of industry, infrastructure facilities setup, energy saving and reduction of consumption , employment , living standard and income level.

1.4.2 Selection of assessment factor

Based on the feature of each production procedure of the new project of NISCO, table listing analysis was adopted to select the pollution factor, with details in Table 1-11:

Proposed new and revamping Project item

pollution Steel-making workshop

Casting workshop

Rolling workshop

Abolition and shutdown project

Fume(dust) 2 1 1 3

SO2 1 1 1

NOx 1 1 1 Waste

gas

fluoride 1 1

pH 1 1

Petrolic substance 1 2 2

SS 2 2 2 2 Waste water

CODCr 2 2 2

Noise 2 1 2 1

Solid waste 2 1 1 2 Note: Figure indicated in the table refers to relative degree of impact , while “1” means less impact, “2” as medium impact, and “3” as big impact. The pollution factors which can be derived from Table 11-1 are: Air pollution substance: fume (dust), sulphur dioxide, NOx and fluoride. Waster water pollution: PH, Petrolic substance, SS, CODCr Solid waste: BF slag, BOF slag, scale, dust, sludge Noise: equipment noise (Leq)

1.5 Objective of environment protection

Through adjustment of technological devices and product mix, cleaning production, saving energy and reduction of consumption , the new plant after realization of the project will considerably reduce the pollution load, and contribute to environment quality of Dachang area.


PAGE 15 OF 283

1.5.1 Objective of air protection

The objective of air protection is residential area of NISCO and Dachang area.

1.5.2 Objective of surface water protection

The objective of surface water protection is No.3 water intake source of Nanjing Chemical Company and water intake source of NISCO

1.5.3 Objective of noise control

The objective of noise control is residential area near the new plant.

1.6 Scope of assessment

1.6.1 Investigation on area pollution source

Key investigation on five big industrial companies in Dachang area.

1.6.2 Environment air

Existing surveillance range for environment air quality is 10X6Km2, and assessment area is 12X10Km2, refer to Figure 1-1.

1.6.3 Surface water

Waste water of the project will be released to Stone River and Yangtze River Dachang bank. The area of assessment of Stone River: from 50m upstream of No.6 water release point of NISCO, to its merging point with Yangtze River. The area of assessment of Yangtze River bank: from 500m upstream of merging point with Stone River, to 1200m downstream of No.3 water intake point, with total length of 4km. The area of surface water assessment refers to Figure 1-2.

1.6.4 Noise level

The area for assessment of noise level is within factory boundary of NISCO and its adjacent sensitive points.


PAGE 16 OF 283

1.7 Degree of environment assessment

As per the principle of classification of assessment work in the Environment Impact Assessment Technical Guidance, the outline of the environment impact assessment indicated Class 2 for air and surface water impact assessment, and Class 3 for noise assessment.

1.8 Target and principle of the assessment

1.8.1 Target of assessment

After investigation of environment quality status, existing main environment problems in the project area, project characteristic and pollution feature, analysis was made for the feasibility of cleaning production process and treatment of pollution , together with reliability of release of waste up to requirement. The released amount of pollution before and after the new project has been reviewed. The range and degree of pollution after start-up of the project has been predicted, so that further treatment measures against pollution can be stipulated. A definite conclusion was made regarding feasibility of the project considering local environmental protection plan, so that a rational evidence was provided for decision-making by the government authorities and environment bureau, environment control by the project construction company, and optimization of design by engineering institute.

1.8.2 Assessment principle

Based on environmental protection law in China, with consideration of project feature and existing status of NISCO, the following assessment principle was made: (1) Assessment shall fully consider environmental protection policy and regulation,

such as cleaning production, release of waste within qualified level, build new plant together with upgrading of existing facilities, total amount control of released waste, etc.

(2) Assessment shall service for decision-making of construction of the project, for environmental control, emphasising on policy-execution, fairness and suitability.

(3) Content of assessment shall have the feature of indicating of key items, definite conclusion and feasible measure. Assessment of the project shall be based on project analysis, and emphasize on assessment of air, land surface water, cleaning production, qualified release of waste, study and assessment of feasibility of treatment measures, control of total amount of release of waste. Duly consideration shall be made on assessment of noise and solid waste release as well.

(4) The total amount of released waste of the evaluated project will be based on the controlled values stipulated by municipal government, and shall be within qualified level.

(5) Under the precondition of ensuring of quality of assessment, the existing document of environmental assessment will be adopted.


PAGE 17 OF 283

1.9 Procedure of assessment

Refer to figure 1-3.

Job assignment by Project Dept.

Feedback from environment dept and authorities

Collection of legislative Doc.

Site exploitation Info. collection

Compiling evaluation outline

Review of evaluation outline

Investigation by public survey

Investigation on status of environment

quality

Analysis on pollution factor of evaluated

area

Investigation on pollution source in evaluated

Investigation of natural and social

environment

Anal

ysis

on

cont

rol

of

tota

l am

ount

of w

aste

Anal

ysis

on

cl

eani

ng

prod

uctio

n

Mon

itor

of

exis

ting

envi

ronm

ent

qual

ity

&

pred

ictio

n of

influ

ence

Ana

lysi

s on

pro

ject

Anal

ysis

on

bene

fit a

nd

loss

of

en

viro

nmen

t ec

onom

ics

Envi

ronm

ent

man

agem

ent a

nd

mon

itorin

g

Feas

ibilit

y st

udy

of

was

te r

elea

se u

p to

qu

ality

an

d its

tre

atm

ent m

easu

re

Result of evaluation of environment influence

Measure to improve environment quality

Design institute

Figure 1-1 Procedure of the environment evaluation


PAGE 18 OF 283


PAGE 19 OF 283


PAGE 20 OF 283

2 Summary of environment condition of the project area

2.1 Summary of natural condition

2.1.1 Geographical situation

The project will be built in Dachang District which is located in the north of Nanjing city with 25 Km away from city center (around 16 Km direct line from the downtown area). It faces the Yangtze river in the south, connects with Ning-Yang highway in the north, neighbours Nanjing Thermal Power Plant, Huangneng Thermal Power Plant and Nanjing Chemical Industrial company in the east. Geographical diagram refers to Figure 2-1.

2.1.2 Geological situation

The land for the project is hill area of Ning-Zheng (Nanjing and Zhangjiang), which is lower elevation mountains extended by Laoshan Mountain north-east-ward. The highest point of the project area is Xiaoshan, at elevation of 61.80 m ( with reference to zero elevation of Wusong, same for other elevation mentioned hereafter. )The lower hill extends north-westward and forms several banded valley, near the Yangtze river and Ning-yang high way.

2.1.3 Climate and meteorology

The area belongs to sub-tropic monsoon climate, with mild temperature, clear transition among various seasons and moderate precipitation. Precipitation is not evenly spread in each season. It is normally of northward wind and has less precipitation in winter, due to polar continental air flow. It is normally of southward wind and has more precipitation in summer, due to tropic and sub-tropic ocean air flow. During transition between spring and summer in May and June, a continuous periodical raining which is called Meiyu occurs, due to boundary of hot air flow and cold air flow moving to the Yangtze river reach. Typhoon and raining happens at the end of summer and beginning of autumn, which is impacted by typhoon moving north-westward. There are totally 222 – 224 frost-free days and 1987 – 2170 sun shining hours in one year. The main climate feature refers to Table 2-1. The climate feature of Nanjing in 1998 is as follows: It was continuous raining and cloudy in spring and winter, with relative more precipitation which results in big flood in the whole Yangtze river reach in summer. It is dry and has less water in autumn. The temperature within the year is relatively higher, with longer frost-free period and less sun shining hours. There is no apparent impact by typhoon.


PAGE 21 OF 283


PAGE 22 OF 283

Table 2-1: main meteorological and climate feature

No. Item Quantity/unit

Annual average temperature 15.4

Minimum temperature for years 11.4

Maximum temperature for years 20.3

Extreme maximum temperature 43.0

1 temperature

Extreme minimum temperature -14.0

Annual average relative humidity 77% 2 humidity

Annual average absolute humidity 15.6HPa

Annual average precipitation 1041.7mm

Annual minimum precipitation 684.2mm

Annual maximum precipitation 1561mm 3 precipitation

Daily maximum precipitation 198.5mm

4 Snow Maximum snow depth 51cm

Annual maximum absolute pressure 1046.9mb

Annual minimum absolute pressure 989.1mb 5 Atmosphere pressure

Annual average pressure 1015.5mb

Annual average wind pressure 3.4m/s 6 Wind pressure Maximum average wind pressure

within ten minutes for 30 years 25.2m/s

Dominate wind pressure:

Winter : north east

Summer: south east

7 Wind direction

Static wind frequency 22%

2.1.4 Water and water flow feature

The Yangtze river is the biggest river in China, with length of 6300 km and area of drainage basin of 1.80 million square km, at 37.8% of total river resources of China. The Dachang bank of the Yangtze River is located in the northeast of Nanjing, and belongs to Beichajiang bank zone of Baguazhou island, with length of 21.6 km. The main branch in this bank is Macha river. The width of Yangtze river in this area is around 350 – 900 m, with its relatively wider width at inlet & outlet and Macha River area of around 700 -900 m , its narrowest width at Nanjing Chemical Company of 350 m and average width of 624m and depth of 8.4m . The shape of Yangtze river at this area is like a big bend extending northward.


PAGE 23 OF 283

The bank area belongs to the bank sensitive to tide in the lower reach of the Yangtze River, and impacted by medium tide with twice peak and twice low-level values within one day. The floodtide time is around 3 hours and ebb-tide is around 9 hours. There is negative flow due to peak level of water during floodtide. Based on statistics report of Xiaguang river area of Nanjing from 1921 to 1991, the maximum water level for years is 10.2m (with reference point of Wusong ) happened on Aug 17 1954, minimum water level of 1.54m, maximum water fluctuation of 7.7m happened in 1954, maximum level difference of tide during lower water period is 1.56 happened on Dec 31 1951, and average difference of tide for years is 0.57m. The water flow in Nanjing Yangtze River bank is impactd by tide, but it is mainly adjusted by radium flow. Its inlet water feature is represented by documentation from its upstream Datong Water Station: the maximum flow for years is 92600 m3/s, and average flow for years is 28600 m3/s in Datong. Minimum monthly average flow usually occurs in January, with water level increase in April and reaching its maximum level in July. The diffluent rate in Dachang Zheng area varies with upstream flow, with diffluent rate in high level period of 18% and in low level period of 15%. This river area has the maximum flow of 18000 m3/s and minimum flow 1200 m3/s for years.

2.1.5 Distribution of water source protection area

The area for the project has two existing water source protection areas: NISCO protection area and Yangtze Petroleum Company protection area. (1) NISCO water protection area Class 1 protection area: from 100 m upstream to 200 m downstream of water intake point of NISCO, with total length of 300m. There are three water intake points in this area: source for NISCO, Dachang local water station and Nanjing Chemical Company water station respectively. Class 2 protection area: from 1000m upstream to 1100 m downstream of water intake point of NISCO, with total length of 2100m. (2) Yangtze Petroleum Company water protection area Class 1 protection area: from 100 m upstream to 100 m downstream of water intake point of Yangtze Petroleum Company, with total length of 200m. Class 2 protection area: from 1000m upstream to 1000 m downstream of water intake point of Yangtze Petroleum Company, with total length of 2000m. Due to condition that there is pollution in the above mentioned two areas, Nanjing municipal government decided to move the water intake points to 500 m upstream of dock of Baguazhou Shangba ferry, linking to existing water pipe of NISCO, Dachang local water station, Nanjing Chemical Company water station ,and Yangtze Petroleum Company by underwater and inland piping. Water supply by this new route started in 1998, with initial water supply capacity of 300,000 m3/d and final water supply capacity of 450,000 m3/d.

2.1.6 Ecology

Formation and distribution of vegetation is close related to its geographical condition and human activity. General speaking, there are four kinds of vegetation in Dachang area: agriculture planted vegetation, hill forest vegetation, marsh vegetation and river


PAGE 24 OF 283

vegetation. The area of agriculture planted vegetation is the biggest. The hill forest vegetation, marsh vegetation and river vegetation belong to natural vegetation.

2.2 Social environment summary

Dachang District is located in the north suburb of Nanjing, with the Yangtze River in the east and Puko District in the south. The total area of the district is 83.5 KM2 with total residents of 182,000. The district has three communities of Xiajiadian, Xichangmeng and Shanpan, two towns of Changlu and Getang, 85 Residential committees and 25 village committees. It is a heavy industrial area mainly based on petroleum chemical industry, power plant, chemical fertilizer and metallurgical industry. There are several companies directly under state ministry, provincial government, such as Yangtze Petroleum Industry Company, Nanjing Chemical (Group) Company, Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co., Ltd (NISCO), Nanjing Thermal Power plant and Huaneng Nanjing Thermal Power Plant. This area is a key industrial zone of Nanjing.

2.3 Classification of environment air quality in Dachang District

As per Regulation on Classification of Environment Air Quality of Nanjing stipulated by Nanjing Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau in Oct 1997, the Yangtze- Changlu zone and Dachang industrial zone belong to Class 3, where Class 3 air quality standard shall apply. The classification of environment air quality in Dachang District refer to Table 1-1. Yangtze-changlu zone has the land area of 20 Km2, with transition area of 6.5 KM2, covering area of Changlu town and east of plant area of Yangtze Petroleum Industrial Company with Changlu Fine Chemical Region in the east, south boundary of the Yangtze River, west boundary from the merging point of Macha River and Yangtze River to the railway line from NISCO to Yeshan, and north boundary from Macha river to Changlu Fine Chemical region along the railway line. Dachang Industrial zone has the land area of 9.8 Km2, with transition area of 6 KM2, covering area with east boundary from cross point of Phoenix Road and Dingjiashan Road to Yangtze River bank along Dingjiashan Road, south boundry of Yangtze River bank, west boundary of plant of NISCO, and north boundary from NISCO plant to Xijiadian and further up to Dingjiashan Road along Phoenix Road. Besides the above mentioned two areas, other area belongs to Class II ,where Class II air quality standard shall apply.

3 Investigation of pollution source in the region

The pollution investigation in the region includes air, water, noise pollution and solid waste. Key investigation was made on energy consumption, release of Three Wastes (waste gas, water and solid) by five industrial companies of NISCO, Huangneng Thermal Power Plant, Nanjing Thermal Power plant, Nanjing Chemical Company and Yangtze Petroleum Industrial Company. Investigation method is based on collected document and utilization of reported data of waste release in 1999. Analysis method is of pollution load at equivalent standard.


PAGE 25 OF 283

3.1 Investigation and analysis of air pollution source

3.1.1 Status of consumption of fuel

Based on investigation on air pollution source and structure of consumed fuel, the pollution of air in the evaluated area is mainly of coal fume, pollution factors are SO2 and fume dust. In 1999, the main fuel in the five industrial companies of the evaluated area is of coal and oil, including industrial coal of 5.084 million t/a and oil of 0.371 million t/a. The fuel consumption of five companies is in Table 3-1. Table 3-1: The fuel consumption of five companies in 1999

Consumption of fuel (t/a) Name of company

coal oil NISCO 952301 11673 Huaneng Thermal Power Plant 1021506 1260

Nanjing Thermal Power Plant 1339825 924

Nanjing Chemical Company 425725 10678

Yangtze Petroleum Industrial Company 1345022 346125

Total: 5084379 370660

3.1.2 Assessment method and standard for air pollution

3.1.2.1 Assessment method

Method of pollution load at equivalent standard is adopted for assessment of pollution in the area, with formula as follows:

Wherein： Pi—i :pollution load at equivalent standard； Qi—i: absolute release amount of waste(t/a)； Coi—i: assessment standard of waste (mg/Nm3).

9

0

10−×=i

ii C

QP

∑=

=n

iin PP

1


PAGE 26 OF 283

wherein：Pn—pollution load at equivalent standard

wherein：P—total pollution load at equivalent standard in evaluated area； Kn—pollution load percentage of certain pollution source

3.1.2.2 Assessment factor and standard of pollution source

The assessment factor of air pollution in the area is SO2, nitrogen oxide and fume dust. The assessment standard is Class 2 of Environmental Air quality Standard (GB3095-1996), with limit value in the standard as per Table 3-2. Table 3-2 limit value of air pollution assessment standard (mg/Nm3)

item SO2 NO2 TSP Value mentioned in standard

0.15 0.12 0.3

Note: ： NO2 is used for assessment of NOx.

3.1.2.3 Assessment of pollution source in the area

The status of release of air pollution is in table 3-3. The assessment result is in Table 3-4, resulted from above-mentioned formulas.

Table 3-3 status of release of air pollution

Release amount of waste(t/a) Name of company

Release amount of waste gas

(10000m3/a)Fume (dust) NOX SO2

NISCO 2376106 9447.6 3349.7 7390.5 Huaneng Thermal Power Plant 1153864 1049.8 9288.6 5411.0

Nanjing Thermal Power Plant 1237294 4383.0 12175.3 13167.0

Nanjing Chemical Company 557539 775.27 3977.9 5254.142

Yangtze Petroleum Industrial Company 3053150 14045.87 15854.0 32281.91

Total: 8377953 29701.54 44645.5 63504.552

∑=

=k

nnPP

1

%100×=PP

K nn


PAGE 27 OF 283

Table 3-4 air pollution load at equivalent standard

pollution load at equivalent standardName of company Fume

(dust) NOX SO2

Pn Km(%) Sequence

NISCO 31492.0 27914.2 49270.0 108676.2 12.15 4 Huaneng Thermal Power Plant

3499.3 77405.0 36073.3 116977.6 13.08 3

Nanjing Thermal Power Plant

14610.0 101460.8 87780.0 203850.8 22.79 2

Nanjing Chemical Company

2584.2 33149.2 35027.6 70761.0 7.91 5

Yangtze Petroleum Industrial Company

46819.6 132116.7 215212.7 394149.0 44.07 1

Based on table 3-4, the sequence for pollution load at equivalent standard for five companies is as follows: Yangtze Petroleum Industrial Company, Nanjing Thermal Power Plant, Huaneng Thermal Power Plant, NISCO and Nanjing Chemical Company.

3.2 Assessment of water pollution source

3.2.1 Assessment method of water pollution source

As per the principle of simple, rational and direct method, assessment is based on investigated and collected information. Method of pollution load at equivalent standard is adopted for assessment of pollution source in the area, with formula as follows:

Wherein： Pi—i :pollution load at equivalent standard； Qi—: release amount of waste water including waste “i” (m3/a)； Coi—i: assessment standard for waste “i”(mg/L).

Ci—i: release concentration of waste “i”(mg/L).

6

0

10−××= ii

ii Q

CC

P

∑=

=i

iin P

1


PAGE 28 OF 283

wherein：Pn—pollution load at equivalent standard of certain pollution source Pm—pollution load at equivalent standard of certain pollution source

PTotal—total pollution load at equivalent standard in evaluated area； Wherein: Kn—pollution load percentage of certain pollution source Km—pollution load percentage of certain pollution source

3.2.2 Assessment factor and standard

As per outline of environmental assessment, the water pollution source factor of the evaluated area is CODCr, volatile hydroxybenzene, CN-, Petrolic substance and SS. Class 1 as mentioned in Table 4 of Waste Water Release Standard (GB8978-1996) is adopted, with limit value indicated in Table 3-5.

Table 3-5 limit value of pollution source (mg/L)

Item CODcr

Volatile hydroxybenze

ne CN- Petrolic

substance SS

Value in standard 100 0.5 0.5 5 70

3.2.2 Investigation and assessment of waste water source

Status of release of waster water by various industrial companies in evaluated area is in Table 3-6. Equivalent load of pollution source in the area is in Table 3-7. Table 3-6 Status of release of waster water by various industrial companies in evaluated area

∑=

=i

iiPP

1

∑=

=m

iim PP

1

∑=

=n

iin PP

1

∑=

=m

iiTotal PP

1

%100× = PTotal P K n

n %100×= PTotal

PK mm


PAGE 29 OF 283

Release amount of waste(t/a)

Name of company

Release amount of

waste water

(10000t/a)

CODcr Volatile hydroxybenzen

e

cyanide

Petrolic substance

Suspension substance

NISCO 6593.17 2347.01 2.47 3.65 147.8 10760.3 Huaneng Thermal Power Plant

32.34 5.57 0 0 0.43 2.98


704.42 71.68 0 0 0.39 503.3


20691.82 4232.90 0 14.36 134.77 10772.79


8565.16 4426.36 1.78 0.62 216.57 802.03

Total: 36586.91 11083.52 4.25 18.63 499.96 22841.4

Table 3-7 Equivalent load of pollution source in the area

Equivalent load of pollution source Name of company COD


cyanide Petrolic substa

nce

Suspension substance

Pn Kn (%)

sequence

NISCO 23470.1 4940 7300 23502 153719.1 212931.2 36.9 2 Huaneng Thermal Power Plant

55.7 86 42.6 184.3 0.03 5


716.8 78 7190.0 7984.8 1.4 4


42329.0 28720 26954 153897.0 251900 43.7 1


44263.6 3560 1240 43314 11457.4 103835 18.0 3

Pm 110835.2 8500 37260 99992 326306.1 Km(%) 19 1.4 6.4 17.2 56

sequence 2 5 4 3 1 Assessment

standard 100 0.5 0.5 5 70


PAGE 30 OF 283

Result for Table 3-7 shows that main water pollution is SS、CODcr and Petrolic substance, with equivalent load percentage of 56%, 19% and 17.2% respectively. The main pollution source is Nanjing Chemical Company, with equivalent load percentage of 43.7%. The second main source is NISCO, with equivalent load percentage of 36.9%。

3.3 Assessment of noise pollution

3.3.1 Assessment method and standard

Assessment is based on Class 3 of Industrial Enterprise Plant Boundary Noise Standard (GB12348-90), with detailed value in Table 3-8:

Table 3-8 Standard for assessment of noise Leq dB(A)

Class daytime Night time Standard code

Class 3 65 55 GB12348-90

3.3.2 Investigation and assessment of fixed noise source in industrial companies

It is shown from investigation of noise pollution source that there are 39 high level fixed noise sources in five big industrial companies, with 10 sources more than 100dB(A) and 27 sources more than 90dB(A). Some of the sources have already taken noise control measures such as isolation shield, silencer and isolated operator room , and some equipment takes the advantage of natural environment to isolate noise. The fixed noise pollution which has been isolated by natural environment and been direct treated amounts to 38% of total noise sources. The noise from the plant has been attenuated by certain distance of transferring and other affecting factors. The noise level outside plant boundary is around 54 - 80.8 dB(A) which is at less strength. Referring to 39 fixed noise sources, there are 14 sources causing the night noise level outside plant boundary higher than standard, and 6 sources causing the daytime noise level outside plant boundary higher than standard. The noise level beyond daytime and night standard accounts for 15.4% and 36%. Noise from power generator of Huaneng Thermal Power Plant transfers to outside plant boundary at 80.8dB(A), which is much higher than Class 3 daytime and night noise level mentioned in standard, and plant boundary with noise level exceeding limit of standard is 700m long. Noise outside plant boundary from exciter of Nanjing Thermal Power Plant is slighter higher than night noise level in standard, and plant boundary with noise level exceeding limit of standard is 300m long. Noise outside plant boundary from 5 sets of devices of Yangtze Petroleum Industrial Company exceeds limit value of daytime noise level, and plant boundary with noise level exceeding limit of standard is 3000m long. The equipment of Yangtze Petroleum


PAGE 31 OF 283

Industrial Company is arranged in open air and is big in size with complicated piping, so it is not easy to take effective control measure against noise which leads to wide area around at higher noise level outside plant boundary. There is a lot of fixed noise sources in NISCO, but the noise level outside plant boundary in daytime is within the limit as stipulated in standard, and noise in night time is around 2-7 dB(A) higher than limit and plant boundary with noise level exceeding limit of standard is 600m long. There is good control of noise level in Nanjing Chemical Company and there is no noise level higher than limit. Dachang district is an important industrial area of Nanjing, with isolated industrial area and residential area. There is no residential area nearby the boundary of plant, so there is almost no interference from noise.

3.4 Investigation and analysis of solid waste

3.4.1 Investigation area and method for solid waste

The area for investigation is within Dachang district, including Yangtze Petroleum Industrial Company, Nanjing Chemical Company, NISCO, Huaneng Thermal Power Plant, Nanjing Thermal Power Plant. Investigation method is based on recorded data by the relevant industrial companies submitted to Nanjing Municipal Environment Protection Bureau in 1999. The investigated solid waste is from industrial factories which does not include living solid waste.

3.4.2 Quantity and type of solid waste

Quantity and type of solid waste refers to Table 3-9. Table 3-9 Status of release industrial solid waste by five big industrial companies in Dachang District

Name of company Type Amount(t/a) Utilization

amount(t/a) Storage (t/a) Disposition (t/a)

Melting slag 862865 862865 Ash coal slag 15999 15999 NISCO Other waste 202214 202214

Huaneng Thermal Power Plant

Ash coal slag 191310 80894 110416


Ash coal slag 329866 329866

Ash coal slag 100580 85000 15580 Nanjing Chemical Residual ore 233239 220743 12496


PAGE 32 OF 283

Name of company Type Amount(t/a) Utilization

amount(t/a) Storage (t/a) Disposition (t/a)

Company Other waste 71654 55504 16150 Ash coal slag 331402 100000 231402 Yangtze

Petroleum Industrial Company

Dangerous waste 44960 35580 9380

Total 2384089 1988665 386044 9380 Based on the above Table 3-9, the total released industrial waste by five industrial companies amounted to 2.384 million tons in 1999, with utilization rate of 1.989 million tons which accounts for 83.4%. NISCO generated the most part of industrial solid waste which amounts to 45.3%, and storage amount of 0.386 million tons. Yangtze Petroleum Industrial Company has the highest storage which accounts for 59.9%.

4 Summary of the plant

Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co. Ltd (called NISCO for short) is started in 1958 and is the biggest integrated iron & steel enterprise in Jiangsu province, which is located in Dachang district at the north bank of the Yangtze River bank. It has the complete production and auxiliary facilities from coking, sintering, pelletisation, iron making , steel making to steel rolling, with annual capacity of 2.4 million tons of steel and 2.1 million tons of rolled steel with product mainly based on construction and normal carbon steel product. The company covers area of 420 hm2 with total employee of 22.4 thousand. The production is 1.5 million tones of iron, 1.77 million tons of steel, 1.66 million tons of rolled products, and profit & tax amounts to 347 million RMB yuan in 1999. Based on ranking list of national metallurgical industrial in the end of 1999, NISCO ranks No.18 in terms of iron output, No.13 in terms of steel output, No.15 in terms of rolled products, No. 13 in terms of sales income, No.18 in terms of profit & tax, and No,15 in terms of profit. The general layout of NISCO refers to Figure 4-1.

5 Analysis on the project

5.1 Summary of the project

As per existing condition of NISCO and proposed project, the assessment project includes existing plant, proposed project, project under construction, associated technical modification project, shutdown project, with detailed contents as follows: Existing plants: coking plant, sintering plant, iron making plant, steel making plant, and rolling plants, including auxiliary facilities, with annual production capacity of 2.4 million tons of steel, 1.8 million tons of iron and 2.1 million tons of rolled steel.


PAGE 33 OF 283

Proposed project: a wide plate/ coil production line with annual capacity of 1 million tons of wide plate/ coil, including one 120t converter, one 1300t hot metal mixer, one hot metal pre-treatment device, one LF , one VD, one Steckel mill and associated utility facilities. Project under construction: expansion of existing 70t EAF, revamping of bar mill to eliminate breakdown mill , a shaft furnace pellet plant with cross section of 8 m2. Associated technical modification project: propose to build a high speed wire rod mill with annual capacity of 350,000 tons. Shutdown project: one of existing three 20t converters shall be shutdown , with other two converters to be shutdown in the next phase of technical modification project. Shutdown of existing lime workshop, including three indigenous lime kilns and two lime shaft kilns. Shutdown of sheet mill, medium sections mill and small section mill.

5.1.1 Existing plant

5.1.1.1 Structure and its capacity

It includes: existing coking plant, sintering plant, iron making plant, steel making plant, and rolling plants, including auxiliary facilities, with output of 1.77 million tons of steel, 1.50 million tons of iron and 1.66 million tons of rolled steel in 1999. The list of production facilities and productivity of existing plants refer to Table 5-1.


PAGE 34 OF 283


PAGE 35 OF 283


PAGE 36 OF 283


PAGE 37 OF 283

Table 5-1 List of production facilities and productivity of existing plants

No.

Name of plant

Device Product Output in 1999 (in 10000t)

1 Coking plant

2X42-battery coke oven coke 56.42

2 Sintering plant

2X39m2 and 2X24m2 sintering machines sinter 188.32

3 Pellet plant 1X8m2 shaft pellet plant Pellet 41.94 4 Iromaking

plant 3X350m3 and 2X300m3 BF Hot metal 150.23

5 LD steelmaking plant

3X20t converters, 2X30t LF, 2X600t mixer, 2 billet casters and 1 slab caster

Steel 137.4

6 EAF steelmaking plant

1X70t EAF, 1X70t LF, 1 billet caster Steel 39.53

7 Medium sections mill

2XΦ650/2XΦ650/8XΦ350 stands Billet Rolled product

14.62 1.62

8 Strip mill 2XΦ500/1XΦ480V+2XΦ450V+2X400H+4X400H mill

Hot strip 27.55

9 Bar mill 5XΦ550/6XΦ420/4XΦ350 Small sections

21.85

10 Sheet mill 1200 stand, 4XΦ800 stands sheet 10.47 11 Plate mill Φ850/Φ550/Φ850X2350,

Φ780/Φ730X2500/Φ1560/Φ1410X2400 stand

Plate 55.25

12 Small sections mill

1XΦ550/1XΦ350/1XΦ280/5XΦ250/ 1XΦ250 stand

Sections 7.24

13 High speed wire rod mill

3XΦ520/8XΦ400/4XΦ340/2XΦ212/ 8XΦ166 stand

Wire rod 41.56

14 Thermal power plant

3X10t, 2X35t boilers steam

15 Lime workshop

2X150m3, 3X90m3 kilns lime 8.54

16 Oxygen plant

1X6000m3/h oxygen generator, 1X10000m3/h BOC oxygen plant

oxygen


PAGE 38 OF 283

5.1.1.2 Production process

NISCO is an large scale integrated iron and steel producer with main products of normal carbon and construction steel, with traditional production process and relative matched individual subsystem. The production route is from iron making from ore, steel making and steel rolling to produce rolled product of plate, sections and bar. (1) coking Coking is to charge into the carbonizing chamber with cleaned coal after mixing and crushing. Coke will be produced after high temperature carbonization in carbonizing chamber by heating. Hot coke is pushed into quenching car and transferred to quenching towel by water quenching. After drying in coke pin, qualified coke is charged into blast furnace as reduction agent and fuel. Gas from coking process is cooled, scrubbed and distilled to produce coke oven gas and by-product of tar and sulphur ammonium. The production process and waste release is shown in Table 5-1. Figure 5-1 Coking process and waste release diagram

coking coal

Coal storage

Coal preparation sys.

Coke oven

Coke pushing

Coke quenching

Screening

Coal dust ash

Coal dust ash

Dudusting

Coal dust ash BF gas

User of coke oven gas

Dudusting

Fume,SO2, Benzene

Use by itself

Rec

over

y an

d re

finin

g sy

s.

Wat

er tr

eatm

ent

sludge

Was

te w

ater

V

ario

us c

hem

ical

pro

duct

s

Was

te w

ater

of

phen

ol a

nd c

yani

de

Coke oven gas, fume, benzene, SO2

Coke user


PAGE 39 OF 283

(2) sintering and pelletisation The main raw material for sintering is iron ore concentrate with additive of lime, dolomite, coke particle and coal ash. All material is mixed in certain percentage after crushing and screening, and charged into head end of sintering machine. The material is ignited and smelted into sinter during high temperature. The qualified sinter is transferred to iron making plant after cooling, crushing and screening. The screened small particle is sent to sintering machine again as raw material. Pellet is produced by shaft furnace. The raw material (iron ore concentrate, bentonite, etc) is prepared into ball shape after drying, proportional mixing. The green ball is charged into furnace and formed oxide pellet after oxidation and solidification. The qualified pellet is transferred to iron making plant after crushing, screening and cooling. The screened small particle is sent to preparation workshop as raw material. The sintering process and its waste release is shown in Table 5-2. Figure 5-2 Sintering process and waste release diagram

Mixed ore (concentrate, limestone, dolomite,)

Material preparation

Lime Coke powder,

anthracite Limestone Cold returned ore

Mixing

Sintering

Crushing &screening

Dedusting

Bottom Material

Dedusting sys. Fu

me,

SO

2,dus

t

Cold returned ore

Ignition

noise

dust

dust

dust

Sinter product


PAGE 40 OF 283

(3) Iron making The main raw material for iron making is sinter and pellet, with certain percentage of additive of coke and limestone as flux. All material is mixed and charged to furnace top distribution system. Hot air is blown from blast heater into blast furnace to assist burning of coke. The mixed raw material and fuel are melted and dropped down from top while the gas is moving from bottom to top, during which there is heat transferring, reduction, smelting and carbonization which results in production of hot metal. Slag is generated meanwhile which is formed by inclusion of raw material and flux. When hot metal and slag inside the furnace reach a certain amount, they will be tapped from its tapping hole respectively. Figure 5-3 shows production process and waste release diagram Figure 5-3 Iron making process and waste release diagram

Sinter and pellet

Furnace charging sys.

Coke Limestone Dolomite Dust

Dedusting sys.

Blast furnace Dedusting sys.

Blast heater Furnace slag Gas scrubbing waste water

treatment

Water granulation Hot metal

Oxygen enrichment and

coal injection

SO

2, fu

me,

CO

, NO

x

Air BF gas

Sent to steelmaking plant BF granulated slag BF gas dust and sludgeB

F ga

s us

er

Hot blast

Fume gas

Waste water


PAGE 41 OF 283

(4) Steel making A. LD converter steelmaking Converter steelmaking process start from pouring hot metal from BF into mixer, to ensure uniform temperature and composition. After charging with hot metal from mixer and certain addition of scrap, the converter is rotated to vertical position , then starts oxygen blowing after lowering of oxygen lance. Suitable bulk material of limestone, dolomite and alloy is added into the converter depending on furnace condition and steel grade. Flux is reacted with certain elements and forms slag. Oxygen blowing is stopped once temperature and composition reach its target value. Steel is tapped from converter and sent to LF, and transferred to caster after LF refining. The process and its waste release is shown in Table 5-4. Figure 5-4 converter steel making process and waste release diagram

Hot metal from BF

Hot metal mixer

Hot metal ladle

De-slag

Converter

Ladle and ladle car

LF

Caster

Screening

Electric-vibrator

Weighing hopper

Mixing hopper

Auxi. material Fume

Fume

OG dedusting sys.Fume, CO

Waste water treatment

Waste water

Dust and sludgeDedusting sys. fume

dust

Water treatment

Dust and sludge Slab Slag

slag

slag

Fume

Waste water, SS, oil

Fume


PAGE 42 OF 283

B EAF steelmaking EAF steelmaking process utilizes scrap and hot metal as raw material, with some addition of alloy and flux. Material is melted by electrical energy with aid of oxygen blowing, and transferred to LF for refining. Qualified liquid is produced via process of heating, alloying, desulphurization, slag formation, uniform of composition and temperature, and removal of inclusion. Liquid steel is sent to caster for billet production. The process and its waste release is shown in Table 5-5. Figure 5-5 EAF steel making process and waste release diagram

EAF

Hot metal Scrap Lime and dolomite Alloy

High level bin

Billet caster

LF refining

Steel ladle

Bag type dedusting

Intermediate slag

Bag type dedusting

Water treatment

noise

Billet

SS, oil Slag yard

slag

O2, Ar, etc

Fume and dust

dust

sludge

Fume Fume

dust


PAGE 43 OF 283

C Continuous casting Ladle containing qualified liquid steel is transferred to ladle turret by crane. The turret turns ladle to the position just above tundish. After opening of slide gate of the ladle, liquid steel flows into tundish. When liquid steel in the tundish reaches a certain level, slide gate of tundish is opened and steel is flowed into mould. Strand is guided in guiding system and segment , and passes secondary cooling system, during such stage the layer of billet becomes thicker. After strand passes straightening roll, it reaches primary cutting machine via intermediate roll table for dividing length. The divided billet is transferred to secondary cutting machine for cut-to-length cutting. The cut-to-length billet is marked and sent to roller table of billet pusher/ stacker. The process and its waste release is shown in Table 5-6. Figure 5-6 casting process and waste release diagram

Qualified liquid steel

Ladle turret Torch cutting

Deburrer Tundish

Billet marking Mould

W/S unit and secondary cooling Run-out table

Billet/billet

Fume

Waste water


PAGE 44 OF 283

(5) Steel rolling The process for various rolling mill is similar. The process for production of sections, bar and plates starts from charging billet or slab into reheating furnace. When billet or slab reach required rolling temperature, they are produced in a sequence of roughing, intermediate and finishing rolling, then shearing, straightening and cooling. The qualified products are stored in warehouse. Table 5-7 rolling process and waste release diagram

Reheating furnace cooling Cutting& straightening Mill

Water treatment sludge

SO2, fume Noise Noise

rolled steel

Waste water,SS, oil,etc


PAGE 45 OF 283

5.1.1.3 Consumption of main & auxiliary material and material balance

(1) main & auxiliary material and utilities Consumption of main & auxiliary material and utilities refer to Table 5-2. Table 5-2 Consumption of main & auxiliary material and utilities No. Name Consumption

(in 10000t/a) Sulphur content (%)

Origin of supplier

1 Imported ore 119.34 0.0168 S. Africa, India, Malaysia, etc

2 Concentrate 73.41 0.205 Zhenjiang, Xuzhou, Yeshan

3 Australia fine 9.78 0.102 Australia 4 Ore fine 20.37 0.237 Xining, Yeshan 5 Scrap 39.0 - Returned scrap from

NISCO and purchased

6 Limestone 9.0 - Produced by shaft kiln of NISCO, and purchased

7 Dolomite 4.12 - Nanjing dolomite ore mine, and Jiangpu

8 Fluorspar 0.6384 - Anhui Guangde, Zhenjiang Yiwu

9 Alloy 3.0 - Oumei, Xinyu, Shaoxing, Zunyi

10 Anthracite 21.2746 0.5 Shanxi 11 Washed fine

coal 73.3154 0.64 Xuzhou, Huaibei,

Shanxi, Shandong 12 Coal for

power plant 6.401 0.596 Shanxi

13 Metallurgical coal

67.1834 0.57 Coking plant of NISCO and purchased

14 Fine coke 12.0572 0.57 Coking plant of NISCO

15 Fuel oil 0.4224 0.8 Purchased 16 Tar 0.7449 0.8 Coking plant of

NISCO 17 Water (in

10000m3/a) 7325.75 The Yangtze River


PAGE 46 OF 283

(2) Metal balance Metal balance of the existing plants refers to Table 5-8. Note: unit in 10000t/a Table 5-8 Metal balance of the existing plants

Coking 2X42-battery

Sintering 2X24m2+2X39m2

Pelletization 1X8m2

Purchased coke

Blast furnace 3X350m3+2X300m3

EAF 1X70t

Converter 3X20t

Billet caster Billet caster and slab caster

Med

ium

sec

tions

mill

Pla

te m

ill

Stri

p m

ill

Sm

all s

ectio

ns m

ill

She

et m

ill

Hig

h sp

eed

wire

rod

mill

Bar

mill

150.23

130.5816

scrap

19.7

scrap 23

39.53

37.9 132.41

170.31

1.62 55.25 27.55 7.24 21.85 41.56 10.47

137.4


PAGE 47 OF 283

(3) Gas balance In order to explain usage of industrial gas and to analyse release of waste, Table 5-9 shows analysis on balance of gas generation and usage.

Blast Furnace Gas

Coke Oven

1# Sinter Plant

2# Sinter Plant

Pellet Plant

Iron making Plant

Converter Plant

EAF Plant

Medium Sections Mill

Strip Mill

Bar Mill

Sheet Mill

Plate Mill

Small Sections Mill

High speed w ire rod Mill

Thermal Power Center

Loss and Emission

Others

Coke Oven Gas

99629.2

1323690.8

1069.2

48417.3

72467.2

142463.2

32143.6

194890.9

242854

8152.6

7108.2

26509

13538

10003.7

17155.9

15468.3

7141.5

19870.6

14520.7

4224.0

10485

30572.5

459467.72

398.5

2701292

228653.6

91200

1450

83799.8

40399.1

Note: unit in 1000 Nm3/a Table 5-9 Gas balance of existing plants


PAGE 48 OF 283

(4) sulphur balance Based on production and consumption of s-containing material and fuel in the existing plants in 1999, analysis on sulphur balance was made in order to know the condition of release of sulphur into environment. The result is shown in Table 5-3 and 5-4. Table 5-3 sulphur balance of existing plants

Entry of sulphur Generation and release No. material Amount

(10000t/a) S % S t/a Product Amount

(10000t/a)

S % S t/a

1 Sinter and pellet

1.1 Imported ore

119.34 0.0168 200.49 Sinter and pellet

230.26 0.038 874.53

1.2 concentrate 73.41 0.205 1504.91 Fume 2140.78

1.3 Australia ore

9.78 0.102 99.76

1.4 fine ore 20.37 0.237 482.77 1.5 Scale and

Fe-containing dust

37.88

1.6 Anthracite 6.2193 0.5 310.97 1.7 Fine coke 6.0271 0.57 343.54 1.8 Coke oven

gas 1526.0789 4322 62.08

1.9 BF gas 9962.9190 115.0 10.79 Sub-total: 3015.31 Sub-total: 3015.31 2 Coke oven 2.1 Washed

fine coal 73.2739 0.64 4688.80 coke 56.4248 0.57 3216.20

2.2 Coke oven gas(COG)

3057.2467 4322 124.36 Gas desulfur & chemical by-product

534.00

2.3 BF gas 45946.7720 115.0 49.73 COG 22865.3616

4322 930.11

2.4 Fume 174.1 2.5 Fume

from furnace

8.48

Sub-total: 4862.89 4862.89 3 Iron making 3.1 Sinter and 229.7995 0.038 873.24 Hot metal 150.23 0.07 1051.61


PAGE 49 OF 283

pellet 3.2 Anthracite 14.8805 0.50 744.03 Slag and

gas dust 56.17 0.76 4281.18

3.3 Coke 67.1834 0.57 3829.45 Tapping area

1.38

3.4 Fine coke 3.9244 0.57 223.69 Blast heater fume

143.27

3.5 BF gas 132369.079 115.0 143.27 BF gas 270129.209

115.0 310.65

3.6 Water wash for desulfur

26.97

Sub-total: 5813.68 5813.68 4 Converter

steelmaking

4.1 COG 2650.9 4322 107.83 Fume 107.835 EAF

steelmaking

5.1 COG 1353.8512 4322 55.07 Fume 55.07 6 Lime kiln 6.1 Anthracite 0.1748 0.50 8.74 Fume 96.49 6.2 Fine coke 2.1057 0.57 120.02 Other 32.27 Sub-total: 128.76 128.76 7 Rolling 7.1 Fuel oil 0.4224 0.8 33.79 Fume 582.16 7.2 Tar 0.7449 0.8 59.59 7.3 COG 11003.9078 4322 447.61 7.4 BF gas 38036.0240 115.0 41.17 Sub-total: 582.16 582.168 Boiler 8.1 COG 1452.0684 4322 59.07 Boiler

fume 385.66

8.2 BF gas 19489.0870 115.0 21.09 Slag 78.66 8.3 Coal for

power plant 6.3444 0.596 378.13

8.4 Washed fine coal

0.0415 0.64 2.66

8.5 Coal for boiler in hospital

0.0566 0.596 3.37

Sub-total: 464.32 464.32


PAGE 50 OF 283

Total: 15030.02 15030.52Note: 1. The unit for gas is in 10000 Nm3/a. S rate refers to amount of H2S(mg/Nm3). 2. Rolling involves Medium Sections Mill, Strip Mill, Sheet Mill, Plate Mill, Bar Mill, High Speed Mill and Small Sections Mill. 3. means sulphur released to air.


PAGE 51 OF 283

Table 5-4 Balance of sulphur dioxide of existing plants Point source Area source No. Chimney Quantity(t/a in

S) Name Quantity (t/a in

S) 1 Sinter and pellet 2140.78 Coke oven body 8.48 2 Coke oven 174.1 Cast house 1.38 3 Blast heater 143.27 converter

steelmaking plant building

107.83

4 Lime kiln 96.49 EAF steelmaking plant building

55.07

5 Boiler 385.66 6 Reheating

furnace 582.16

Sub-total: 3522.46 Sub-total: 172.76 Release amount

of SO2 7044.92 Release amount

of SO2 345.52

Total: 7390.44


PAGE 52 OF 283

5.1.1.4 Water supply & drainage and its balance

The total amount of water of the existing plants for production and living is 36780m3/h, the amount of makeup water is 9400.5 m3/h, and total amount of circulating water is 27380.3 m3/h. The circulating rate of water is 74.4%. The total amount of drainage water is 8480.3 m3/h. Details refer to Table 5-5. Water balance of existing plants is shown in Table 5-10. Water is normally recycled during production except some particular cases. Makeup water is distributed according to various technological requirements. The waste water is released via No. 1 to No.6 outfall to the Yangtze River.


PAGE 53 OF 283

Table 5-5 Water balance of existing plants

No. Department Annual

working time

(h)

Water consumption

(m3/h)

Recycled water flowrate

(m3/h)

Make up water flowrate

(m3/h)

Water

loss

(m3/h)

Water recycle rate

(%)

Drainage water flowrate

(m3/h)

Drainage water quantity

(×10000 m3/a)

Outfall No.

1 Construction Dept. 2976 38 - 38 - - 38 11.31

2 Small sections plant 6620 280 - 280 - - 280 185.36

3 Converter plant 8640 5704.7 3679.1 2025.6 178.1 64.49 1847.5 1596.24

4 2# Sinter plant 7994 292 - 292 8 - 284 227.03

Subtotal 2019.94

1#

5 1# Sinter plant 7950 232 - 232 7 - 225 178.88

6 Bar mill 5102 404 250 154 4 61.88 150 76.53

Subtotal 255.41

2#

7 Iron making plant 8601 12257.8 9933.22 2324.6 485 81.04 1839.6 1582.24

8 Strip plant 5216 1000 850 150 10 85.0 140 73.02

9 Power plant 8760 264 - 264 - - 264 231.26

10 Sheet plant 7609 122 - 122 2 - 120 91.31

11 Medium sections mill 2930 1958 1207 751 36 61.64 715(including 295 discharged at No.5 outfall)

123.06

12 Oxygen plant 8736 1240 - 1240 - - 1240 1083.26

Subtotal 3184.15

3#

13 Pellet plant 7737 307 245 62 1 79.80 61 47.20 4#


PAGE 54 OF 283


working time

(h)

Water consumption

(m3/h)


(m3/h)


(m3/h)

Water

loss

(m3/h)

Water recycle rate

(%)


(m3/h)


(×10000 m3/a)

Outfall No.

14 Shengda Co. 5182 20 - 20 - - 20 96.80 5#

15 Coke oven plant 8760 1616 900 716 32 55.69 684 599.18


6677 2007 1910 97 27 95.17 70 46.74

17 EAF plant 5659 3506 3384 122 40 96.52 82 46.40

18 Plate mill 6486 3176 2881 295 72 90.71 223 144.64

19 Power plant 7728 2216.3 2013 203.3 16.1 90.83 187.2 144.67

20 Lime workshop 8064 140 128 12 2 91.43 10 8.06

Subtotal 989.69

6#

Total 36780.8 27380.3 9400.5 920.2 74.4 8480.3 6593.19

Annual statistical value

(×1000 m4/a) 27654.32 20328.57 7325.75 732.58 73.5 6593.17


PAGE 55 OF 283

Shengda Co.

Q1:20.0Q2: 0Q3: 0η:0

Plate mill

Q1: 3176Q2: 2881Q3: 72η: 90.71

Power plant

Q1: 2216.3Q2: 2013Q3: 16.1η: 90.83

LimeworkshopQ1:140Q2: 128Q3: 2η:91.43

Pellet plant

Q1: 307Q2: 245Q3: 1η: 79.8

High speedwire rod millQ1:2007Q2: 1910Q3: 27η: 95.17

EAF plant

Q1:3506Q2:3384Q3: 40η: 96.52

Coke ovenplantQ1: 1616Q2: 900Q3: 32η: 55.69

MediumSections plantQ1: 1958Q2: 1207Q3: 36η: 61.64

Smallsections plantQ1:280.0Q2: 0Q3: 0η: 0

Sheet mill

Q1: 122Q2:0Q3: 2η: 0

1＃ SinterplantQ1: 232Q2: 0Q3: 7η: 0

Bar plant

Q1: 404Q2: 250Q3: 4η:61.88

ConstructionDeptQ1: 38.0Q2: 0Q3: 0η: 0

Strip plant

Q1: 1000Q2: 850Q3:10η: 85

Power plant

Q1: 264Q2: 0Q3:0η: 0

Steel makingplantQ1: 5704.7Q2:3679.1Q3: 178.1η: 64.49

Oxygen plant

Q1: 1240Q2: 0Q3: 0η: 0

2# SinterplantQ1: 292Q2: 0Q3: 8.0η: 0

Note: unit in the fig. is m3/h, Q1 is water consumption, Q2 is recycled water, Q3 is water loss, η is recycle rate (%), total water drainage is 8480.3, ηtotal is 74.4%.

6# outfall1256.2

4# outfall61.0

5# outfall315.0

3# outfall4023.6

2# outfall375.0

1# outfall2449.5

716 97 122 295 203.3 12 62 20 751 1240

684 70 82 223 187.2 10 61 715

Iromaking plant

Q1: 12257.8Q2: 9933.2Q3:485η: 81.04

2922324.6 232 154 2025.628038264 122

1839.6

150

120

1847.5 284225 150

make up water: 9400.5

124020

295 420

140 264

38 280

Fig. 2-1 Water balance of the existing plants in NISCO


PAGE 56 OF 283

5.1.2 Proposed project

5.1.2.1 Project content and product mix

(1) project content The proposed project is composed of steel making and rolling system, which is a complete Steckel mill production line, including steel making workshop, casting workshop, rolling workshop and associated facilities. The designed annual capacity is 1.09 million tons of crude steel, 1.06 million tons of slab and 1 million tons of wide plate/coil. Table 5-6 shows main devices and equipment. Name of workshop Devices/ equipment

One set of hot metal desulphurization device One 1300t hot metal mixer One 120t combined blowing converter One 120t twin car type LF One 120t twin tank VD

Steelmaking workshop

One single strand medium thickness slab caster One set of Steckel mill with attached edger One walking beam type reheating furnace

Rolling workshop

One push type reheating furnace Auxiliary material and alloy handling and charging system Converter fume cleaning system and converter gas tank (includes a dry type gas tank of 80000 m3, an electrostatic dust precipitator and gas booster with piping ) Quick boiler with gas as fuel ( includes a 16t/h boiler), converter evaporated cooling system Air compressor station ( three sets of centrifugal air compressors of 121 m3/min each, two operation one standby)

Auxiliary facilities

Power supply system, water supply & drainage facilities, facilities for ventilation, dedusting, maintenance, laboratory testing devices.


PAGE 57 OF 283

(2) product mix There are three types of products of the propose project: in-line cut-to-length plate, slitting plate and coils. The product mix refers to Table 5-7. The distribution of productivity according to steel grade refers to Table 5-8. Table 5-7 product size and percentage No. Product type Percentage (%) Size 1 Hot rolled plate 75 Plate thickness of

4.8-50mm, width of 1600-3520mm and length of 6000-24000m.

2 Hot rolled coil 25 Coil plate thickness of 2.3 – 20mm, width of 1600- 2800mm, specific weight of 20.5kg/mm and coil weight of 45t max.


PAGE 58 OF 283

Table 5-8 Product mix according to steel grade

No. Quality Grade No. Standard Size (mm)

Production (in 10000 t)

Percentage(%)

1 Plate for ship building

AH32,DH32, EH32, AH36 ,DH36, EH36

GB712 and rules of classification society

Plate: 4.8-50 × 1600- 3520× 6000-18000

38.0 38.0

2 Pipe line steel X 42－X80 API 5L Coil,plate: 6.4-30X1600- 3520× 6000-18000

20.0 20.0

3 Low alloy structural steel

15MnV, SM400, SM490 A572,A573

GB/T1591,JIS G3106, ASTM

Coil,plate: 2.3-50X1600- 3520× 6000-18000

12.0 12.0

4 Boiler plate 20g, 16Mng, SB410, SB450, 19Mn6

GB713, JIS G3103, DIN EN10028T2 4.5 4.5

5 Pressure vessel plate

16MnR, SPV235, SPV315,A202, A515, A537

GB6654, JIS G3115, ASTM

Coil,plate: 6.0-50X1600- 3520× 6000-18000

5.0 5.0

6 Bridge plate

16Mnq, 15MnVq, SM400, SM490

YB(T)10, JIS G3106Coil,plate: 2.3-50X1600- 3520× 6000-24000

1.5 1.5

7

Steel for engineering and machinery building

StE690,A736 ASTM Coil,plate: 2.3-50X1600- 3520× 6000-18000

8.0 8.0

8 Auto beam plate 09SiVL GB3273

Coil,plate: 2.3-12X1600- 3520× 6000-18000

1.0 1.0

9 Carbon structural steel

Q195,Q295, SS400, SS490

GB700, JIS G3101 Coil,plate: 2.3-50X1600- 3520× 6000-18000

10.0 10.0

total 100 100


PAGE 59 OF 283

5.1.2.2 Project type and investment

(1) project type: technical innovation (2) investment: The total investment of the proposed project is 3.38137 billion RMB yuan( including foreign exchange budget around 0.1266 billion USD) , with static investment of 3.1855 billion RMB yuan (including foreign exchange budget around 0.1266 billion USD), dynamic investment of 0.1083 billion RMB yuan, initial flow capital of 87.57 million RMB yuan. Investment for environmental protection is 201.66 million RMB yuan, amounting to 6.3 % of the total static investment. Such investment includes 80.628 million RMB yuan for dedusting facilities, 119.187 million RMB yuan for waste water treatment facilities and 1.845 million RMB yuan for virescence. Sources of capital: 40% by itself, 60% by bank loan. (3) construction period The total construction period is two years. The first year after start-up will reach 70% of design capacity, and the second after start-up will reach 100% of design capacity.

5.1.2.3 Geographical location and occupied land area

The proposed project will be built inside the plant area of NISCO, and will be located in the west of Plant Mill and east of Wire Rod Mill. The total occupied area is around 41 hm2. The existing lime work is to be dismantled, new land shall be applied for occupation, and most part of Meiguiying residents will be moved. The general layout of the proposed project is shown in Figure 5-11. Figure 5-12 is layout of converter and caser workshop, and Figure 5-13 is layout of rolling workshop.

5.1.2.4 Production process


PAGE 60 OF 283


PAGE 61 OF 283


PAGE 62 OF 283


PAGE 63 OF 283

(1) converter process ` ` Figure 5-14 is diagram of converter process.

Scrap yard

Oxygen top blowing

Blast furnace Bulk material yard Alloy warehouse

Scrap chute Hot metal mixer Underground bin Drying& preheating

Pouring to HM ladle& desulphurization

Furnace top bin High level bin

Charging system

N2/Ar bottom blowing 120t combined

blowing converter

Charging system

Top slag

Fume cleaning sys. Swivelling chute Steel ladle Slag pot

LF and VD Slag yard Gas tank

Sludge to sinter plant after dehydrate Caster


PAGE 64 OF 283

Main production processes of converter are as follows:

1) Hot metal supply: the hot metal required by the converter is transported through 65t hot metal ladle car, firstly, hot metal is poured in to hot metal mixer (can be also poured into charging ladle), hot metal is tapped into charging ladle and weighed before charging into the converter. If hot metal pre-treatment is required, the ladle will be transferred to pre-treatment station by 225/60/15 ton crane for desulphurization, after the pre-treatment and slag skimming, hot metal will be charged into converter.

2) Scrap: scrap is transported to scrap yard through dump truck, scrap mixing and scrap bucket loading is done by 20/5 ton magnet, after weighing, the scrap in bucket will be charged into converter by a 50/50 ton crane.

3) Bulk material: auxiliary and raw materials required by the converter are firstly stored in underground silos, then they are conveyed to converter top silos through belt conveyor and loading car, when needed, they will be added into converter through weighing and charging systems during blowing operation.

4) Ferroalloy material: ferroalloy materials are transported to underground silos by truck, they are conveyed to overhead silos in converter bay through belt conveyor. In accordance with requirements, they will be charged into the ladle under the converter during tapping through charging system and rotating chute behind the converter. Since it is humid in region of Nanjing, the alternative method to overcome the disadvantage by using belt conveyor to transport the material from underground silos is that materials are firstly dried out in the workshop, then transfer them to the overhead silos through bucket, during tapping, using dump car charging onto rotating chute behind the converter, then entering into the ladle. However, this method has lower level of automatic control, as a result, has higher labor intensity.

5) Converter metallurgy: after charging the hot metal and scrap, converter is tilted back to upright position, bottom lance starts oxygen blowing, and bottom porous plugs start inert gas purging, meantime, adding auxiliary material into the converter for slag forming, this enters into converting and bath reaction process. The lance is retracted and converter is tilted to certain degree at the end of converting for sampling and temperature measurement, when chemical analysis and temperature meet the targets, further tilt the converter for tapping. Slag stopper is used during tapping, alloy addition is carried out during tapping for de-oxidation and alloying of the liquid steel. If top slag is required for subsequent metallurgy, slag making material, i.e. lime and so on, can be added into the ladle through charging chute behind the converter. After tapping, ladle with steel that need secondary metallurgy will be send to LF and/or VD by crane, with the completion of LF and/or VD treatment, temperature insulation powder will be added on top of the bath, then the ladle will be transferred to caster.

5.1.2.4.1Secondary Metallurgy

Secondary metallurgical facilities are built so as to exploit various products, improve quality and regulate the pacing between converter and caster. The treatment capacity of LF can be up to 1.1 million ton per year, whether VD treatment is required depends on quality requirement of the steel grades and market demands. Based upon the steel grades that NISCO is supposed to produce and ever increasing demands on product quality of the markets, a 120 ton LF and a 120 ton VD (Ladle


PAGE 65 OF 283

Furnace/Vacuum Degassing) are designed for heating up, analysis adjustment, degassing and etc of the liquid steel. In case of caster failure, ladle can be returned to LF to keep the temperature. Casting is able to be resumed immediately after the failure being remedied. In this way, production loss can be decreased to minimum.

5.1.2.4.2Casting Technology

Process chart of casting can be described by the figure 5-15 as below:

120 ton converter

LF/VD

Ladle Turret

Tundish

Mould

Bender

Segments

Levelling

Torch Cutting

Roller Table

Deburr Machine

RollerTable

Marking Machine

Roller Table

Reheating Furnace

Steckel Mill

Slab PushingMachine and

Collection Table

Off Line

Fig. 5-15 Process chart from Converter to Steckel Mill

After the LF/VD treatment, the ladle is sent to casting platform by 225 ton crane, the temperature of the liquid steel is measured here, ladle with liquid steel temperature meeting the requirement is then placed on the turret, putting on the ladle cover and rotating by 180 o to the casting position above the tundish, the liquid steel is poured into the tundish through ladle slide gate and long nozzle, the caster starts casting until liquid steel in the tundish comes to certain level, liquid steel continuously go into the mould through submerged nozzle, the mould keeps oscillation during casting, with the effect of mould water cooling, shell of the strand is gradually formed in the mould, and slab with thin shell comes out continually from the mould, and goes through mould foot rolls, bender and segments, temperature continually lowers as slab goes


PAGE 66 OF 283

downstream. Then the slab enters into straightening unit, after straightening, slab is cut to required length through torch cutting, cut-to-length slabs further go through deburr machine, marking machine, caster run out table and reheating furnace approach table and is ready for directly charging into the reheating furnace of the Steckel mill.

Some of the slabs need to be taken off the roll table by slab pushing machine and collection table due to reasons of production pacing or slab defects, they will be moved to slab yard by 70 ton forklift for storage, inspection or conditioning, which will be used for cold charging.

A lot of steam is generated in the secondary cooling chamber due to secondary cooling, this steam is exhausted outside the building through exhaust fan and duct.

Scale formed by air-water mist cooling is flushed into flute and flows to settling pit.

5.1.2.4.3Steckel Mill Technology

Process chart of Steckel rolling can be described by the figure 5-16 as below:


PAGE 67 OF 283

Downcoiler Coiling

Banding/Weighing/Marking

Storage

shipment

CoilThickness 2.3~20 mm

PlateThickness 4.8~50 mm

Plate collection/storage

Hot Leveler Leveling

Cooling Bed Cooling

Inspection

Head Cutting

Side trimming

Cut-to-length/Tail Cutting

Cold Leverler Leveling

UST

Qualified Slab

Reheating Furnace

High PressureDescaling

Steckel Mill

Laminar Cooling

Head/Tail Cropping & DividingCutting in Fly Shear

Fig. 5-16 Process chart from Reheating Furnace to Coil/Plate Shipping Yard


PAGE 68 OF 283

Rolling process can be divided in two ways, one is longitudinal rolling, the other one is longitudinal and cross rolling, their rolling process flows are as follows:

1) Entire longitudinal rolling:

Qualified slabs from the caster are sent to approach table of the walk beam reheating furnace, the hot slab are charged into the furnace by slab charging machine for heating, cold slab are lifted on the cold slab charging table by crane/forklift, then charged into the furnace by charging machine for heating up to rolling temperature.

Slabs are discharged from the furnace at the temperature up to 1250 oC, they first pass through high pressure descaling box so as to remove the primary scales formed during casting and heating, the water pressure at nozzles is up to 200 MPa.

All rolling are performed in the Steckel mill stand, first passes are rough rolling. A edger stand is attached to entry side of mill stand, it can be used to reduce and maintain the width of the rolling bar during rough rolling passes. In addition, secondary descaling headers are designed to install on both entry and exit sides of the mill stand, which is used for secondary descaling in accordance with requirement of producing various steel grades. When rolling bar reaches certain thickness in proportion to final product thickness, finishing rolling passes start.

During finishing rolling, two rolling modes, i.e. flat rolling and Steckel rolling, are used depend on different dimensions of final products:

Steckel rolling mode: this mode is normally selected for producing the products with final thickness less than 25 mm, when rolling bar thickness goes down to 25 mm, it can be sent to coiling furnaces on both side of the mill stand, and rolling can be done back and forth between two coiling furnaces until final thickness of the strip is reached.

Flat rolling mode: this mode is normally selected for producing the products with final thickness more than 25 mm, the rolling bar are rolled in the mill stand forth and back like conventional plate mill until final thickness of the plate is reached, without usage of coiling furnaces.

A fly shear is designed in the downstream of the mill stand for strip head/tail cut, so that the head and tail of the strip can be threaded into the slot of coiling furnace drum easily, moreover, this fly shear is also used to cut the full length plate into mother plates in the finishing pass, for reason that they are able to be accommodated by the cooling bed.

When producing coils, finishing strip come out the mill stand, run along the mill stand run out roller table, go through laminar cooling and enter into the downcoiler for making the coils. After being banded, weighed and marked, coils are sent to storage yard ready for shipment.

When producing plates, firstly, flat rolling or Steckel rolling mode is selected depend on different dimensions of final products, finishing plate produced in Steckel rolling mode will be cut into number of mother plates, which can be accommodated by the cooling bed in length. For plate produced in flat rolling mode, slab length should be well selected in consideration of required finishing plate thickness, distances in between different equipment as well as the capacity of the fly shear, if the finishing


PAGE 69 OF 283

plate is longer than the cooling bed length, plate need to be cut by the fly shear, otherwise, finishing plate can be sent to cooling bed directly.

Depend on different steel grades, decide whether the finishing plates go through laminar cooling, next, the plates are sent to hot leveler for leveling, then they are transferred to cooling bed, the temperature of the plate at exit of the cooling bed decrease to less than 150 oC.

After the cool down in the cooling bed, the plates surface is inspected, then the plates will be sent to shearing line, which is equipped with rocking type double sides trimmer, and static cut-to-length shear, for cutting to required finishing sizes.

After cut-to-length, finishing plates will be marked with identification code, the plates that don’t require cold leveling and defect detection will be collected and banded in the storage yard ready for shipment; for plates that require cold leveling and defect detection will be sent through roller table to cold leveler and UST (ultrasonic testing ) for leveling and/or detection, then they will be collected and banded in the storage yard ready for shipment.


PAGE 70 OF 283


PAGE 71 OF 283

2) Longitudinal and cross rolling:

Qualified slabs from the caster are cut into short slabs with length range of 2000~3520 mm and sent to reheating furnace for heating.

Slabs are discharged from the furnace at the temperature up to 1250 oC, they first pass through high pressure descaling box so as to remove the primary scales formed during casting and heating, then sent to mill stand for rolling.

In case roughing stand not installed, all rolling will be carried out in Steckel mill stand, during roughing passes, longitudinal rolling, cross rolling with rolling bar turn by 90 o will be adopted alternatively according to requirements.

For finishing passes, rolling process are the same with entire longitudinal rolling mode. Depend on requirements to final products, control rolling and/or control cooling technologies will be used. When longitudinal and cross rolling is used, all final products are plates, therefore, the rolling bar reach finishing thickness, the plates will be sent to finishing line, processes in that area are the same with those in entire longitudinal rolling mode.

5.1.2.5 Consumption figures of main raw/auxiliary materials and utilities

5.1.2.5.1Main raw/auxiliary materials and utilities

Consumption figures of main raw/auxiliary materials and utilities of the proposed project are as following tables. (Tables 5-9 to 5-11)


PAGE 72 OF 283

Table 5-9 Consumption figures of main raw/auxiliary materials, power and media for converter workshop

No. Items Unit Consumption

1

Iron and steel material

where: hot metal

scrap

kg/t. steel

1080

810

270

2 Ferroalloy kg/t. steel 16

3 Active lime kg/t. steel 40

4 Fluorspar kg/t. steel 4

5 Lightly fured dolomite kg/t. steel 15

6 Scale and ore kg/t. steel 20

7 Refractory material

Where: furnace liner kg/t. steel

10

0.5

8 Wire feeding alloy materials kg/t. steel 1.5

9 Slag ladle kg/t. steel 1.5

10 Powder lime for hot metal pre-treatment kg/t. iron 2

11 Powdered magnesium for hot metal pretreatment kg/t. iron 0.5

12 Refractory material for hot metal pre-treatment kg/t. iron 2.5

13 Electrical power kW.h/t. steel 25

14 Argon Nm3/t. steel 1.6

15 Oxygen

Where: metallurgical consumption Nm3/t. steel

60

55

16 Nitrogen Nm3/t. steel 40

17 Steam kg/t. steel 120

18 Mixed gas Nm3/t. steel 15

19 Compressed air Nm3/t. steel 20

20 Make up water m3/t. steel 1.3


PAGE 73 OF 283

Table 5-10 Consumption figures of main raw/auxiliary materials and utilities for caster workshop

No. Items Unit Consumption Remarks

1 Liquid steel kg/t. slab 1026

2 Refractory material kg/t. slab 3.6

3 Tundish powder kg/t. slab 0.5

4 Mould copper plates kg/t. slab 0.01

5 Mould powder kg/t. slab 0.65

6 Hydraulic and lubrication oil kg/t. slab 0.015

7 Temperature measuring probe pcs/heat 3

8 Coke oven gas Nm3/t. slab 5.2

9 Oxygen Nm3/t. slab 3.3

10 Argon Nm3/t. slab 0.05

11 Nitrogen Nm3/t. slab 0.01

12 Compressed air Nm3/t. slab 35

13 Make up water

soft water m3/t. slab

40

0.85

14 Electrical power kW.h/t. slab 15 *

* Note: Power for water treatment not included

Table 5-11 Consumption figures of main raw/auxiliary materials and utilities for steel rolling workshop

No. Items Unit Consumption

1 Slab t 1060

2 Fuel GJ 0.7

3 Electrical power kW.h 90

4 Make up water m3 1.8

5 Circulating water m3 90

6 Compressed air N m3 11.5

7 Steam kg 8

8 Oxygen N m3 2

9 Roll kg 1.0


PAGE 74 OF 283

10 Refractory material kg 1

11 Lubrication oil kg 0.5

5.1.2.5.2 Metal balance

1) Converter and secondary metallurgy processes

Metal balance for converter and secondary metallurgy processes refers to fig. 5-17a as below.

Scrap28.3

Hot metal88.29

Converter109.1647

Ladle

LF/VD109.1647

Slab casterNote: unit of figures in the fig.is 10 thousand ton per year.

Fig. 5-17a Metal balance for converter and secondary metallurgy processes

2) Casting process

Metal balance for casting process refers to fig. 5-17b as below.


PAGE 75 OF 283

Remaining steel in theladle after ladle tapping

0.6004

Ladle109.1647

Liquid steel intundish

108.5643

Casting slab106.8273

Qualified slab106.4

Slab head/tail cuttingand emergency cutting

0.4323

Remaining steel in tundishafter tundish tapping

0.9771Loss to scale

0.3257

Reject slab and conditionloss

0.4273

Fig. 5-17b Metal balance for casting processes

3) Rolling process

Metal balance for rolling processes refers to table 5-12 as below.

Table 5-12 metal balance for rolling processes

Final product Head/tail crop and reject Burn loss

No. Product Slab t/a

t/a % t/a % t/a %

1 plate 806200 750000 93.0 48138 6.0 8062 1.0

2 coil 257800 250000 97.0 5222 2.0 2578 1.0

Total 1064000 1000000 94.0 53360 5.0 10640 1.0

5.1.2.6 Water supply and drainage system

Water system of the project is designed to follow the principle of “make up water replenish indirect water, indirect water replenish direct water, water recycling is realized”. Total water consumption is 26687 m3/h, make up water is 1271 m3/h, and recycled water is 25416 m3/h. Recycling rate of the water is 95.2%. Water drainage arisen from production is 407 m3/h, this water will be drained to Yangzi river through #6 drainage port. Drainage from service water is 50 m3/h.


PAGE 76 OF 283

Water recycling system consists of indirect water and direct water recycling systems.

Indirect water system mainly includes cooling water system for converter, caster and Steckel mill equipment, the flowrate of this recycling water is 9726 m3/h.

Direct water system mainly includes cooling water for converter dedusting system, caster secondary cooling, steam condensation water for VD station, direct cooling water for rolling equipment, laminar cooling and etc. the flowrate of this recycling water is 15690 m3/h.

5.1.2.7 Main technical and economic indexes

Main technical and economic indexes of the proposed project refer to table 5-13.

Table 5-13 main technical and economic indexes

No. Items Unit Index

1 Productivity

Liquid steel 10 kiloton/a 109.1647

Slab 10 kiloton/a 106.4000

Plate and coil 10 kiloton/a 100.0000

2 Main facilities

1300 t hot metal mixer set 1

Hot metal pre-treatment station set 1 (reserve 1)

120 ton top and bottom combined blown converter set 1 (reserve 1)

120 ton double car type LF set 1

120 ton double tank VD station set 1

Single strand mediums thickness slab caster set 1

Walking beam reheating furnace set 1

Pushing type reheating furnace set 1

Steckel mill stand completed with edger set 1

3 Main raw materials and power

Hot metal 10 kiloton/a 88.29

Scrap 10 kiloton/a 28.3

Make up water m3/h 1271

Electrical power ×106kWh/a 133.21


PAGE 77 OF 283

No. Items Unit Index

4 Total equipment weight t 28300

Equipment for converter workshop t 3800

Equipment for caster workshop t 4400

Equipment for rolling workshop t 20100

5 Total building area m2 111674

Converter workshop m2 21800

Caster workshop m2 17280

Rolling workshop m2 72594

6 Total floor space and transportation

Total floor space hm2 35

Total transport capacity 10 kiloton/a 444.33

Where: transported by railway 10 kiloton/a 220.16

7 Estimated total investment, where: 10 thousand RMB 305431

Static investment 10 thousand RMB 318549.73

Dynamic investment 10 thousand RMB 10829.66

Working capital 10 thousand RMB 8757.01

8 Economic benefits

Rate of return on investment % 11.8

Loan repayment period year 7.9

5.1.3 Other projects and innovation projects under construction

In addition to the wide plate and coil project described above, there are some other projects and innovation projects under construction, they are mainly listed in the table 5-14 as below.

Table 5-14 other projects and innovation projects under construction

No. Type of projects Description

1 EAF plant expansion project

2 Rebar mill “rolling with billet reheated once” project

3

Projects under construction

Additional new 8 m2 pellet shaft kiln project


PAGE 78 OF 283

4 Innovation project High speed bar and wire rod mill

5.1.3.1 Projects under construction

5.1.3.1.1EAF (electrical arc furnace) revamping project

NISCO started expansion and revamping to existing 70 ton EAF in May, 1999. A VD/VOD station was added, and dedusting system was revamped. Before revamping, off-gas/dust from EAF fourth hole, roof hood, LF and material handling system were all collected and treated by one dedusting system, insufficient capacity leads to poor environment either inside or outside workshop. After revamping, EAF fourth hole and roof hood share original dedusting system, and LF and material handling system use another new added dedusting system. Besides, the capacity of the EAF was expanded, annual steel output was increased from 368,500 ton in the year of1999 to 729,000 ton.

5.1.3.1.2Rebar mill “rolling with billet reheated once” project

Rebar mill use open-train mill stands, the design annual capacity is 400 thousand ton. Since the billets available can’t be directly used by the mill, additional breakdown rolling is required, this brings about high energy consumption. After revamping, continuous rolling stands are adopted, billets can be hot charged to reheating furnace, and the mill capacity has increased to 480 thousand ton.

5.1.3.1.3Additional new 8 m2 pellet shaft kiln project

Location of the shaft kiln is near the existing #1 pellet plant where the place was reserved for this shaft kiln. The annual design capacity of acid pellet produced by the kiln is 400 thousand ton, the gas used by the kiln is blast furnace gas.

Assessment on environmental influence of above mentioned three projects had already been done before.

5.1.3.2 Innovation project

A new no-twist high speed bar and wire rod mill with annual capacity of 350 thousand ton was built, the mill mainly produce the wire rod with diameter range of Ø5.0~25 mm, capability of producing bar with diameter range of Ø20~40 mm is reserved. Steel grades of the products are mainly quality carbon steel, stainless steel, cold heading steel and so on. Newly constructed reheating furnace and cap cover furnace all use mixed gas as fuel.

5.1.4 Shutdown and eliminating facilities

Shutdown and eliminated facilities are listed in the table 5-15 as below.


PAGE 79 OF 283

Table 5-15 shutdown and eliminated facilities

No. Name of the facilities Past capacity (kiloton/a)

1 1 × 20 ton converter 749

2 Lime kiln 85.4

3 Medium section mill 162.4

4 Small section bar mill 72.4

5 Sheet mill 104.7

One of the three 20 ton converters in NISCO was closed down first, the other two are supposed to shutdown in next stage. Steel capacity of converters is dropped from annual 1.374 million ton in the year 1999 to 625 thousand ton.

All three 90 m3 indigenous lime kilns and two 150 m3 shaft lime kilns in the existing lime plant are supposed to be eliminated. Space of the plant will be given up to wide plate and coil project. The lime output of NISCO is 85.4 thousand ton in 1999. The lime required in the future will be purchased from market.

Medium section mill, small section bar mill and sheet mill are going to shutdown step by step, the steel product produced these mills in 1999 is 339.5 thousand ton.

5.1.5 General situation after completion of proposed projects

5.1.5.1 Projects composition and capacities

Main production facilities after completion of scheduled projects refer to table 5-16, by that time, steel capacity will reach 2.444 million ton, hot metal capacity will reach1.8 million ton and output of steel products will reach 3.07 million ton.

Completion of scheduled projects means “projects under construction”, “innovation project”, “facilities shutdown and elimination” and “on-going pollution control projects” have been finished.

Table 5-16 Main production facilities after completion of proposed projects

No. Facility Description Product Capacity (kiloton)

1 Sinter plant 2×39 m2 sinter machine, 2×24 m2 sinter machine sintered ore 2,000

2 Pellet plant 2×8 m2 pellet shaft kiln pellet 800

3 Coke plant 2×42 batteries coke oven coke 560


PAGE 80 OF 283


4 Iron making plant

3×350 m3 blast furnace, 2×300 m3

blast furnace hot metal 1,800

5

1×120 t converter, 1×120 t LF/VD, 1×1300 t hot metal mixer, and 1 strand medium thickness wide slab caster

converter steel 1,090

6

Converter plant

2×20 t converter, 2×30 t LF, 2×600 t hot metal mixer, 2 billet casters

converter steel 625

7 EAF plant 1×70 t EAF, 1×70 t LF, 1×70 t VOD/VD, 1 billet caster EAF steel 729

8 Wide plate/coil plant

Steckel mill plate and coil 1,000

9 Bar mill 2×Ø350/1×Ø420/6×Ø280 mill small section bar 480


3×Ø520/8×Ø400/4×Ø340 /2×Ø212/8×Ø166 mill wire rod 410

11 Bar and wire rod mill

continuous no-twist mini-tension mill

bar and wire rod 350


PAGE 81 OF 283


12 Strip mill 2×Ø500/1×Ø480V+2×Ø450V +2×Ø400H+4×Ø400H mill

hot rolled strip 280

13 Plate mill Ø850/Ø550/Ø850×2350, Ø780/Ø730×2500/Ø1560/ Ø1410×2400 mill

plate 550

14 Steam plant 3×10 t/h boiler, 2×35 t/h boiler steam

15 Oxygen plant 1×6000 m3/h oxygen generator, 1×10000 m3/h oxygen generator oxygen


PAGE 82 OF 283

5.1.5.2Consumption of main raw materials and power sources

Consumption and supply of main raw materials, power sources and media refer to table 5-17.

Table 5-17 consumption and supply of main raw materials, power sources and media after completion of scheduled projects

No. Item Consumption (kinoton)

S content (%) Supply source

1 imported iron ore 1,451.20 0.0168 South Africa, India, Malaysia

2 concentrate 892.70 0.205 Zhenjiang, Xuzhou, Yeshan

3 Australian ore 118.90 0.102 Australian

4 green ore 247.70 0.237 Xining, Yeshan

5 scrap 864 - recycled scrap, purchased scrap

6 limestone 124 - produced by lime shaft kiln, purchased locally

7 dolomite 57 - produced by lime shaft kiln, purchased locally

8 fluorspar 8.5 - purchased

9 ferroalloy 41 - Emei, Xinyu, Shaoxin and Zunyi

10 anthracite 240.686 0.5 Shanxi

11 cleaned coal 733.154 0.64 Xuzhou, Huaibei, Shanxi and Shandong

12 steam coal 50 0.5 Shanxi

13 metallurgical coke 804.967 0.57 produced by coke ovens,

purchased locally

14 coke fines 107.292 0.57 produced by coke ovens

15 fuel oil 27.533 0.8 purchased

16 light diesel fuel 4.186 0.2 purchased

17 water 46.7737

(million m3/a) Yangzi reiver


PAGE 83 OF 283

5.1.5.2.1Metal balance

Metal balance after completion of proposed projects refer to fig. 5-18. (unit in the figure is kiloton)

Blast furnaces 3x 350 m3 + 2x300 m3

1,800

Sinter machines2x24 m2 + 2x39 m2

1x120 t converterLF+VD1,090

Coke oven2x42 battaries

Pellet plant2x8 m2 Coke

Wide plate and coilplant

Wide slab caster1,064

Purchased slab880

plate mill Strip mill

2x20 t converterLF625

1x70 t EAFLF+VD

729

Billet caster600

Billet and boomcaster700

Bar mill Wire rod mill Bar & wirerod mill

Scrap178

Scrap583

Scrap103

Purchased slab95

1,000 560 280 480 410 350

Fig. 5-18 metal balance after completion of proposed projects

5.1.5.2.2Gas balance

In order to explain gas consumption after completion of scheduled projects, and analyze in details the pollutants discharge, balance analysis on gas generation and consumption refers to fig. 5-19.

Desulphurization facility for coke oven gas will be revamped after completion of scheduled projects, ammonia process H.P.F will be adopted instead of alkaline process P.D.S, consequently, the H2S content in the gas will be decreased from 4.32 g/Nm3 to 100 mg/Nm3.

Fig. 5-19 gas balance after completion of scheduled projects (note: the unit in the figure is thousand Nm3/a)


PAGE 84 OF 283

Blast Furnace Gas

Coke Oven

1# Sinter Plant

2# Sinter Plant

Pellet Plant

Iron making Plant

Converter Plant

EAF Plant

Bar & Wire Mill

Bar Mill

High Speed Wire Mill

Strip Mill

Plate Mill (fuel oil)

120 t Converter

Plate & Coil Plant

Power Plant

Loss and Emission

Others

Coke Oven Gas

Converter Gas

199258.4

1585997

14742

30524.2

125065.1

182325.1

70069.6

70745.6

28446.1

59149.7

282065.1

128333

8152.6

7108.2

9374

19409.6

23142

33737.4

12965.6

13090.7

18088

22520

14520.7

1983

10485

30572.5

459467.72

398.5

2701292

228653.6

9265

0

91200

1450


PAGE 85 OF 283

5.1.5.2.3Sulphur balance

An analysis is made on S balance of S-contained input and output materials based on the consumption of S-contained materials after completion of proposed projects in order to understand the situation about sulphur discharged to the environment. Analysis results refer to table 5-18 and 5-19.

Table 5-18 S balance after completion of scheduled projects

Input Output

No. Input materials Qty

(kiloton/a)

S content

(%)

S content(t/a)

Output materials

Qty (kiloton/a)

S content

(%)

S content(t/a)

Sinter and pellet

1 imported iron ore 1,451.2 0.0168 244.14 sintered ore

and pellet 2,800 0.038 1064

2 concentrate 892.7 0.205 1830.04 fume 2396.03*

3 Australian ore 118.9 0.102 121.28

4 green ore 247.7 0.237 587.05

5 scale, Fe-contained dust 378.8

6 anthracite 62.193 0.5 310.97

7 coke fines 60.271 0.57 343.54

8 coke oven gas 15,260.789 100 1.44

9 blast furnace gas 199,258.4 115 21.57

Subtotal 3460.03 3460.03

Coke oven

1 cleaned coal 732.739 0.79 4688.80 coke 564.248 0.57 3216.20

2 coke oven gas 30,572.467 100 2.88 coke oven gas de-S 1445.14

3 blast furnace gas 459,467.72 115 49.73 coke oven

gas 228,653.616 100 21.52

4 fume 52.61*

5 oven body fume 5.94*

Subtotal 4741.41 4741.41

Iron making

1 sintered ore and pellet 2,800 0.038 1064 hot metal 1,800 0.07 1260.00

2 anthracite 178.293 0.5 891.47 furnace slag, flue dust 673 0.76 5145.63


PAGE 86 OF 283

3 coke 804.967 0.57 4588.31 casthouse 1.65*

4 coke fines 47.021 0.57 268.02 blast heater fume 171.66*

5 blast furnace gas 1,585,997 115 171.66 blast furnace

gas 3,236,588 115 372.21

6 de-S by scrubbing 32.31

Subtotal 6983.46 6983.46

Converter steel making

1 coke oven gas 27,462 100 2.58 preheating fume 7.25*

2 blast furnace gas 43,188.1 115 4.67 boiler fume 8.37*

3 light diesel fuel 4.186 0.2 8.37

Subtotal 15.62 15.62

EAF steel making

1 coke oven gas 19,409.6 100 1.83 preheating fume 5.13*


Subtotal 5.13 5.13

Steel rolling

1 coke oven gas 105,456 100 9.93 fume 285.1*


3 converter gas 91,200 - -

4 heavy oil used by bar mill 1.933 0.8 15.46

5 heavy oil used by plate mill 25.600 0.8 204.8

Subtotal 285.1 285.1

Boiler

1 coke oven gas 14,520.7 100 1.37 boiler fume 272.1*

2 blast furnace gas 282,065.1 115 30.53 boiler ash 60.05

3 steam coal 50.000 0.596 298

4 cleaned coal 0.415 0.543 2.25

Subtotal 332.15 332.15

Total 15,822.9 15,822.9

Note:

1) unit of gas is ×1000Nm3/a, S content means the content of H2S (mg/Nm3);


PAGE 87 OF 283

2) steel rolling includes strip mill, plate mill, bar mill, high speed wire rod mill and new wire and bar mill and wide plate and coil plant;

3) * means the S content discharged to the environment.

Table 5-19 Statistical results of H2S balance after completion of scheduled projects

Point Source Area Source No.

Chimney location Qty (in terms of S t/a) Location Qty

(in terms of S t/a)

1 sinter and pellet 2396.03 coke oven body 5.94

2 coke oven 52.61 casthouse 1.65

3 blast heater of blast furnace 171.66 converter building 7.25

4 converter quick boiler 8.37 EAF building 5.13

5 rolling mill reheating furnace 285.1

6 boiler 272.1

Subtotal 3185.87 Subtotal 19.97

SO2 discharge 6371.74 SO2 discharge 39.94

Total 6411.68

5.1.5.3 Balance of water supply and drainage

Consumption of service water in production area will increase to 70024.1 m3/h after completion of scheduled projects, while make up water will decrease to 7040.3 m3/h, total flowrate of circulating water will increase to 62983.8 m3/h. Water recycled rate will increase from currently 74.4% to 89.9%, drainage water will decrease from currently 65.9319 million m3/a to 49.882 million m3/a, for details, refer to table 5-20. Water balance refers to fig. 5-20.


PAGE 88 OF 283

Table 5-20 water balance in the whole company after completion of scheduled projects


working time

(h)

Water consumption

(m3/h)


(m3/h)


(m3/h)

Water

loss

(m3/h)

Water recycle rate

(%)


(m3/h)


(×1000 m3/a)

Outfall t No.

1 Construction Dept. 2976 38 0 38 0 0 38 113.1

2 Converter plant 8640 2595 2076 519 81.0 80.00 438 3784.3

3 2# Sinter plant 7994 292 0 292 8 0 284 2270.3

Subtotal 760 6167.7

1#

4 1# Sinter plant 7950 232 0 232 7 0 225 1788.8

5 Bar mill 7000 3189 2986 203 65 93.63 138 966.0

Subtotal 363 2754.8

2#

6 Iron making plant 8601 14686.8 12483.8 2203 581 85 1622 13951.0

7 Energy supply plant 8760 264 0 264 0 0 264 2312.6

8 Oxygen plant 8736 1240 1116 124 23 90 101 882.3

9 Strip mill 5216 1000 850 150 10 85 140 730.2

Subtotal 2127 17876.1

3#

10 Pellet plant 7737 369 310 59 3 84.01 56 433.3 4#

11 Shengda Co. 5182 20 0 20 0 0 20 103.6 5#

Subtotal 76 536.9 4#, 5#

12 Coke oven plant 8760 1616 1132 484 32 70.05 452 3959.5


6677 2007 1910 97 27 95.17 70 467.4

6#


PAGE 89 OF 283


working time

(h)

Water consumption

(m3/h)


(m3/h)


(m3/h)

Water

loss

(m3/h)

Water recycle rate

(%)


(m3/h)


(×1000 m3/a)

Outfall t No.

14 EAF plant 7000 6636 6238 398 212 94.00 186 1302.0

15 Plate mill 6486 3176 2881 295 72 90.71 223 1446.4

16 Power plant 7728 2216.3 2013 203.3 16.1 90.83 187.2 1446.7

17 New iron making plant 7200 8503 8098 405 253 95.20 152 1094.4

18 wide plate & coil plant 7200 18184 17318 866 561 95.20 305 2196.0

19 Bar and wire rod mill 6000 3760 3572 188 101 95.00 87 522.0

Subtotal 1662.2 12434.4

Total 70024.1 62983.8 7040.3 2052.1 89.90 4988.2 39769.9

Total drainage

(×1000 m3/a) 52311.91 46779.86 5532.05 1555.08 89.40 3976.99


PAGE 90 OF 283

Bar and wiremillQ1: 3760Q2: 3572Q3: 101η: 95

Plate mill

Q1: 3176Q2: 2881Q3: 72η: 90.71

Power plant

Q1: 2216.3Q2: 2013Q3: 16.1η: 90.83

New steelmaking plantQ1: 8503Q2: 8098Q3: 253η: 95.2

Wide plateand coil plantQ1: 18184Q2: 17318Q3: 561η: 95.2

High speedwire rod millQ1:2007Q2: 1910Q3: 27η: 95.17

EAF plant

Q1: 6636Q2: 6238Q3: 212η: 94

Coke ovenplantQ1: 1616Q2: 1132Q3: 32η: 70.05

Shengda Co.

Q1: 20.0Q2: 0Q3: 0η: 0

ConstructiondepartmentQ1: 38.0Q2: 0Q3: 0η: 0

Strip mill

Q1: 1000Q2: 850Q3: 10η: 85

Energysupply plantQ1: 264Q2: 0Q3: 0η: 0

1# SinterplantQ1: 232Q2: 0Q3: 7η: 0

Bar mill

Q1: 3189Q2: 2986Q3: 65η: 93.63

Oxygen Plant

Q1: 1240Q2: 1116Q3: 23η: 90

Oxygen plant

Q1: 14686.8Q2: 12483.8Q3: 581η: 85

Steel makingplantQ1: 2595Q2: 2076Q3: 81η: 80

Pellet plantQ1: 369Q2: 310Q3: 3η: 84.0

2# SinterplantQ1: 292Q2: 0Q3: 8.0η: 0

Note: unit in the fig. is m3/h, Q1 is water consumption, Q2 is recycled water, Q3 is water loss, η is recycle rate (%), total water drainage is 4988.2, ηtotal is 89.9%.

6# outfall1662.2

5# outfall20.0

4# outfall56.0

3# outfall2127.0

2# outfall363.0

1# outfall760.0

124 2203 150 264 203 38 519 292

284438381382252641401662101

484 97 398 295 203.3 405 866 188 20 59

452 70 186 223 187.2 152 305 87 20 56

232

Fig. 5-20 water balance in the whole company after completion of scheduled projects


PAGE 91 OF 283

5.2 Project pollution factors analysis

5.2.1 Analysis on pollution generating sources

5.2.1.1Pollution generating analysis on existing plants, projects under construction and innovation projects

5.2.1.1.1Waste gases and pollutants

NISCO is an integrated steel company with long production process flow, including main production process like sintering, coke making, iron making, steel making and steel rolling and other energy supply and utilities, these give rise to various pollution sources (including point sources and area sources) during operation, air pollutants mainly have fume (dust), SO2, NOx, CO and etc.

Air pollution sources in sintering plant are mainly located at head and end side of sintering machine, size stabilization system, and main air pollutants are fume (dust), SO2, NOx, CO and etc.

Air pollution sources in coke oven plant are mainly occurred in coal loading, coke pushing, oven body leakage and coke quenching, and main air pollutants are fume (dust), SO2, benzene solvend, benzopyrene and etc.

Air pollution sources in iron making plant are mainly located at ore bins, material handling system and casthouse of blast furnace, and main air pollutants are fume (dust), SO2, NOx, CO and etc.

Air pollution sources in steel making plants are mainly located at converters and EAF, and main air pollutants are fume (dust), CO and etc, as well as small amount of fluoride.

Air pollution sources in steel rolling mills are mainly located at reheating furnaces, and main air pollutants are noxious gases like SO2, NOx.

Air pollution sources in power plant are mainly located at coal and mixer gas burning boilers, and main air pollutants are fume (dust), SO2, NOx and etc.

5.2.1.1.2Waste water and pollutants

As an integrated steel company, NISCO has relatively more waste water sources, they are mainly generated by steel rolling, coke making, iron making and steel making, and a brief introduction in this regard is as follows:

Waste water in sintering plant is relatively low, which generates a little pollutant. Herein, waste water mainly come from equipment cooling, water seal of haulage


PAGE 92 OF 283

chain, water used in wet type dedusting system for material crushing, and the main pollutant is suspended solid.

Waste water generated in coke making plant contains hydroxybenzene cyanogens with high concentration of hydroxybenzene, which needs to be removed from the waste water by biological dephenolization technology. Besides, the waste water also contains high CODCr, and other pollutants like cyanide, oil, suspended solid and etc. The other type of waste water in coke making plant is from equipment cooling system, which contains a little pollutant, but discharge temperature is high.

Waste water generated in iron making plant mainly comes from gas cleaning system of blast furnace, which contains high suspended solid, and some volatile phenol and cyanide, this waste water can be treated in radiate settling well for recycle. The other part of waste water comes from blast furnace cooling system, which contains a little pollutant that can return to circulation after being cooled down.

Waste water generated in steel making plant mainly comes from gas cleaning system of converters, which contains high suspended solid, this waste water can be treated in sloping plate settling well for recycle. The other part of waste water comes from casters, they are mainly direct cooling water, which contains a little scale and oil, after settling and oil removal treatment, most of them can return to circulation.

Waste water in steel rolling plant mainly comes from mill stand cooling system and waste water flute, main pollutant in this water are suspended solid and oil.

5.2.1.1.3Noise

Main noises sources in production area are from fans, air compressors, oxygen generators, exhaust stacks of various high pressure gases, electric arc noise of EAF and LF during operation as well as mechanical noise from all types of mill stands.

5.2.1.1.3Solid wastes

Solid wastes are mainly slag generated by blast furnaces, converters and EAF during operation, scale occurred by reheating furnaces and rolling mill during reheating and rolling, dust collected by various dedusting systems as well as coal ash and slag created by boilers that use coal as fuel.

5.2.1.2Pollution generating analysis on wide plate and coil project

This project is to build up a state-of-art plate and coil production line which covers four process areas consisting of converter, LF/VD, caster and Steckel mill, main polluting sources and pollutants in the plant are as follows:

5.2.1.2.1Waste gases and pollutants

Dust contained fume occurred during hot metal being poured to the mixer, hot metal pretreatment, material charging and liquid steel tapping of converter;

Dust generated by material handling systems during bulk material conveying;


PAGE 93 OF 283

Fume generated during converter operation, which contains a lot dust, CO as well as small amount of fluoride;

Fume generated during LF operation, which contains small amount of dust;

Fume generated by quick boilers that use light diesel oil as fuel, which contains NOx and small amount of SO2;

Fume generated by reheating furnace that use mixed gas of blast furnace gas, converter gas and coke oven gas, which contains SO2, NOx and small amount of dust;

Iron oxide flue dust created during rolling operation of Steckel mill.

5.2.1.2.2Waste water and pollutants

Waste water comes from wet type dedusting system of converters contains a lot of suspended solid;

Waster water comes from caster secondary cooling system and mill stands cooling system contains scale and oil.

5.2.1.2.3 Noise

Noise generated by oxygen blowing operation of converter;

Noise generated by running of mill electrical/ mechanical equipment and during rolling of Steckel mill;

Noise generated by operation of various pumps, fans, gas booster and etc;

Noise generated by gas blowing-off /exhaust of converter vaporization cooling system, quick oil burning boiler, decontaminating station of compressed air and etc.

5.2.1.2.3 Solid wastes

Slag generated by hot metal pretreatment, converter and LF operation, scale and slag created by caster as well as scale formed during reheating and rolling by reheating furnace and rolling mill

Dried sludge cakes produced by direct cooling water sludge treatment system, iron contained dust collected by bag type dedusting system.

Scraped refractory material resulted from relining of converter, LF, reheating furnace, ladles, tundish and etc.


PAGE 94 OF 283

5.2.2 Pollution control measures

5.2.2.1 Control measures for existing plants, projects under construction and innovation projects

5.2.2.1.1 Waste gases control

Control measures for main waste gases generating sources refer to table 5-21.

Table 5-21 control measures for main waste gases generating sources

Location Polluting sources Control facilities & type Qty*

Coke making plant flue dust during coal charging of coke oven

high pressure ammonia fume free coal charging 1

flue dust in head of 1# & 2# sintering machines

settling chamber + GLP/B250-NLS cyclone dedustor 2

flue dust in tail of 1# sintering machine, hot screen, conveyor cooling, chain plate conveyor

60 m2 three electrical fields dedustor 1

flue dust in tail of 1# sintering machine, hot screen, conveyor cooling, chain plate conveyor


dust in crushing system of raw material and flux

1776 m2 blowback bag type dedustor 1

dust in crushing system of fuel 1184 m2 blowback bag type dedustor 1

1# sintering plant

dust in finished sinter ore bin 30 m2 three electrical fields dedustor 1

flue dust in head of 1# sintering machine

XCD144 multi-tube dust cleaner 1

flue dust in head of 2# sintering machine

XCD144 multi-tube dust cleaner 1

flue dust in tail of 1# sintering machine, hot screen, conveyor cooling and each transfer point


flue dust in tail of 2# sintering machine, hot screen, conveyor cooling and each transfer point


2# sintering plant

dust in finished sinter ore size stabilization system (including screen separation, crushing and transfer points)



PAGE 95 OF 283


dust in crushing system of raw material

1000 m2 turning bag type dedustor 1

dust in crushing system of flux 660 m2 turning bag type dedustor 1

dust in 1# & 2# 8 m2 shaft kiln and each transfer point


Pellet plant dust in swelling workshop 90 m2 pulse bag type dedustor 1

blast furnace gas 1#~4# blast furnaces adopt double venturi type dedustor; 5# blast furnace adopts single venturi type dedustor

5

dust under bin of 3# blast furnace

30 m2 two electrical fields dedustor 1

dust above and under bin of 4# blast furnace


dust above and under bin of 5# blast furnace


dust in coal injection machines of 1#, 2# and 3# blast furnaces

240 m2, 500 m2 pulse bag type dedustor 2

Iron making plant

dust in coal injection machines of 4# and 5# blast furnaces

744 m2 air box pulse bag type dedustor 2


PAGE 96 OF 283


flue dust in 3×20 t converters two stage venturi wet type dedustor 3

flue dust in 2×30 t LF 270 m2 turning blowback bag type dedustor 1 Converter steel

making plant dust in material discharging, transportation and finished lime bins of lime shaft kiln

500 m2, 600 m2 bag type dedustor 2

flue dust in 70 t EAF 8000 m2 turning blowback bag type dedustor 2

EAF steel making plant flue dust in LF and material

handling system turning blowback bag type dedustor 3

Power plant flue dust in 10 t/h and 35 t/h boilers

Ø2500 water film dedustor 5

Note:* means number of facilities.

Main control measures and flow chart for main waste gases generating sources are as follows.

1) 1# sintering plant

Flue dust in head of 1# and 2# sintering machines: First go through settling chamber and cyclone dedustor for decontamination and then exhaust through 60 m high stack, its flow chart is as below:

Exhaust box Settling chamber Cyclone dedustor Stack

Water seal haulage chain

Flue dust Blower fan

Return waterEmission

Sludge

Ash Ash

Flue dust in tail of 1# and 2# sintering machines, hot screen, conveyor cooling, chain plate conveyor: Suctioned into dust hood, then enter into electrical dust precipitator for decontamination, finally exhaust through 45 m high stack, its flow chart is as below:


PAGE 97 OF 283

Exhaust box Branch airduct Trunk duct

Stack


Flue dust

Dedustor

Return water

Emission

Sludge

Gate valve

Blower fan

Dust from crushing system of raw material and flux: A bag type dedustor is used for decontamination, then waste gas will be exhausted through 30 m high stack, its flow chart is as below:

Suction hood Branch airduct Trunk duct

StackDust

Dedustor

Emission

Gate valve

Blower fan

Ash dischargedevice Ash

Dust from finished sinter ore bins: A electrical dust precipitator is used for decontamination, then waste gas will be exhausted through 45 m high stack, its flow cart is the same as the above one.

2) 2# sintering plant

Flue dust in head of 1# and 2# sintering machines: Multi-tube dust cleaners are used in both head of sintering machines for decontamination and then waste gas is exhausted through 80 m high stack, its flow chart is as below:

Exhaust box Settling chamber Multi-tube dustcleaner Stack


Flue dust Blower fan

Return waterEmission

Sludge

Ash Ash

Flue dust in tail areas of 1# and 2# sintering machines, hot screen, conveyor cooling, chain plate conveyor: Suctioned into dust hood, then enter into electrical dust precipitator for decontamination, finally exhaust through 45 m high stack, its flow chart is as below:


PAGE 98 OF 283


StackDust

DedustorGate valve

Blower fan

Screwconveyor Ash

Dust in finished sinter ore size stabilization system (including screen separation, crushing and transfer points): Suctioned into dust hood, then enter into bag type dedustor for decontamination, finally exhaust through 35 m high stack, its flow chart is same as above one.

Dust in crushing system of raw material: Suctioned into dust hood, then enter into bag type dedustor for decontamination, finally exhaust through 20 m high stack, its flow chart is same as above one.

Dust in crushing system of flux: Suctioned into dust hood, then enter into bag type dedustor for decontamination, finally exhaust through 20 m high stack, its flow chart is same as above one.

3) Pellet plant

Dust in 1# & 2# 8 m2 shaft kiln and each transfer point: Suctioned into dust hood, then enter into electrical dust precipitator for decontamination, finally exhaust through 60 m high stack, its flow chart is as below:


StackDust

Dedustor

Emission

Gate valve

Blower fan

Ash dischargedevice Ash

Dust in swelling workshop: Suctioned into dust hood, then enter into bag type dedustor for decontamination, finally exhaust through 12 m high exhaust duct, its flow chart is same as above one.

4) Iron making plant

Blast furnace gas: 1#~4# blast furnaces adopt double venturi wet type dedustor; 5# blast furnace adopts single venturi wet type dedustor.

Ore bin systems: for dust under bin of 3# blast furnace and dust above and under bin of 4# and 5# blast furnaces, the electrical dust precipitators are adopted for decontamination, finally exhaust through 40 m, 30 m and 36 m high stacks.

Dust in coal injection system: for dust from coal injection systems of 1# to 5# blast furnaces, bag type dedustors are adopted for decontamination, then exhaust through 47 m high stack.


PAGE 99 OF 283

5) Converter steel making plant

Converter gas is not recycled, combustion method is used to treat the exhausted gas, two stage venturi wet type dedusting method is adopted for fume decontamination, then exhaust through 45 m high stack. its flow chart is as below:

180o elbow waterseparator

Vapourizationcooling duct

Water coolingjacket

Second venturi

Converter fume

Overflow waterseal groove

Emission

Fixed hood

Gravity waterseparator First venturi

Water separator Blower fan Stack

Dedusting for fume generated in LF: there are 2 LF in converter steel making plant, which is completed with a turning blowback bag type dedustor, a switch valve is installed between branch duct and trunk duct, so that the dedustor can be used by 2 LF alternatively, after dedusting, waste gas will be exhausted through 20 m high stack. its flow chart is as below:

Suction hood Branch duct Trunk duct StackFlue dust Turnning blowbackbag type dedustor

EmissionSwitch valve Ash

Dedusting for dust generated in lime shaft kiln: dust in material discharging, transportation and finished lime bins of lime shaft kiln are collected and sent to bag type dedustor for decontamination, then exhausted through 45 m high stack. its flow chart is as below:

Suction hood Manual gate valve StackDust fromeach point Bag type dedustor Emission

Ash

6) EAF steel making plant

Dedusting for flue dust generated in EAF: flue dust generated in EAF is collected through fourth hole and roof hood, then sent to bag type dedustor for decontamination, finally exhausted through 35 m high stack. its flow chart is as below:


PAGE 100 OF 283

Scrap reheating Air cooler Air mixingchamber Blower fan

Ash bin

Fume fromfourth hole Dedustor

Recycle

EmissionFume fromroof hood Stack

Scraper bladeBucket conveyor

Dedusting for fume and dust generated in LF and material handling system: fume and dust is sent to bag type dedustor for decontamination, then exhausted through 20 m high stack. its flow chart is as below:

Blower fan

Ash bin

Fume and dust fromLF and materialhandling system

Dedustor

Recycle

EmissionStack

7) Power plant

Fume generated by boilers of power plant: water film dedustor is adopted for decontamination, then exhausted through 35 m and 70 m high stacks respectively.

5.2.2.1.2 Waste water treatment

Existing waster water treatment facilities refer to table 5-21a.

Table 5-21a Existing waster water treatment facilities

Location Noise sources Treatment and facility

Coke making plant waste water containing hydroxybenzene cyanogen

biochemical treatment

waste water from blast furnace gas cleaning system

radiate settling well

Iron making plant waste water from blast furnace slag flushing system

slag pool, horizontal sedimentation tank

waste water from converter gas cleaning system

OG method Converter steelmaking plant

waster water from caster horizontal flow basin, filter

EAF steelmaking plant waster water from caster rotational flow well, chemical oil

removal

Rolling mills medium section mill waste water from mill stands

rotational flow well, chemical oil removal


PAGE 101 OF 283

Location Noise sources Treatment and facility

plate mill rotational flow well, slope plate settling well, oil removal well

small section mill rotational flow well

bar mill chemical oil removal

strip mill primary settling well, secondary settling well

wire rod mill

scale flume, horizontal flow basin, high gradient magnetic separator

Main waste water treatment flow charts are as follows.

1) Coke making plant

Waste water generated in coke making plant is treated by biochemical treatment method, its flow chart is as below:

Residualammonia tank

Air floating oilremoval Ammonia still Equalizing tank

Return sludge

Biochemical oilremoval tank

Residualammonia

Industrialwaste water

Dying bed

Discharge Aeration tankSecondarysettling tank

Activated sludgeThickener tank

2) Sintering plant

No waste water treatment facilities are designed in this plant, waste water is discharged directly.

3) Iron making plant

Waste water from blast furnace gas cleaning: the waste water is first sent to radiate settling well for sedimentation, then cooled down for recycle.

Waste water from blast furnace slag flushing: the waste water is first sent to slag pool for sedimentation, then pumped back to circulation.

4) Converter steel making plant


PAGE 102 OF 283

Waste water from converter dedusting system: waste water from converter gas cleaning is first sent to radiate settling well for sedimentation, then cooled down in cooling tower for recycle.

Waste water from caster: the waste water containing oil and scale from caster is treated as the following flow chart:

Rotationalflow well

Horizontalsedimentation tank

Scale flushing

FilterWaste water Recycle

Scale and sludge Recycle

Coolingtower

5) EAF steel making plant

Waste water from caster: the waste water containing oil and scale from caster is treated as the following flow chart:

Rotationalflow well Chemical oil removal

Scale flushing

Waste water Recycle

Scale and sludge Recycle

Cooling tower

6) Rolling mills

The waste water containing oil and scale from each mill is treated through sedimentation, oil removal and cooling down, then most of them can be pumped back to circulation. The waste water from small section mill is discharged directly after treatment. While the waste water from sheet mill is discharged directly without treatment

5.2.2.1.3 Noise control

Existing noise control measures in NISCO refer to table 5-22.

Table 5-22 Existing noise control measures on main noise sources

Location No. Noise sources Qty* Control measures

Coke making plant 1 blower fan 1 silencer, sound insulation doors and window


PAGE 103 OF 283


2 crusher 1 sound insulation by building

3 air compressor 4 silencer, sound insulation room

4 blower fan 5 silencer, sound insulation room

5 blower fan used for dedusting 5 silencer, sound insulation

doors and window

6 crusher 2 sound insulation by building Sintering plant

7 air compressor 8 silencer, sound insulation by building

8 induced draft fan 2 sound insulation by building

9 blower fan 5 sound insulation by building Pellet plant



PAGE 104 OF 283


11 blower fan 2 sound insulation shield Iron making plant

12 blast furnace exhaust stack 5 silencer

13 blower fan used for dedusting 3 silencer, sound insulation

doors and window

14 water pumps 1 sound insulation by building Converter steel making plant


16 EAF 1 sound insulation by building

17 blower fan used for dedusting 2 silencer, sound insulation by

building

18 blower fan for quick boiler 1 silencer, sound insulation by

building

19 vacuum pump station 1 sound insulation by building

20 water pumps 2 sound insulation doors and window

EAF steel making plant


22 250 small section mill 1 sound insulation by building

23 650 break down mill 1 sound insulation by building

24 bar mill 1 sound insulation by building

25 high speed wire rod mill 1 sound insulation by building

26 plate mill 2 sound insulation by building

27 sheet mill 1 sound insulation by building

28 strip mill 1 sound insulation by building

Rolling mills


30 blower fan 2 silencer

31 water pumps 2 sound insulation doors and window Power plant

32 steam turbine 1 silencer

Oxygen plant 33 oxygen generator 1 sound insulation shield, sound insulation doors and window

Note:* means number of production equipment.


PAGE 105 OF 283

5.2.2.1.4 Disposal of solid waste

Existing disposal of solid wastes in NISCO refer to table 5-23.

Table 5-23 Existing disposal measures of solid wastes

Name of solid waste Category Disposal measures

Chemical waste residual hazardous waste re-charge into coke oven after mixing in cleaned coal

Blast furnace slag used as building construction material

Converter slag used as building construction material

EAF slag used as building construction material

Coal-burned boiler ash for sale

Ferro-contained sludge part of them used as raw material of sintering plant, part of them for sale

Scale recycled for sintering plant

Disused refractory material

normal waste

used for road construction or repair

5.2.2.2 Pollution Control measures for wide plate and coil project

5.2.2.2.1 Waste gas control

Pollution control measures for wide plate and coil project refer to table 5-24.

Table 5-24 pollution control measures for wide plate and coil project

No. Pollution sources Control facilities and type Qty*

1

bulk material handling system (including underground ferroalloy silos, ferroalloy transfer station, underground auxiliary materials silos and auxiliary materials transfer stations)

turning blowback bag type dedustor

4

2 hot metal mixer pulse bag type dedustor 1

3 hot metal pretreatment pulse bag type dedustor 1

4

converter primary fume OG wet type dedusting method (including two stage venturi dedusting, water separator for dehydration and ect.)

1

5 converter secondary fume pulse bag type dedustor 1

6 LF fume pulse bag type dedustor 1

7 fume from oil burned boilers emission and dilution by stack 1


PAGE 106 OF 283

No. Pollution sources Control facilities and type Qty*

8

fume from rolling mill reheating furnace (including big slab reheating furnace and small slab pushing type furnace)

emission and dilution by stack

2

9 fume from Steckel mill coiling furnaces

emission and dilution by stack 2

Note:* means number of control facilities.

Flow charts of waste gas control in main pollution sources for wide plate and coil project are as follows.

1) Control on converter primary fume

Flow chart of converter primary fume control is as follow:

Fume from vaporization cooling fume duct → first stage overflow venturi → impact type gravity water separator → second stage throat opening adjustable ring seam type venturi → elbow type water separator → scrubber tower with cyclone demister → blower fan →gas bell or emission and dilution stack.

The advantages of above fume control process are as follows:

The fume suction hood can be lifted up by 200 mm for convenience of observation and operation. The capacity of the blower fan is big enough to suction all the fume into dedusting system, the suction hood is lowered during gas recycle time, in this way, the gas with calorific value as high as 8364 kJ/Nm3 (2000kcal/ Nm3) is collected. Gas recycle system is able to work under the condition of either high or low fume flow.

First stage round overflow cooling venturi is completed with overflow basin horizontal plane leveling device, this device can regulate 60 mm deflection to horizontal plane, as a result, all inner walls of shrinking sections have water film with thickness of 1.5~2 mm, throat openings are not easy to be clogged, dedusting and cooling results are satisfactory.

Second stage throat opening adjustable ring seam type (RSW) venturi belongs to forth generation of technology of OG system developed in the world. It is linear regulation and performance of the regulation is good. By using this technology, high calorific value gas can be recycled, besides higher efficiency and lower resistance, the dust content in fume is equal or less than 100~120 mg//Nm3, maintenance and cleaning is very convenient, furthermore, no clogging is happened either in throat opening or water jet.

A micro differential pressure device is mounted at converter door, which is used for automatic gas recycle, ensure that equal or more than 80 Nm3 gas per liquid steel is recycled.

2) Control on converter secondary fume


PAGE 107 OF 283

Dedusting system for converter secondary fume adopts negative pressure type dry dedusting process, the fume is sent to pulse bag type dedustor for decontamination, then gone through blower fan and stack and finally exhausted to atmosphere, the concentration of dust in fume discharged is less than 100 mg//Nm3.

3) Control on LF fume

LF is completed with independent dedusting system which adopts negative pressure pulse bag type dedustor, the fume is sent to pulse bag type dedustor for decontamination, then gone through blower fan and stack and finally exhausted to atmosphere, the concentration of dust in fume discharged is less than 100 mg//Nm3.

4) Control on fume in hot metal pretreatment

A fume suction hood is designed above the injection and slag skimming position of the hot metal pretreatment station, dry type negative pressure dedusting method is adopted for this dedusting system, the flue dust collected by the hood go through duct and enter into cyclone spark arrester, where part of bigger articles and possible sparkles brought with high speed fume is collected, then the fume is sent to pulse bag type dedustor for decontamination, then gone through blower fan and stack and finally exhausted to atmosphere, the concentration of dust in fume discharged is less than 100 mg//Nm3.

5) For fume generated by hot metal mixer, spark arrester is installed, pulse bag type dedustor is adopted for decontamination, the fume finally go through blower fan and stack and exhaust to atmosphere, the concentration of the emission is less than 100 mg//Nm3.

6) Quick boiler of VD station use light diesel oil as fuel, small amount of dust, SO2 and NOx generated by the boiler during operation is exhausted to atmosphere through high stack.

The dust collected by above mentioned bag type dedustor is discharged through gate valve, dump valve and scrapper conveyor, and sent to ash bins, these ash is transported to material burden yard of sintering plant periodically.

5.2.2.2.2 Waste water treatment

Main waste water treatment facilities for wide plate and coil project refer to table 5-25.

Table 5-25 main waste water treatment facilities for wide plate and coil project

Location Pollution sources Control facilities disposal capacity (m3/h)

converter gas cleaning water sloping plate settling well, cooling 800 Converter

steelmaking workshop condense water for vacuum

pump station of VD filtering, cooling 870


PAGE 108 OF 283

Location Pollution sources Control facilities disposal capacity (m3/h)

Casting workshop

caster secondary cooling and scale flushing water

rotational flow settling well, chemical oil eliminator, filtering and cooling

820

roll direct cooling water and scale flushing water

primary settling well, secondary horizontal flow settling well, filtering and cooling

1200 Rolling workshop

laminar cooling water primary settling well, part of the water filtered 12000

Main treatment processes of waste water generated by wide plate and coil project are as follows:

1) Converter gas cleaning water

The water is polluted by the dust in the gas, the water flows through overhead trough and enters in sloping plate settling well, after that, the water is pumped to cooling tower for recycle.

2) Condense water for vacuum pump station of VD

The condense water is slightly polluted by fume, after filtering and cooling in cooling tower, the water is recycled.

3) Caster secondary cooling and scale flushing water

The water contains scale and small amount of oil, it is treated in the rotational flow settling well to remove big sized scale, after that, the water is pumped to chemical oil eliminator, during this process, coagulant and oil eliminating agent is added into the chemical oil eliminator, the smaller sized scale and floating oil is removed. Then the water is pumped to cooling tower for recycle.

4) Roll direct cooling water and scale flushing water

The water contains scale and oil, it is discharged through flute into primary settling well outside the workshop, where most of bigger sized scale is removed, after that, the water is pumped to secondary horizontal flow settling well for further removing smaller sized scale, in addition, oil skimming device is adopted to remove the floating oil, after secondary horizontal flow settling well, the water (SS content ≤ 80 mg/l) is pumped to high speed filter for filtering, then the water is sent to cooling tower by using residual pressure for recycle.

Secondary horizontal flow settling well is completed with oil skimming device and sludge pump. Scale in primary settling well is taken out periodically, after dehydration, it is transported to material burden yard of sintering plant by truck.

5) Laminar cooling water


PAGE 109 OF 283

The water contains small amount of scale, it is discharged through flute into primary settling well for sedimentation, after that, around 60% of the water go through filter for recycle.

6) Sludge treatment system

Sludge left over by water treatment systems of steelmaking, casting and steel rolling is discharged into respective regulating pond of sludge treatment system, sludge then is pressured and pumped into thickener tank, where coagulant is added for secondary thickening, the clean water on top of thickener tank is pumped to direct cooling water treatment system, and sludge in the bottom is pressured and pumped by sludge pump and sent to plate-and-frame filter press machine for dehydration. The sludge cake produced by plate-and-frame filter press machine is sent to material burden yard for recycling, filtered water is pumped to direct water treatment system.

5.2.2.2.3 Noise control

Main noise control measures for wide plate and coil project refer to table 5-26.

Table 5-26 main noise control measures for wide plate and coil project

No. Name of equipment Qty* Control measures

1 120 t converter 1 sound insulation by movable shield

2 Blower fan of converter dedusting system 1 sound insulation by fan room

3 Blower fan of secondary dedusting system 1 sound insulation by fan room

4 Blower fan of hot metal pretreatment dedusting system 1 sound insulation by fan room

5 Blower fan of LF dedusting system 1 sound insulation by fan room

6 Blower fan of hot metal mixer dedusting system 1 sound insulation by fan room

7 VD vacuum pump station 1 sound insulation by pump station building


PAGE 110 OF 283

No. Name of equipment Qty* Control measures

8 Steam exhaust fan of caster secondary cooling system 2 sound insulation by building

9 Blower fan of fuel boiler 1 sound insulation by fan room

10 Steckel mill 1 sound insulation by building

11 Reheating furnace 1 sound insulation by building

12 Coiling furnaces 2 sound insulation by building

13 Blower fan of reheating furnace 1 silencer suction opening

14 Blower fans of coiling furnaces 2 silencer suction opening

15 Mill main electrical room 1 sound insulation by building

16 Gas booster station 2 sound insulation by station rooms

17 Air compressor 3 sound insulation by rooms, silencer for air exhaust

Note:* means number of production equipment.

5.2.2.2.4 Disposal of solid waste

Disposal of solid wastes for wide plate and coil project refer to table 5-27.

Table 5-27 Disposals of main solid wastes for wide plate and coil project

Category Name of solid waste Disposal measures

steel slag sent to recycling plant in NISCO, scrap is recovered and slag is used for building construction material Normal industrial

solid wastes casting residual slag

sent to recycling plant in NISCO, scrap is recovered and slag is used for building construction material

Ferro-contained sludge sent to material burden yard in NISCO

disused refractory material sent to slag yard, and store there temporarily

scale recycled for sintering plant Other solid wastes

waste oil from water treatment system

for sale, or used as fuel after dehydration


WIDE PLATE/COIL PROJECT OF NISCO PAGE 111 OF 283

5.2.3 Analysis on main pollution discharge

5.2.3.1 Analysis on main pollution discharge for existing plants

5.2.3.1.1 Waste gases pollutants

Main waste gases pollutants generated in existing plants refer to table 5-28 and table 5-29.

Table 5-28 main waste gases pollutants generated at polluting sources (points) in existing plants

No. Polluting sources Stack height

(m)

Stack Outlet Diameter

(m)

Fume Temperature

(oC)

Fume quantity

(104/Nm3/a)

Dust

(t/a)

SO2

(t/a)

NOX

(t/a)

fluoride

(t/a)

production time

(h/a)

1 1# sintering plant, head of sinter machine

60 2.5 67 121049 230.29 2132.26 454.9 0 7965

2 1# sintering plant, tail of 1# sinter machine

45 2.7 59 114132 75.04 0 0 0 7935


45 2.7 68 149873 62.95 0 0 0 7965

4 1# sintering plant, raw material crushing

30 1.0 18 9541 8.8 0 0 0 3975

5 1# sintering plant, finished product crushing

45 2.2 28 81691 22.06 0 0 0 3975

6 1# sintering plant, flux crushing 30 1.2 19 20618 19.18 0 0 0 3975

7 2# sintering plant, head of sinter 80 2.5 116 152031 140.58 1631.98 450.0 0 8043



machine


45 2.6 74 71123 155.05 0 0 0 8071


45 2.6 74 66679 141.36 0 0 0 8087

10 2# sintering plant, raw material crushing

20 1.5 24 8890 7.65 0 0 0 1344

11 2# sintering plant, finished product crushing

35 1.9 34 67152 476.78 0 0 0 8152

12 2# sintering plant, flux crushing 20 1.2 23 2414 1.66 0 0 0 1128

13 Pellet shaft kiln 60 2.2 135 79502 88.88 517.32 221.09 0 7737

14 Lime workshop, 1# shaft kiln 45 1.2 86 11542 111.15 100.8 74.12 0 8666

15 Lime workshop, 2# shaft kiln 45 1.0 86 7591 19.74 71.26 52.1 0 8666

16 Finished product forming system of lime shaft kiln 45 0.8 86 4926.6 2.7 0 0 0 8666

17 Indigenous lime kiln 75 0.8 74 4777 12.66 20.92 15.87 0 6480

18 580II type 42 batteries coke oven 100 3.0 154 98876 5.02 348.2 336.78 0 8760

19 1#~3# blast furnaces 50 4.1 150 140832 8.136 166.88 428.67 0 8618

20 4# blast furnaces 50 2.1 150 46728 2.7 60.32 142.23 0 8578

21 5# blast furnaces 50 1.5 150 45968 2.66 59.34 139.92 0 8439

22 1#~3# blast furnaces, coal injection system

47 1.0 76 31808 79.9 0 0 0 8608

23 4#~5# blast furnaces, coal injection system

47 0.8 76 20134.6 20.5 0 0 0 8439

24 3# blast furnaces, ore bins 40 2.0 21 98559.7 68.0 0 0 0 8640



25 4# blast furnaces, ore bins 30 3.0 21 222554 92.36 0 0 0 8541

26 5# blast furnaces, ore bins 36 2.5 20 90196 79.37 0 0 0 8573

27 1# converter 45 0.8 63 23389 106.19 0 0 0.154 7009

28 2# converter 45 0.8 69 22589 49.05 0 0 0.150 6825

29 3# converter 45 0.8 66 25447 99.24 0 0 0.152 6930

30 Converter workshop, LF 20 1.5 24 40856 10.6 0 0 0 5659

31 70t UHP EAF 35 3.5 49 282694 103.18 0 0 3.676 5659

32 Medium section mill, reheating furnace 60 2.0 132 16240 11.074 179.93 22.14 0 2930

33 Strip mill, reheating furnace 42 1.6 118 18230 0.662 146.60 76.58 0 5216

34 Bar mill, reheating furnace 45 1.5 128 23807 2.823 164.21 92.89 0 7857

35 Sheet mill, 4 reheating furnaces 25 0.8 165 24854 1.436 36.13 61.23 0 7609

36 Sheet mill, annealing furnace 36 1.0 158 6201 0.358 6.96 15.27 0 8439

37 Plate mill, 2 reheating furnaces 50 2.0 138 42945 9.038 407.42 164.11 0 5000

38 Small section mill, 1# reheating furnace

25 0.6 138 2053 0.036 28.5 10.33 0 8254

39 Small section mill, 2# reheating furnace

25 0.6 138 2129 0.038 29.6 10.72 0 8560

40 Wire rod mill, reheating furnace 90 1.5 189 17082 0.532 164.98 70.84 0 6677

41 Power plant, three 10t boilers 35 1.4 23 22984 1.061 112.96 86.69 0 7032

42 Power plant, two 35t boilers 70 2.2 77 121175 284.34 654.75 291.94 0 7722

43 Company hospital, boiler 30 0.8 100 1074 2.76 3.6 2.05 0 1825

Total drainage (×1000 m3/a) 2617.594 7044.92 3220.47 4.132



Table 5-29 main waste gases polluting sources (points) in existing plants

No. Polluting sources Dust (t/a) SO2 (t/a) NOX (t/a) production time (h/a)

Area of polluting sources (m2)

1 Body of coke oven 846.3 16.96 9.59 8760 155x20

2 Blast furnace casthouse 3004.6 2.76 1.56 8618 170x22

3 Ore bins for 1# and 2# blast furnaces 992.1 0 0 8600 170x6

4 Building of converters 1122.3 215.66 78.15 7000 200x96

5 Building of EAF 336.0 110.14 39.91 5659 155x62

6 Coal yard of coke making plant 109.9 0 0 8760 437x40

7 11# raw material yard 51.2 0 0 8760 513x33

8 Coal yard of power plant 9.8 0 0 8760 50x20

9 Primary raw material yard on the bank of Yangzhi river 335.3 0 0 8760 338x30

10 Slag yard 22.5 0 0 8760 320x100

Total 6830.0 345.52 129.21

It is known from above two tables, the total quantities of pollutants emission by existing plants are: 9447.6 t/a of dust, 7390.4 t/a of SO2, 3349.7 t/a of NOX and 4.1 t/a of fluoride.



5.2.3.1.2 Waste water pollutants

There are 6 waste water outfalls in the existing plants and main waste water pollutants generated in existing plants refer to table 5-30.

Table 5-30 main waste water pollutants generated at polluting sources (points) in existing plants

SS CODcr Petrolic substance Volatile hydroxybenzene cyanide Outfall

No.

Drainage quantity

(kilo m3/a) concentration

(mg/L)

Drainage quantity

(t/a)

concentration

(mg/L)

Drainage quantity

(t/a)

concentration

(mg/L)

Drainage quantity

(t/a)

concentration

(mg/L)

Drainage quantity

(t/a)

concentration

(mg/L)

Drainage quantity

(t/a)

1 20199.1 153.0 3090.9 22.6 457.4 1.5 30.3 - - - -

2 2554.0 79.6 203.3 35.1 89.7 4.4 11.1 0.032 83 0.005 14

3 31841.8 204.3 6506.3 43.8 1393.8 2.1 66.4 0.040 1268 0.084 2686

4 472.0 73.4 34.6 33.3 15.7 - - - - - -

5 968.0 113.7 110.1 29.2 28.2 2.8 2.7 - - - -

6 9896.8 82.4 815.1 36.6 362.2 3.8 37.3 0.113 1117 0.096 952

Total 65931.7 10760.3 2347.0 147.8 2468 3652



5.2.3.1.3 Solid wastes generation and their comprehensive utilization

Solid wastes generation and their comprehensive utilization for existing projects refer to table 5-31.

Table 5-31 Solid wastes generation and their comprehensive utilization for existing projects

No. Name of solid wastes Quantity (t/a)

Recycled qty (t/a)

Utilized rate (%)

1 Tar 28600 28600 100

2 Waste oils 281 281 100

3 Blast furnace slag 538558 538558 100

4 Converter slag 266123 266123 100

5 EAF slag 58184 58184 100

6 Boiler ash 15999 15999 100

7 Sintering sludge 18736 18736 100

8 Pellet dust 9816 9816 100

9 Blast furnace gas sludge 23087 23087 100

10 Converter sludge 34403 34403 100

11 EAF dedusting ash 7281 7281 100

12 Rolling scale 24410 24410 100

13 Lime kiln lime powder and used lime

10000 10000 100

14 used refractory 45600 45600 100

Total 1081078 1081078 100

5.2.3.2 Analysis on main pollution discharged for wide plate and coil project

5.2.3.2.1 Waste gases pollutants

Main waste gases pollutants generated in the wide plate and coil project refer to table 5-32 and table 5-33.


PAGE 117 OF 283

Table 5-32 main waste gases pollutants generated at polluting sources (points) of the wide plate and coil project

Stack data Quantities of pollutants discharged (t/a) No. Polluting sources

Height (m) Outlet Dia.

Fume qty(Nm3/h)

Fume Temp. (oC) Dust SO2 NOX Fluoride

1 Converter (primary fume) stack 60 2.0 130000 55 51.8 0.36

2 Exhaust mast of converter secondary fume dedusting system 30 4.0 695000 120 15.0

3 Exhaust mast of LF fume dedusting system 30 2.5 191031 120 21.8

4 Exhaust mast of hot metal pretreatment fume dedusting system 30 2.0 131985 120 2.0

5 Exhaust mast of hot metal mixer fume dedusting system 30 3.5 451527 120 10.0

6 Boiler stack (interval emission) 40 1.1 18470 200 4.2 16.74 39.85

7 Stack of large slab walking beam reheating furnace 80 3.8 42310 400 1.14 12.15 91.41

8 Stack of small slab pushing type reheating furnace 80 2.4 4020 400 0.09 0.05 0.61

9 Coiling furnace stacks (2) 25 0.9 12266 200 0.49 4.84 29.12

0.72

10 Uncontrolled emission in converter shop 71.8 8.97 68.6

11 Uncontrolled emission in material handling system 63.0 229.59

Total 241.32 42.75 229.59 1.08


PAGE 118 OF 283

The statistical result in Table 5-32 shows the total amount of each main atmospheric pollutant exhausted externally by the proposed project is: fume 241.30t/a, SO2 42.75t/a, NOx 229.59t/a and fluoride 1.08t/a. According to the production features of the proposed project, the possible abnormal exhaust can only occur when the primary fume dedusting system of the converter fails or the bag filter dedusting system can not work normally. The former one occurs with extremely low probability and basically it will not occur. The oxygen blowing time for each heat is about 15 minutes and the maintenance can be done immediately after tapping. So basically it will not have big influence on the environment. The latter one mainly occurs when the bag filters are not repaired or changed after damage. The source intensity under this condition will be estimated in the report. Taking the LF fume dedusting system as an example, which will exhaust larger amount of fume, and assuming that the dedusting efficiency will be reduced from 99% to 95% due to the broken bag, we estimate that the source intensity of the fume exhaust will increase by 5 times, i.e. 4205.2mg/s. 2 Waste Water and Pollutants The waste water and pollutants from NISCO proposed project will be drained into the Yangtze River through the existing outfall No. 6 of NISCO. For the amount of waste water and pollutants drained, refer to Table 5-33.

Table 5-33

Pollutant Concentration and Amount Discharged Amount of Water drainage SS CODcr Petrolic

substance

Shop

M3/h Million m3/a

Mg/L t/a Mg/L t/a Mg/L t/a

Steelmaking and caster shop

152.0 1.0944 70.0 76.6 30.0 32.8 3.0 3.3

Mill shop 305.0 2.1960 70.0 153.7 40.0 87.8 3.5 7.7 Sum 3.2904 230.3 120.6 11

3 Status of Noise Source The measures will be taken to control the noise source of the proposed project and the control result is shown in Table 5-34.

Table 5-34

No. Description Quantity (Piece/set)

Noise Level dB(A)

Control Measures

1 120t Converter 1 100 Enclosed hood with opening 2 Primary fume exhaust fan

of converter 1 95 Fan room

3 Secondary dedusting fan of converter

1 95 Fan room


PAGE 119 OF 283

4 Dedusting fan of hot metal pretreatment station

1 90 Fan room

5 Dedusting fan of LF 1 93 Fan room 6 Dedusting fan of mixer 1 86 Fan room 7 VD vacuum pump 1 90 Pump room 8 Steam exhaust fan of

caster secondary cooling system

2 90 building

9 Fan of Petrolic substance burning bPetrolic substanceer

1 96 Fan room

10 Steckel mill 1 95 Building 11 Blower of reheating furnace 1 104 Silencer in the suction opening 12 Gas booster 2 95 Building for booster 13 Air compressor 3 98 Building for compressor,

silencer for exhaust 14 Water pump 85 Building for pump

4 Amount and Comprehensive Utilization of Solid Waste The amount and comprehensive utilization of the solid waste from the proposed project is shown in Table 5-35.

Table 5-35 Classification

Description Amount generated(t/a)

Treatment and utilization(t/a)

Ratio of treatment and utilization(%)

Treatment and utilization

Dangerous waste

Waste Petrolic substance 42 42 100 For sale or used as fuel after

dehydration

Converter slag 160000 160000 100 Normal industrial solid waste

Remaining casting slag 10640 10640 100

Forced slow cooling, then used as construction material and material to construct a road after scrap recovery

Muddy dust of converter 16225 16225 100 Returned to bedding area

for re-burden

Mill scale 12481 12481 100 Sent to sinter plant for burden

Other waste

Waste Refractory 18764 18764 100 Sent to slag yard for temporary storage

Sum 218152 218152 100


PAGE 120 OF 283

5.2.3.3 Pollutants Change after completion of the proposed project

When the proposed project are built up and put into operation, the project under construction and the associated innovation project will be completed one after the other. At that time, the products and production of NISCO will be adjusted, the small converters and mills with low technology level and heavy pollution will be shutdown and the treatment for the pollution sources with larger amount of pollutants discharged will be intensified. In order to meet the requirements from the State Economic and Trade Ministry regarding water saving, the measures are taken to increase the water circulation efficiency by technology innovation. Please refer to the Table 5-36 and 5-37 for details.

Table 5-36 Waste gas pollution source in the existing plant, the project under construction, the innovation project and the facilities to be shut down and the intensified disposal for pollution control

No. Pollution Source or Plant Name

Pollution Control Measures

1 Tail of the sinter machine No.1 of the Sintering Plant No.2

Rebuild the electrical precipitator of 50m3.


Rebuild the electrical precipitator of 50m3.

3 Final product crushing of the Sintering Plant No.2

Revamp the electrical precipitator from 30m3 to 50m3.

4 Coal injection system for blast furnace No.1-3.

Rebuild the explosion proof and impulse bag filter deduster. Revamp the bag filter and the material discharging system.

5 Casthouse of the blast furnace

Build secondary fume dedusting system

Revamp the “two Venturi tubes and one scrubber tower” system, using nitrogen sealing device Build a new dedusting fan, revamp the “two Venturi tube and one scrubber tower” system

6 Converter No. 1-3

Reduce steel production from 1.374million t/a to 0.625million t/a.

7 LF refining furnace Reduce steel production from 1.374million t/a to 0.625million t/a.

8 Ultra high power EAF of 70t

Revamp the existing bag filter deduster

9 LF and auxiliary material system

Newly build bag filter deduster

10 Reheating furnace for bar mill

Coal gas desulphurization

11 Coke oven body High pressure ammonia and smoke free coal charging 12 Shaft kiln No.1 of the Lime

Shop To be dismantled to build a new steelmaking plant


PAGE 121 OF 283

13 Shaft kiln No.2 of the Lime Shop

To be dismantled to build a new steelmaking plant

14 Final product system of lime shaft kiln

To be dismantled to build a new steelmaking plant

15 Lime intigenous kiln? To be dismantled to build a new steelmaking plant 16 Converter No. 2 Shutdown and dismantle 17 Reheating furnace in the

medium section mill Shutdown and dismantle

18 Reheating furnaces(4) in the sheet mill

Shutdown and dismantle

19 Sheet annealing furnace Shutdown and dismantle 20 Reheating furnace No.1 of

small section mill Shutdown and dismantle

21 Reheating furnace No.2 of small section mill

Shutdown and dismantle

22 Boiler of the Hospital Shutdown and connect to the steam net in NISCO. 23 Coke oven gas Revamp the desulphurization device. The ammonia

process HPF will be used for desulphurization instead of alkaline process PDS, to reduce the H2S content in the gas from 4.32g/Nm3 to 100mg/Nm3.

Table 5-37 Waste water pollution source in the existing plant, the project under

construction, the innovation project and the facilities to be shut down and the intensified disposal for pollution control

No. Plant Name Pollution Control Measures 1 Coking plant Revamp the water circulation system 2 Palletizing plant Build a new palletizing shaft kiln No.2. Technical innovation on

the existing water system. 3 Lime shop Dismantle the shop for construction of a new steelmaking plant 4 Iron-making plant Revamp the water system for slag flushing and gas washing.

The iron production will be increased from 1.5023million t/a to 1.800million t/a.

5 Power plant Concentrate the backwashing water in the water pump room and remove the mud, then the mud will be pressed and filtered by using a plate frame.

6 Shutdown the converter No.2 and the steel production will be reduced from 1.37million t/a to 0.625million t/a.

7

Converter plant

Revamp the water treatment system for dedusting (intensified precipitation, mud dehydration)

8 Oxygen plant Revamp the closed cooling water circulation system. 9 Small section mill Shutdown 10 Sheet mill Shutdown 11 Medium section

mill Shutdown

12 Bar and rod mill Newly build


PAGE 122 OF 283

The change of discharging of the atmospheric pollutants and water pollutants is shown in Table 5-38 to Table 5-40 after the various projects are complete.


PAGE 123 OF 283

Table 5-38 Change of the waste gas discharging after completion of various projects (not including the proposed project)

No. Pollution Source Chimney height (m)

Fume quantity (104Nm3/a)

Dust (t/a) SO2 (t/a) NOX (t/a) Reasons for Change


45 121065 -33.99 0 0 Rebuild the electric precipitator of 50m2


45 121305 -20.05 0 0 Rebuild the electric precipitator of 50m2


35 114128 -362.47 0 0 revamp the electric precipitator from 30m2 of 50m2

4 Palletizing shaft kiln No.2 70 89285 53.56 510.50 218.18 new 5 Shaft kiln No.1 of the

Lime Shop 45 11542 -111.15 -100.8 -74.12 Dismantle it to build a new

steelmaking plant 6 Shaft kiln No.2 of the

Lime Shop 45 7591 -19.74 -71.26 -52.1 Dismantle it to build a new

steelmaking plant 7 Final product system of

lime shaft kiln 45 4926.6 -2.7 0 0 Dismantle it to build a new

steelmaking plant 8 Lime indigenousl kiln 75 4777 -12.66 -20.92 -15.87 Dismantle it to build a new

steelmaking plant 9 42-battery coke oven,

type 580II 100 98876 0 -242.98 0 Coke oven gas

desulphurization 10 Hot blast furnace for

blast furnace No.1-3 50 168739 1.614 33.07 84.95 Gas consumption

increase 11 Hot blast furnace for

blast furnace No.4 50 55987 0.54 11.95 28.18 Gas consumption

increase


PAGE 124 OF 283

12 Hot blast furnace for blast furnace No.5

50 55077 0.53 11.76 27.73 Gas consumption increase


47 31808 -41.79 0 0 Revamp the bag filter deduster and discharging system, coal injection increase


47 20134.6 4.06 0 0 Coal injection increase

15 Ore bin for blast furnace No.1-2

40 92615.4 49.6 0 0 Build a new deduster

16 Ore bin for blast furnace No.3

40 98559.7 13.48 0 0 Ore quantity increase


30 222554 18.3 0 0 Ore quantity increase


36 90196 15.73 0 0 Ore quantity increase


40 54293.4 54.0 0 0 New measures for secondary fume purifying

20 Converter No. 2 45 22589 -49.05 0 0 Shut down and dismantle 21 Converter No. 1 45 24084 -70.06 0 0 Reduce the production

and revamp the dedusting system

22 Converter No. 3 45 25669 -60.74 0 0 Reduce the production and revamp the dedusting system

23 LF of converter steelmaking plant

20 18584 -5.76 0 0 Reduce the steel production


35 448350 -42.71 0 0 Build a new bag filter deduster

25 LF of EAF steelmaking 30 72030 20.78 0 0 Build a new bag filter


PAGE 125 OF 283

plant dedusting system 26 Reheating furnace for

medium section mill 60 16240 -11.074 -179.93 -22.14 Shut down

27 Reheating furnace for strip mill

42 18230 0 -128.82 -0.06 Gas desulphurization

28 Reheating furnace for bar mill

45 52300 -0.429 -87.90 44.51 Increase production and gas desulphurization

29 Reheating furnaces(4) for sheet mill

25 24854 -1.436 -36.13 -61.23 Shut down

30 Sheet annealing furnace 36 6201 -0.358 -6.96 -15.27 Shut down 31 Reheating furnaces(2) for

plate mill 50 42945 -7.718 2.18 14.6 From burning gas to

burning Petrolic substance

32 Reheating furnace No. 1 for bar mill

25 2053 -0.036 -28.5 -10.33 Shut down

33 Reheating furnace No. 2 for small section mill

25 2129 -0.038 -29.6 -10.72 Shut down

34 Reheating furnace for high speed wire rod mill

90 17082 0 -147.37 0.01 Gas desulphurization

35 BPetrolic substanceer in the hospital

30 1074 -2.76 -3.6 -2.05 Shut down and supply steam through the steam pipe net in NISCO

36 10t boilers(3) of thermo-eletric plant

35 22984 0 -17.29 -0.72 Gas desulphurization. Use gas instead of coal

37 35t boilers (2) of thermo-eletric plant

70 121175 -60.25 -206.22 -2.64 Gas desulphurization. Use gas instead of coal

38 Reheating furnace for bar and wire rod mill

60 30100 1.702 31.86 71.38 New

39 Slab grinding and blasting

20 1400 0.7 0 0 New

-682.373 -706.96 222.29


PAGE 126 OF 283

Table 5-39 Pollutant changes from area source after completion of various projects (excluding the proposed project)

No. Pollution Source Dust (t/a)

SO2 (t/a)

NOX (t/a)

Control measures and reasons for Change

1 Coke oven body -253.9 -5.09 -2.88 High pressure ammonia and smoke free coal charging

2 Casting house of the blast furnace

-2104.5 0.54 0.31 Build the secondary fume purifying system and increase the iron production

3 Ore bin of the blast furnace No.1-2

-992.1 0 0 Take measures for raised dust purifying and change area source to point source

4 Converter steelmaking building

-611.8 -210.61 -42.6 Take measures for emitted dust purifying. gas desulphurization and steel production reduction.

5 EAF steelmaking building

-88.1 -100.22 33.7 Build the deduster for the LF and the auxiliary material system, gas desulphurization and steel production increase.

6 Slag yard 7.5 0 0 Slag increase Sum -4042.9 -315.38 -11.47


PAGE 127 OF 283

Table 5-40 Water pollutant drainage changes after completion of various projects (excluding the proposed project)

Drainage(t/a) Drainage(kg/a) Plant name

Pollution control measures Waste water drainage(104m3/a

SS CODCr Petrolic substance


cyanide

Coking plant

Revamp the water circulation system

-203.23 -222.9 -143.1 -11.8 -56 -48

Palletizing plant

Build a new palletizing shaft kiln No.2 and technical innovation of the existing water system

-3.87 -2.8 -1.3 0 0 0

Lime shop Dismantle it to build the new steelmaking plant

-8.06 -6.8 0 0 0 0

Iron-making plant

Revamp the slag flushing water and gas cleaning water system. The iron-making production will be increased from 1.5023milliton t/a to 1.800million t/a.

-187.14 -374.3 273.0 0 251 532

Power plant Concentrate the backwashing water in the water pump room and remove the mud, then the mud will be pressed and filtered by using a plate frame.

0 -2863.2 0 0 0 0

Converter steelmaking plant

Converter No.2 shutdown. The steel production will be reduced from 1.374million t/a to 0.625 million t/a.

-1217.81 -1826.7 -305.7 -13.4 0 0


PAGE 128 OF 283

Revamp the water treatment system for the dedusting system((intensified precipitation, mud dehydration)

Oxygen plant

Revamp the closed cooling water system

-995.03 -447.8 -85.6 -10.0 0 0

Small section mill

Shutdown -185.36 -367.0 -57.5 -13.9 0 0

Sheet mill Shutdown -91.31 -59.0 -16.0 -8.7 0 0 Medium section mill

Shutdown -209.5 -244 -54 -12.4 0 0

Bar mill Revamp 20.07 27.9 5.7 1.7 0 0 EAF plant Revamp 83.80 58.7 29.4 3.4 0 0 Bar and wire rod mill

Newly build 52.2 36.5 20.9 2.6 0 0

Sum -2945.24 -6291.4 -334.2 -62.5 195 484


PAGE 129 OF 283

Please refer to the Table 5-41 for the noise sources to be increased and reduced Table 5-41 Changes of the equipment noise source

Changes of noise source

No. Plant Name Equipment noise source Source intensity dB(A)

1 Converter steelmaking plant

Dedusting fan for Converter No.2

92

2 Rolling mill group 97 3 Blower for the reheating

furnace 102

4 Blower for the annealing furnace

101

5 Air compressor 97 6 Temper mill 103 7

Sheet mill

Material shear 106 8 Rolling mill group 95 9

Medium section mill Blower for the reheating furnace

104

10 Rolling mill group 92 11 Finishing devices 96 12

Small section mill

Blower for the reheating furnace

102

13 Dedusting fan for the lime kiln 86

Noise source reduced

14 Lime shop

Material handling system 85 1 Converter

steelmaking plant Build the fan for the dedusting system No.4

91

2 EAF Build the fan of the dedusting system for LF and auxiliary material system

95

3 Fan of the converter primary fume system

95

4 Fan of the converter secondary fume system

95

5 Dedusting fan for the refining furnace

93

6 VD vacuum pump 90 7 Dedusting fan for the hot

metal pretreatment system 90

8 Dedusting fan for the mixer 86 9 Air compressor 98 10 Gas booster 95

Noise source to be increased

11

New iron-making plant

Water pump room 85


PAGE 130 OF 283

12 Rolling mill group 95 13 Blower for the reheating

furnace 104

14

Wide plate/coil plant

Water pump room 85 15 Rolling mill group 97 16 Blower for the reheating

furnace 103

17 Air compressor 95

18

Bar and wire rod mill

Water pump room 85

5.2.3.4 Pollutant exhaust/drainage after completion of the proposed project

Please refer to Table 5-42 to Table 5-44 for the main pollution resources and pollutant discharging after completion of the proposed project.


PAGE 131 OF 283

Table 5-42 Pollutant discharged from the main atmospheric pollution source (point source) after completion of the proposed project

No. Pollution Source Chimney height (m)

Outlet diameter(m)

Fume temperature(OC)

Fume quantity (104Nm3/a)

Dust (t/a) SO2 (t/a) NOX (t/a) Fluoride (t/a)

Working time(h/a)

1 Head of the sinter machine of the Sintering Plant No.1

60 2.5 67 121049 230.29 2132.26 454.9 0 7965


45 2.7 59 114132 75.04 0 0 0 7935


45 2.7 58 149873 62.95 0 0 0 7965

4 Material crushing of the Sintering Plant No.1

30 1.0 18 9541 8.8 0 0 0 3975


45 2.2 28 81691 22.06 0 0 0 3975

6 Flux crushing of the Sintering Plant No.1

30 1.2 19 20618 19.18 0 0 0 3975

7 Head of the sinter machine of the Sintering Plant No.2

80 2.5 116 152031 140.58 1631.98 450.0 0 8043


PAGE 132 OF 283


45 2.6 74 121065 121.06 0 0 0 8071


45 2.6 74 121305 121.31 0 0 0 8087

10 Material crushing of the Sintering Plant No.2

20 1.5 24 8890 7.65 0 0 0 1344


35 1.9 34 114128 114.31 0 0 0 8152

12 Flux crushing of the Sintering Plant No.2

20 1.2 23 2414 1.66 0 0 0 1128

13 Palletizing shaft kiln No.1

60 2.2 135 79502 88.88 517.32 221.09 0 7737

14 Palletizing shaft kiln No.2

70 2.2 135 89285 53.56 510.50 218.18 0 7737

15 42-battery coke oven, type 580II

100 3.0 154 98876 5.02 105.22 336.78 0 8760

16 Blast heater for blast furnace No.1-3

50 4.1 150 168739 9.75 199.95 513.62 0 8618

17 Blast heater for blast furnace No.4

50 2.1 150 55987 3.24 72.27 170.41 0 8578

18 Hot blast furnace 50 1.5 150 55077 3.19 71.10 167.65 0 8439


PAGE 133 OF 283

for blast furnace No.5


47 1.0 76 31808 38.11 0 0 0 8608


47 0.8 76 20134.6 24.56 0 0 0 8439

21 Ore bin for blast furnace No.1-2

40 2.0 21 92615.4 49.6 0 0 0 8600


40 2.0 21 98559.7 81.48 0 0 0 8640


30 3.0 21 222554 110.66 0 0 0 8541


36 2.5 20 90196 95.10 0 0 0 8573


40 1.5 30 54293.4 54.0 0 0 0 8618

26 Converter No. 1 45 0.8 63 24084 36.13 0 0 0.103 4730 27 Converter No. 3 45 0.8 66 25669 38.50 0 0 0.103 4730 28 LF of converter

steelmaking plant 20 1.5 24 18584 4.82 0 0 0 2574


35 3.5 49 448350 60.47 0 0 6.79 7350

30 LF of EAF steelmaking plant

30 2.0 30 72030 20.78 0 0 0 5145

31 Reheating furnace for strip mill

42 1.6 118 18230 0.662 17.78 76.52 0 5216

32 Reheating 45 1.5 128 52300 2.394 76.31 137.40 0 7857


PAGE 134 OF 283

furnace for bar mill

33 Reheating furnaces(2) for plate mill

50 2.0 138 42945 1.320 409.6 178.71 0 5000

34 Reheating furnace for high speed wire rod mill

90 1.5 189 17082 0.532 17.61 70.85 0 6677

35 10t boilers(3) of thermo-eletric plant

35 1.4 23 22984 1.061 95.67 85.97 0 7032

36 35t boilers of thermo-eletric plant (2)

70 2.2 77 121175 224.09 448.53 289.30 0 7722

37 Converter fume emission

60 2.0 80 130000 51.8 0 0 0.36 7200

38 Converter secondary fume

30 4.0 120 695000 15.0 0 0 0 7200

39 LF 30 2.5 120 191031 21.8 0 0 0 7200 40 Hot metal

pretreatment 30 2.0 120 131985 2.0 0 0 0 7200

41 Mixer 30 3.5 120 451527 10.0 0 0 0 7200 42 Express boiler 40 1.1 200 18470 4.2 16.74 39.85 0 3640 43 Big slab reheating

furnace 80 3.8 400 42310 1.14 12.15 91.41 0.72 7008

44 Small slab pushing type reheating furnace

80 2.4 400 4020 0.09 0.05 0.61 0 7008


PAGE 135 OF 283

45 CPetrolic substanceer furnaces (2)

25 0.9 200 12266 0.49 4.84 29.12 7008

46 Reheating furnace for bar and wire rod mill

60 1.5 120 30100 1.702 31.86 71.38 7000

47 Slab grinding and blasting

20 0.4 30 1400 0.7 0 0 0 7000

Sum 2041.72 6371.74 3603.75 8.08


PAGE 136 OF 283

Table 5-43 Pollutant exhaust from the main atmospheric pollution source (area source) after completion of the proposed project

No. Pollution source Dust (t/a) SO2 (t/a) NOX (t/a) Working time (h/a)

Side length of area source(m2)

1 Coke oven body 592.4 11.87 6.71 8760 155*20 2 Casthouse of the

blast furnace 900.1 3.30 1.87 8618 170*22

3 Converter steelmaking building

510.5 5.05 35.55 4730 200*96

4 New steelmaking plant building

71.8 8.97 68.60 7200 155*140

5 Raw and auxiliary material system of the new steelmaking plant

63.0 0 0 7200 10*100

6 EAF plant building

247.9 9.92 73.61 7350 155*62

7 Coal yard of coking plant

109.9 0 0 8760 437*40

8 Raw material yard No.11

51.2 0 0 8760 513*33

9 Coal yard of thermo-electric plant

9.8 0 0 8760 50*20

10 Material yard on the side of the Yangtze river

335.3 0 0 8760 338*30

11 Slag yard 30.0 0 0 8760 320*100 Sum 2921.9 39.11 186.34


PAGE 137 OF 283

Table 5-44 Water pollutant discharged from each outfall after completion of the proposed project

SS CODcr Petrolic substance Volatile hydroxybenzene

Cyanide Outfall Waste water discharged (104t/a)

Concentration (mg/L)

Amount discharged (t/a)






Amount discharged (kg/a)


Amount discharged (kg/a)

1 616.74 145.5 897.2 15.3 94.2 0.5 3.0 - 0 - 0 2 275.47 83.9 231.12 34.6 95.4 4.6 12.8 0.030 83 0.005 14 3 1787.64 146.2 2613.1 86.0 1536.5 2.1 37.9 0.089 1519 0.188 3218 4 43.33 73.4 31.8 33.2 14.4 - 0 - 0 - 0 5 10.36 144.8 15 28.0 2.9 1.0 0.1 - 0 - 0 6 1243.43 73.3 910.9 31.4 390.0 3.4 42.5 0.085 1061 0.073 904 Sum 3976.97 4699.2 2133.4 96.3 2663 4136


PAGE 138 OF 283

Table 5-45 Solid waste amount discharged and comprehensive utilization after completion of the proposed project

classification Description Amount generated (t/a) Utilization (t/a) Utilization

percentage(%)

Tar 28600 28600 100 Dangerous waste Waste Petrolic

substance 323 323 100

Blast furnace slag 645280 645280 100 Converter slag 281053 281053 100 EAF slag 107301 107301 100

Normal industrial solid waste BPetrolic

substanceer ash 12520 12520 100

Sintering dust mud 18736 18736 100

Palletizing dust 19632 19632 100 Blast furnace gas

ash (mud) 27662 27662 100

Converter dust mud 31874 31874 100

EAF dust mud 13427 13427 100 Mill scale 40500 40500 100

Other wastes

Waste refractory 67404 67404 100 Sum 1294312 1294312 100

5.3 Analysis of the change of pollutant discharging amount in the plant area before and after completion of the proposed project

The main pollutant discharging and changes are shown in Table 5-46 and Table 5-47 after completion of the proposed project. Table 5-46 Solid waste amount generated and comprehensive utilization after

completion of the proposed project Fume and dust SO2 Item Point source Area source Point source Area source

Existing Project (A) 2617.6 6830.0 7044.9 345.5 Projects to be built (B) 106.5 134.8 33.8 9.0 Changes (C) -682.38 -4042.9 -707.0 -315.4 After completion of the proposed project

2041.72 2921.9 6371.74 39.11


PAGE 139 OF 283

D=A+B+C Pollutant exhaust changes before and after the proposed project E=D-A

-575.9 -3908.1 -673.2 -306.4

Pollutant dischargingt change rate before and after completion of the proposed project (E/A)*100%

-22.0 -57.2 -9.6 -88.7


PAGE 140 OF 283

Table 5-47 Main pollutant discharging and changes before and after completion of the proposed project

Main pollutant exhaust/drainage (t/a) Waste gas pollutant Waste water and pollutant Solid waste

production(104t/a)

Item

Dust SO2 NOX Fluoride

Waste water (104 m3/a)

SS CODcr Petrolic substance


Cyanide

Blast furnace slag

slag Dust mud

Existing Plants (A)

9447.6 7390.4 3349.7 4.13 6593.17 10760.3 2347.0 147.8 2.468 3.652 53.9 32.4 9.3

Proposed project (B)

241.32 42.75 229.59 1.08 329.04 230.3 120.6 11 - - - 17.1 1.6

Changes (C)

-4725.3 -1022.3 210.8 2.87 -2945.24 -6291.4 -334.2 -62.5 0.195 0.484 10.6 -10.7 0.2

After completion of the proposed project D=A+B+C

4963.6 6410.85

3790.09 8.08 3976.97 4699.2 2133.4 96.3 2.663 4.136 64.5 38.8 11.1

Pollutant discharging changes before and after completion of the proposed project E=D-A

-4484.0 -979.55 440.39 3.95 -2616.2 -6061.1 -213.6 -51.5 0.195 0.484 10.6 6.4 1.8


PAGE 141 OF 283

Pollutant discharging change rate before and after completion of the proposed project (E/A)*100%

-47.5 -13.3 13.1 95.6 -39.7 -56.3 -9.1 -34.8 7.9 13.3 19.7 19.8 19.4

Note: Change (C) means the pollutant change, which is changed by fulfillment of under construction projects, implementation of shut down of certain facilities, treatment of existing pollution source and production change of existing equipment.


PAGE 142 OF 283

Table 5-47 shows: 1 After completion of the proposed projects, the dust and SO2 discharging will

be reduced by 4484.0 and 979.55 t/a respectively compared with the discharging from the existing plants, i.e. 47.5% and 13.3%; the NOX and fluoride discharging will be increased by 440.39t/a and 3.95t/a respectively, i.e. 13.1% and 95.6% respectively compared with the discharging from the existing plants. The Table 5-46 indicates that the main reduction of the dust is from the area source, which is reduced by 57.2%.

2 After completion of the proposed projects, the waste water externally discharged from NISCO will be reduced by 2.6162 million m3/a, among which the SS, CODcr and Petrolic substance will be reduced by 6061.1, 213.6 and 51.5t/a, i.e. 56.3%, 9.1% and 34.8% respectively.

3 After completion of the proposed projects, the blast furnace slag, slag and iron-bearing dust mud will be increased by 106000, 64000 and 18000 t/a, i.e. 19.7%, 9.1% and 34.8% respectively.

The statistic results show the discharging of the main pollutants will be obviously reduced when the proposed projects are completed. NISCO will reduce the pollutants discharging without changing the production scale, which indicates after completion of the proposed project the control to the environment pollution is practical and efficient.

6 Current quality status of ambient air and impact assessment

6.1 Monitoring of current quality status of ambient air and impact assessment

6.1.1 Current status monitoring of ambient air quality

6.1.1.1 Monitoring range and monitoring points setting

The current status monitoring of the ambient air quality will be done by taking the construction project as the center with 10km long in west-east direction and 6km long in north-south direction, total area is about 60km2. For details refer to Drawing 6-1. According to requirement of the guideline, the impact assessment on the ambient air quality will be based on the current status monitoring range with extension to 12*10km2 of area. Based on the principle taking the environment function area as the priority and considering the uniform distribution of the monitoring points, 6 points will be set for current status monitoring, i.e. point No.1 for the High & New-technology Development area, point No.2 for Nanjing Meteorological Institute, No.3 for living area of Yangtze Petro, No. 4 for Yanjiang Town, No.5 for living area of NISCO and No.6 for Xichangmen area respectively. Except the point No.6 which is located in the area of Level 3, the other points are all located in the area of Level 2. Please refer to the


PAGE 143 OF 283

Drawing 6-1 for the exact location of each monitoring point and the function area in which each point is located.

6.1.1.2 Monitoring Items

The elements for current status monitoring are SO2, NO2 and TSP. The monitoring items for each point is shown in Table 6-1.

Table 6-1 Monitoring Items Overview for Each Point Distance to the construction point

No. Description

Direction Distance(km)

Monitoring Items

Category of Function Area

1 High & New-technology Development area

SWW 2.5 SO2, NO2 and TSP

Category 2

2 Nanjing Meteorological Institute

WNW 3.0 SO2, NO2 and TSP

Category 2

3 living area of Yangtze Petro

NNE 2.0 SO2, NO2 and TSP

Category 2

4 Yanjiang Town SW 1.5 SO2, NO2 and TSP

Category 2

5 living area of NISCO NNW 1.0 SO2, NO2 and TSP

Category 2

6 Xichangmen area NE 2.0 SO2, NO2 and TSP

Category 3

6.1.1.3 Monitoring System and Sampling Methods

1 Monitoring duration and sampling frequency The monitoring work was carried out from October 9th to 13th of 2000. The samples were taken for 5 consecutive days. The monitoring systems for each monitoring point is shown in Table 6-2. Table 6-2 Monitoring system overview for each point

No. Description Monitoring items and sampling frequency



6 Xichangmen area

The samples for SO2 and NO2 were taken 6 times per day at 02:00, 07:00, 10:00, 14:00, 16:00 and 19:00 respectively. The samples for TSP were taken once per day for consecutive 12 hours.


4 Yanjiang Town 5 living area of NISCO

The samples for SO2 and NO2 were taken everyday for consecutive 24 hours. The samples for TSP were taken once per day for consecutive 12 hours.


PAGE 144 OF 283

2 Sampling Method The sampling method will be according to the Environment Monitoring Technical Specification (atmosphere part) issued by the State Environment Protection Bureau. The monitoring system and sampling method is shown in Table 6-3. Table 6-3 Overview of Sampling Method

Monitoring Factors Sampling Method SO2 , NO2 Solution absorption method TSP Filter membrane

6.1.1.4 Sample analyzing method

The sample analyzing method will be according to the Environment Monitoring Technical Specification (atmosphere part) issued by the Environment Protection Bureau. Refer to Table 6-4. Table 6-4 Overview of Analyzing Method

Monitoring Items Sampling Method SO2 Colorimetry of hydrochloric acid rosaniline NO2 Colorimetry of hydrochloric acid naphthalene ethylenediamine TSP Gravimetric method

According to the technical regulations by the State Monitoring Head Station and Provincial Monitoring Station, the quality control will be done throughout the monitoring process.


PAGE 145 OF 283


PAGE 146 OF 283

6.1.2 Current Status Assessment of Atmospheric Environment Quality

6.1.2.1 Assessment Standard

According to the atmospheric function areas in the assessment range, Category 2 and Category 3 areas are included in the assessment range and the ambient air quality should reach standard class 2 and class 3 accordingly. SO2, NO2 and TSP will be according to the concentration limits for standard class 2 and class 3 in the Ambient air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996) and the Revise Notice (Environment Issue 2002-1). Refer to Table 6-5 Table 6-5 Ambient air Quality Standard

Concentration Limits (mg/m3) Pollutants Value-taking time Standard Class 2 Standard Class 3

yearly average 0.06 0.10 Daily average 0.15 0.25 SO2 Hourly average 0.50 0.70 yearly average 0.08 0.08 Daily average 0.12 0.12 NO2 Hourly average 0.24 0.24

TSP Daily average 0.30 0.50

6.1.2.2 Monitoring Result Analysis

The monitoring statistical results for each monitoring item are shown in Table 6-6 to 6-8. Table 6-6 Statistical summary of SO2 monitoring result Concentration in mg/Nm3

No. Monitoring Point Concentration in 1 hour

Over limit rateof concentrationin 1 hour (%)

Daily concentration average

Over limit rate of daily concentration average (%)


0.005∼0.021 0 0.006∼0.009 0


PAGE 147 OF 283


0.005∼0.095 0 0.007∼0.034 0

3 living area ofYangtze Petro 0.003∼0.083 0 0.009∼0.037 0

4 Yanjiang Town 0.005∼0.051 0 0.006∼0.011 0 5 living area of NISCO 0.006∼0.390 0 0.023∼0.195 20 6 Xichangmen area 0.003∼0.442 0 0.011∼0.100 0

Table 6-7 Statistical summary of NO2 monitoring result Concentration in mg/Nm3

No. Monitoring Point Concentration in1 hour

Over limit rateof concentrationin 1 hour (%)

Daily concentration average



0.006∼0.095 0 0.009∼0.063 0


0.004∼0.157 0 0.009∼0.086 0

3 living area of YangtzePetro 0.021∼0.090 0 0.025∼0.047 0

4 Yanjiang Town 0.003∼0.178 0 0.034∼0.069 0 5 living area of NISCO 0.009∼0.142 0 0.028∼0.056 0 6 Xichangmen area 0.025∼0.309 7 0.046∼0.136 20

Table 6-8 Statistical summary of TSP monitoring result Concentration in mg/Nm3

No. Monitoring Point Daily concentration average


1 High & New-technologyDevelopment area 0.11∼0.37 60

2 Nanjing Meteorological Institute 0.07∼0.33 60 3 living area of Yangtze Petro 0.11∼0.42 20 4 Yanjiang Town 0.11∼0.32 40 5 living area of NISCO 0.12∼0.46 40 6 Xichangmen area 0.09∼0.29 0

We can roughly know the pollution status of different pollutants in the atmospheric air of the assessment area through statistics and analysis. The concentration for SO2 in 1 hour in the assessment area is 0.003-0.442mg/Nm3 and there is no monitoring point with the concentration over limits; the daily concentration average is 0.006-0.195mg/Nm3, only the concentration for one


PAGE 148 OF 283

monitoring point (living area of NISCO) is over limits, the over limit rate is 20% and the maximum value exceeds the limit by 30%. The concentration for NO2 in 1 hour is 0.003-0.309mg/Nm3, the concentration for one monitoring point (Xichangmen area) is over limits, the over limit rate is 7% and the maximum value exceeds the limit by 28%. The daily concentration average is 0.009-0.136mg/Nm3, only the concentration for one monitoring point (Xichangmen area) is over limits, the over limit rate is 20% and the maximum value exceeds the limit by 13%. The daily concentration average for TSP is 0.07-0.46mg/Nm3, the concentration for five monitoring points are over limits, the over limit rate is 20%-60% and the maximum value exceeds the limit by 53%.

6.1.2.3 Current Status Assessment of Atmospheric Environment Quality

1 Assessment Factor SO2, NO2 and TSP will be used as factors for current status assessment of the atmospheric environment quality according to the assessment plan and site monitoring condition. 2 Assessment Method The index method of a single item standard will be used to evaluate the current status of the atmospheric environment quality, i.e.:

Iij= Cij / Csi Where Iij— index of pollutant i at monitoring point j Cij— average monitoring value (mg/Nm3) of pollutant i at monitoring

point j Csi — assessment standard (mg/Nm3) for pollutant i 3 Assessment Result The calculated value I is shown in Table 6-9 based on the maximum daily concentration average of assessment factor.

Table 6-9 value I for the pollutant Value I

No. Monitoring Point SO2 NO2 TSP

1 High & New-technology Development area 0.06 0.53 1.23

2 Nanjing Meteorological Institute 0.23 0.72 1.1

3 living area of Yangtze Petro 0.25 0.39 1.4

4 Yanjiang Town 0.07 0.58 1.07

5 living area of NISCO 1.3 0.47 1.53

6 Xichangmen area 0.40 1.13 0.58

7 In the whole assessment area

2.31 3.82 6.91


PAGE 149 OF 283

In the whole assessment area, the Value I for each assessment factor is listed as ISO2<INO2<ITSP. The current status assessment of the atmospheric environment quality in the assessment area indicates that the most serous pollution is the pollution from the total suspended particles. The main reason for TSP over limit is: the assessment area is located in the heavy industrial area and in this area a lot of fumes and dust are exhausted from many plants, which result in high content of TSP together with the raised dust from ground.

6.2 Pollution Meteorological Features

In this assessment the pollution meteorological feature will be analyzed by using the ground meteorological data and space exploring data in the last years provided by Nanjing Observatory.

6.2.1 Normal Ground Meteorological Feature Analysis

6.2.1.1 Ground Wind Field Feature Analysis

The statistics data of the ground wind field in the last three years indicates: in Nanjing area in spring the east northeast wind prevails, in summer the east southeast wind prevails, in autumn and winter the east northeast to north northeast wind prevails. Around the whole year, the most prevailing wind is the east northeast wind and the east southeast wind, the sub-prevailing wind is the northeast and east wind. The calm wind (<1.5m/s) is 29.1%. The yearly wind velocity average within three years is 1.7m/s-3.3m/s, the maximum wind velocity average is the east northeast wind velocity and the minimum wind velocity average is the north and south wind velocity.

6.2.1.2 Ground Temperature and Dew Point Temperature

The yearly and season ground temperature and dew point temperature are shown in Table 6-10 according to the historical meteorological data statistics. In Nanjing area, the yearly temperature average is 15.1OC, the extremely highest temperature is 39.1OC and the extremely lowest temperature is -16.3OC. The average temperature in the hottest month is 27.7 OC and the average temperature in the coldest month is 1.6OC. The yearly dew point temperature average is 11.5OC, the dew point temperature average in the hottest month is 24.8OC and the dew point temperature average in the coldest month is -2.2OC.

Table 6-9 value I for the pollutant

Spring Summer Autumn Winter Yearly

Ground Temperature 14.2 26.6 16.5 2.9 15.1


PAGE 150 OF 283

OC

Dew Point Temperature

OC 10.3 23.2 12.9 -1.0 11.5

6.2.1.3 Precipitation

The statistics of meteorological data for many years indicates: the yearly average precipitation is 979.5mm in Nanjing, the precipitation in spring, summer, autumn and winter is 238.6 mm, 465.1mm, 186.2mm and 89.6mm respectively. The maximum daily precipitation is 204.3mm. The yearly relative humidity average is 79%, the maximum monthly relative humidity average is 85% and the minimum monthly relative humidity average is 75%. The maximum snow depth is 51cm.

6.2.2 Statistics of Atmospheric Stability

By using the meteorological data in the last three years, the above meteorological data will be analyzed through statistics and p.s. stability classification. The frequency (%) of atmospheric stability in different seasons and different years is shown in Table 6-11.

Table 6-11 Frequency (%) of different level of atmospheric stability in different seasons and years

A-B C D E F Spring 15.67 17.97 41.74 15.86 9.44 Summer 21.06 19.77 34.84 16.62 10.53 Autumn 18.9 13.02 34.49 20.56 13.04 Winter 7.94 12.58 35.86 25.95 17.38 Average in the last three years

15.89 15.83 36.73 19.75 12.60

Table 6-11 shows that the stability Level D appears most frequently in different seasons or years and the average frequency of stability Level D in the last three years is 36.73%. The frequency of stability Level F is minimum and the average in three years is 12.60%.

6.2.3 Integrated frequency of Wind Direction, Wind Velocity and Stability

Table 6-12 shows the integrated frequencies of the wind direction, wind velocity and stability from statistics of the meteorological data in the last three years.


PAGE 151 OF 283

Table 6-12 Integrated frequency (%) of Wind Direction, Wind Velocity and Stability in the

last three years J I K

1 2 4 6 8 A—B 0．30 0．10 0．03 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．27 0．37 0．00 0．00 D 0．80 0．60 0．93 0．03 0．03

N

E—F 0．33 0．23 0．00 0．00 0．00 A—B 0．27 0．10 0．10 0．00 0．00

C 0．03 0．33 0．40 0．00 0．00 D 0．73 1．00 1．13 0．43 0．27

NNE

E—F 1．17 0．50 0．03 0．00 0．03 A—B 0．33 0．17 0．13 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．70 0．73 0．07 0．00 D 0．37 1．13 1．90 0．43 0．57

NE

E—F 1．17 0．50 0．03 0．00 0．03 A—B 0．37 0．33 0．40 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．67 1．37 0．20 0．00 D 0．77 1．60 2．67 0．73 0．50

ENE

E—F 0．67 0．67 0．33 0．00 0．00 A—B 0．80 0．23 0．13 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．63 1．67 0．00 0．00 D 0．63 0．83 1．50 0．67 0．43

E

E—F 0．40 0．87 0．30 0．00 0．00 A—B 0．43 0．23 0．63 0．03 0．00

C 0．00 0．80 2．10 0．30 0．03 D 0．60 0．50 1．57 0．90 1．37

ESE

E—F 0．50 0．83 0．43 0．00 0．03 A—B 0．57 0．20 0．27 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．20 0．47 0．03 0．00 D 0．33 0．43 0．77 0．10 0．10

SE

E—F 0．37 0．37 0．17 0．00 0．00 A—B 0．50 0．23 0．30 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．30 0．27 0．00 0．00 D 0．17 0．07 0．27 0．03 0．00

SSE

E—F 0．23 0．37 0．03 0．00 0．00 A—B 0．43 0．20 0．13 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．43 0．77 0．00 0．00 D 0．50 0．43 0．33 0．03 0．03

S

E—F 0．37 0．33 0．00 0．00 0．00 A—B 0．20 0．07 0．10 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．53 0．57 0．03 0．00 D 0．03 0．30 0．13 0．03 0．07

SSW

E—F 0．50 0．33 0．10 0．00 0．03


PAGE 152 OF 283

A—B 0．20 0．07 0．13 0．00 0．00 C 0．00 0．30 0．43 0．03 0．00 D 0．13 0．07 0．33 0．17 0．03

SW

E—F 0．33 0．10 0．07 0．00 0．00 A—B 0．47 0．20 0．63 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．53 1．43 0．17 0．00 D 0．43 0．83 0．80 0．47 0．13

WSW

E—F 0．60 0．60 0．03 0．00 0．00 A—B 0．47 0．17 0．13 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．30 0．77 0．03 0．00 D 0．80 0．63 0．50 0．20 0．13

W

E—F 0．60 0．67 0．07 0．00 0．00 A—B 0．07 0．13 0．27 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．20 0．43 0．00 0．00 D 0．43 0．47 1．13 0．23 0．27

WNW

E—F 0．50 0．17 0．00 0．00 0．00 A—B 0．27 0．07 0．07 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．20 0．27 0．00 0．00 D 0．47 0．30 0．17 0．07 0．13

NW

E—F 0．23 0．10 0．13 0．00 0．00 A—B 0．37 0．03 0．00 0．00 0．00

C 0．00 0．20 0．13 0．03 0．00 D 0．27 0．47 0．43 0．00 0．00

NNW

E—F 0．10 0．13 0．00 0．00 0．00 Note: I-wind direction K-stability J-velocity level

6.2.4 Boundary Layer Pollution Meteorological Features

6.2.4.1 Temperature Profile and Temperature Inversion Feature

The temperature profile mainly reflects the rule that the temperature changes with the altitude. The atmospheric temperature inversion in the lower layer normally can be classified as the close-to-ground temperature inversion (the bottom of the temperature inversion layer is on the ground), low altitude temperature inversion (the bottom of the layer ≤500m) and high altitude temperature inversion (the bottom of the layer >500m). Most of the close-to-ground temperature inversion and the low altitude temperature inversion are created during radiation, while the high altitude temperature is formed by influence from the macroscale meteorological system. The frequency, altitude range and strength (the average within three years) of the temperature inversion at 7:00 and 19:00 are obtained and shown in Table 6-13 by using the space exploring data provided by Nanjing Meteorological Observatory.


PAGE 153 OF 283

Table 6-13 Temperature Inversion Feature for Different Seasons in Nanjing Area

Item Spring Summer Autumn Winter Yearly average

Frequency (%) 26.7 9.7 50.0 54.8 35.3 Thickness (m) 387 359 165 302 303 07:00Strength (

/hm) 0.63 0.07 1.19 1.90 0.95

Frequency (%) 33.6 11.2 61.0 53.0 39.7 Thickness (m) 168 129 188 159 169

Close-to-ground

temperature inversion

19:00Strength (

/hm) 0.68 0.49 1.12 1.17 0.87


/hm) 0.99 0.47 0.47 0.67 0.65


Low altitude temperature

inversion

19:00Strength (

/hm) 0.54 0.37 0.39 1.2 0.63


/hm) 0.38 0.40 0.39 0.63 0.45


High altitude temperature

inversion

19:00Strength (

/hm) 0.41 0.42 0.38 0.59 0.45

6.2.4.2 Boundary Layer Wind Field Feature

The Table 6-14 is obtained by statistics of the data the wind direction changes with the altitude. Table 6-14 Frequency of the wind direction change with the altitude

Altitude

Direction change 0—100m 100—300m 300—600m 600—900m

Change to the right 47.0 44.4 81.0 54 No change 47.0 36.1 6.4 29


PAGE 154 OF 283

Change to the left 6 19.5 12.6 17 Change to the right by ≤22.5° 30.6 36 41.9 45.8

Change to the right by 22.5-45° 11 5.6 38.7 8.3

Change to the right by >45° 5.6 2.8

Change to the left by ≤22.5° 506 19.4 6.5 16.7

Change to the left by 22.5-45° 6.5

Change to the left by >45° Many experiments in Nanjing area indicates the wind velocity will change following the logarithmic law in the vertical direction under neutral condition and following the exponential law under normal stratification. The wind exponent m in the formula of wind exponential law at different stabilities can be educed by the least square method based on the actual measurement data. The formula is:

Where u and u1 are the wind velocity at altitude z and z1 respectively, and m is the wind exponent. Table 6-15 lists the recommended wind exponent value m in 1997.

Table 6-15 Wind exponent value m at different stabilities

A B C D E F

m 0.150 0.170 0.193 0.270 0.330 0.400

U10 2.0 2.2 2.7 2.5 1.8 1.6

6.2.4.3 Mixed Layer Height

Normally, the mixed layer height H is determined by the graphical method and formula method. By using the low altitude exploring data in the assessment area, the mixed layer height in the assessment area is calculated for the last three years according to the T-Inp graphical method, the temperature profile, the Guohuan Formula and the Nozaki formula respectively. Considering the different calculation result by the different formula and referring to the low altitude exploring data in the assessment area in 1997, the recommended mixed layer height H is shown in Table 6-16 at different seasons and different time. Table 6-17 shows the recommended H at different stabilities. Table 6-16 Recommended mixed layer height H (m) at different seasons and time

m

ZZuu )(

11=


PAGE 155 OF 283

02 08 14 20 Average

Spring 616 709 1155 695 794

Summer 596 694 1141 720 788

Autumn 505 553 1163 683 726

Winter 488 451 1016 524 620

Year 551 602 1119 656 732 Table 6-17 Recommended mixed layer height H (m) at different stabilities

Stability A B C D E F

H(m) 1375 1131 989 858 502 419

6.3 Impact Forecast on Ambient air Quality

6.3.1 Forecast Mode

According to the requirements by Technical Specification for Environment Impact Assessment (HJ/T2.2-93), the assessment will be done by using Gauss air quality mode. This mode can not only be suitable for air pollutants diffusion and transmission in the local scale area, but also has the advantages of high resolution factor and high calculation efficiency.

6.3.1.1 Point Source Diffusion Mode When Windy

When windy (the wind average velocity U10≥1.5m/s at the height of 10m from the ground), the concentration c (mg/m3) at any point(x, y) on the ground leeward can be calculated according to the following formula by taking the ground position of the exhaust pipe as the origin:

Where Q—Pollutant discharged (mg/s); σy—Horizontal transverse diffusion parameter (ｍ)； σz—Vertical diffusion parameter (m); U—Wind average velocity at the exit of the exhaust pipe (m/s);

FyU

Qcyzy

•−= )2

exp(2 2

2

σσσπ

Fnh H nh He

zn k

ke

z

= −−

++

=−∑exp[

( )] exp[

( )]

22

22

2

2

2

2σ σ


PAGE 156 OF 283

h—Mixing layer thickness (m); He—Effective source height (m) of the exhaust pipe He can be calculated by :

Where ： Hs—Geometric height (m) of the exhaust pipe ΔH—Fume rising height (m)

U will be calculated by:

Where: P— Wind velocity height index The diffusion parameter σy、σz can be expressed as ： Where α1—Regression index of the transverse diffusion parameter； α2—Regression index of the vertical diffusion parameter； γ1—Regression factor of the transverse diffusion parameter； γ2—Regression factor of the vertical diffusion parameter

6.3.1.2 Point source diffusion mode for breezy condition

When breezy (1.5m/s> U10≥0.5m/s), the concentration cL(mg/m3) at any point(x, y) on the ground can be calculated according to the following formula by taking the ground position of the exhaust pipe as the origin:

Where ηand G can be calculated by the following formula：

HHH se ∆+=

U UHs p= 10 10

( )

σ γ σ γα αx zX X= =1 2

1 2,

c x y Q GL ( , )( ) /= •

22 3 2

022π γ η

ηγ

γ2 2 2 01

2

022

2= + + •( )x y He

G eU

s es

s=−

• + • • •2 2 01

21 2

2 2/

/( )

γπ Φ

Φ ( ) /s e dtts

= −

−∞∫

12

2 2

π


PAGE 157 OF 283

Whereγ01，γ02 are the regression factors for transverse and vertical diffusion parameters respectively (σx=σy=γ01T, σz=γ02T), T is the diffusion time(s).

6.3.1.3 The calculation formula for the maximum landing concentration and distance

The maximum ground concentration Cm(mg/m3) at the exhaust pipe leeward and the distance Xm(m) to the exhaust pipe can be calculated by the following formula：

Where ：

6.3.1.4 Area source diffusion mode for windy condition

When the area for the area source is not more than 1km2(S≤1km2), the unreal point source mode will be used. In the unreal point source mode, each area source will be simplified as an equivalent point source and the formula for the point source will be used to calculate the pollution concentration caused by the area source. Assuming that the side length, source intensity and equivalent height for an area source unit is L, Q and H respectively, taking the center of the area source as the origin, then the concentration leeward caused by the area source can be calculated by the calculation formula for the point source by modifying the diffusion parameter as follows:

s UX=γ η01

C X Qe U H Pm m

e

( ) =• • • •

22π

PH ee

=•

+ • •+ − −

2

1

1 2

1

2

1 2

12

1 12

1 12

12

1 12

γ γαα

α α

αα

αα

αα

—

（）（（（

/

) ) )

X H

me= +

−

( ) ( )/

γαα

α α

2

1 1

2

122 21

C x y QU

y Fsy z y

( , ) exp( )= − •2 2

2

2π σ σ σ

σ γ αy yX X= +3 0

3( )

σ γ αz zX X= +4 0

4( )


PAGE 158 OF 283

Where ：Xoy— backway(m) of the unreal point source in Y direction； Xoz—backway(m) of the unreal point source in Z direction Xoy and Xoz can be calculated by

6.3.1.5 Area source diffusion mode for breezy condition

When breezy the unreal point source mode will be used for area source pollution forecast, i.e. the concentration at the area source leeward can be calculated by the mode for the point source in breezy condition after backway(m) correction of the unreal point source is done. The backway(m) correction of the unreal point source includes the following:

where X0y and X0z are the backways in Y and X direction respectively, X0 is the maximum backway.

6.3.1.6 Multiple source mode

If there are more than one pollution sources for a certain pollutant in the assessment area, the ground concentration at the point will be the sum of the contributes from each source. The concentration Cn at any ground point (x,y) in the assessment area can be calculated according to the following formula:

Where

｛σ

σ

y oy

z oz

X L

X H

( ).

( ).

=

=

4 3

215

ηγγ

20

2 2 012

022

2= + + +[( ) ]X X y He

SU X X

=+( )0

01γ η

X X Xy z0 0 0= max( , )

X LUy0

014 30=

. γ

X HUz0

02215=

. γ

C x y C X X Y Y C X X Y Yn Pi ii

i sj jj

j( , ) ( , ( , )= − − + − −∑ ∑）


PAGE 159 OF 283

：CPi—Contributed concentration from the point source i to the point (x, y); CSj—Contributed concentration from the point source j to the point (x, y)

6.3.1.7 Long term average mode

The yearly long term average concentration at any point in the assessment area is:

Where the subscript i, j, k represent wind direction, atmospheric stability and wind velocity; fijk is the integrated frequency of wind direction, stability and wind velocity when windy; fLijk is the integrated frequency when breezy or wind

static; Crijk , C Lrijk are the concentration contributes from the point source r

when windy and breezy or wind static respectively; CStijk , C Lstijk are the concentration contributes from the area source t when windy and breezy or wind static respectively.

Calculation formula for the fume rising height (1) Under windy, neutral and unstable condition A. when Qh≥21000kJ/s, the fume rising heightΔH can be calculated by the

following formula:

Where ：Qh—Fume heat release rate (kJ/s)；

Pα—Atmospheric pressure (hPa)； Qv—Actual fume exhaust rate (m3/s)； ΔT—Temperature difference(K) between the fume at the outlet and

the ambient； Ts—Fume temperature(K) at the outlet； Tα—Ambient temperature(K) at the exhaust pipe outlet B. when 2100kJ/s≤Qh≤21000kJ/s and ΔT≥35K, ΔH can be calculated by：

C x y C rijk f ijkrkjiC Lrijk f Lrijkr

( , ) (= +∑∑∑∑ ∑

+∑ + ∑Cstijk fijktCLstijk fLijkt

)

∆H Q H Uh s= −1303 1 3 2 3 1. / /

Q P Q TTh v

s

= 0 35. α∆

∆T T Ts= − 0

∆H Q H Uh s= −0 292 3 5 2 5 1. / /


PAGE 160 OF 283

C. when 2100kJ/s<Qh<1700kJ/s：

Where ：Vs—Fume velocity at the outlet (m/s); D—Inner outlet diameter of the exhaust pipe (m)； ΔH2—will be calculated by the formula (5.3.36). D. when Qh≤1700kJ/s or ΔT<35K：

(2) Under windy and stable condition：

(3) Under wind static and breezy condition：

6.3.2 Diffusion Parameter

In this assessment, we will use the parameter in the city area recommended by HJ/T2.2-93 and will elevate the stability level according to the regulation.

6.3.3 Items to be forecast

Concentration for each factor from multiple lapping over pollution sources, sampling time of one hour; Average concentration for 24 hours of each factor from multiple lapping over pollution sources; Yearly long term average concentration for each item; Concentration superposed at the receiving point.

∆ ∆ ∆ ∆H H H HQh= + −

−1 2 1

1700400

( )

∆H V D Q U Q Us h h1 2 15 0 01 0 048 1700= + − −( . . ) / . ( ) /

∆H V D Q Us h= +2 15 0 01（ . . ) /

∆H QdTdz

Uh= + − −1 3 1 3 1 30 0098/ / /( . )α

∆H QdTdzh= + −55 0 00981 4 3 8. ( . )/ /α


PAGE 161 OF 283

6.3.4 Source intensity list

NISCO will take measures to control the existing atmospheric pollution source and to reduce the existing pollutant exhaust based on the principle to control the total pollutants and to increase the production without pollution increase, so that the production will be increased without pollution increase when the new plate/cPetrolic substance project is put into operation. Please refer to Table 5-38 and 5-39 in Chapter 5 for the pollution source changes after each project is completed. These tables show that the total discharging amount of SO2 and fume will be less than the existing amount after built up of this project and taking the measures.

6.3.5 Ground Concentration Forecast of Atmospheric pollutants

6.3.5.1 Concentration forecast for 1 hour

Under the neutral stability and east southeast or south southeast wind, please refer to Diagram 6-2 and Diagram 6-3 for. The forecast result shows the combined influence of different pollution sources from NISCO on the environment is that the average concentration contributes for SO2 and TSP within 1 hour is negative. The center of the negative concentration is located within 500m northwest to the proposed project. The exhaust from the area source will be reduced greatly after different pollution measures are taken, thus the ground concentration of the pollutant in the plant will be reduced greatly accordingly.

6.3.5.2 Daily Average Concentration Forecast

The typical day method will be used to forecast the daily average pollutant concentration. There are many combinations of meteorological condition which will be input into the calculation mode. Different calculation mode may cover different kinds of possibly arisen actual meteorological condition, so it is very difficult to make a rule for judgement based on the forecast conditions determined by the short term data. In the meteorological condition for the typical day, the meteorological data of one year will be input for each pollution factor and the day-by-day concentration will be calculated, thus each forecast condition determined in such a way will have the definite meaning of assurance rate. The Table 6-18 shows the meteorological condition for the typical day with 95% of assurance rate Table 6-18 Meteorological Condition for the Typical Day with 95% of assurance rate (only point sources)

Time 02 05 08 11 Typical day 1# 2# 3# 1# 2# 3# 1# 2# 3# 1# 2# 3#

Wind direction SW NE E SW ENE SE SSW NE E S NE ENE

Wind velocity 0.7 3.0 0.7 1.0 4.3 1.7 0.7 1.0 0.7 1.3 0.7 1.0


PAGE 162 OF 283

Temperature 24.3 1.4 22.5 25.2 -0.4 22.8 26.1 -2.2 23.1 28.3 2.7 25.5

Stability E—F D E—F E—F E—F E—F A—B E—F D A—

B A—B A—B

Time 14 17 20 23 Typical day 1# 2# 3# 1# 2# 3# 1# 2# 3# 1# 2# 3#

Wind direction S NNE E W NNE E SSW NNE E SW SE SE

Wind velocity 3.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.7 1.7 0.7 1.0 1.0 0.3 1.7 1.0

Temperature 30.4 7.6 27.8 28.4 4.7 25.3 26.4 1.7 22.7 26.5 —0 4

20.9

Stability A—B A—B A—B A—B E—F D E—F E—F E—

F E—F

E—F E—F

The 500m×500m calculation grid will be used based on the meteorological condition listed in Table 6-18. The calculated daily average contributed concentration for SO2 and TSP is shown in Diagram 6-4 and 6-5. The negative concentration center is located in the proximity of the proposed project. The negative concentration center includes the plant area and a few square kilometres west to the plant area.

6.3.5.3 Yearly Average Concentration Forecast

According to the integrated frequency distribution of the the meteorological condition in Nanjing area, the yearly average contributed concentration for SO2 and TSP is calculated and shown in Diagram 6-6 and 6-7.


PAGE 163 OF 283

The

aver

age

cont

ribut

ed c

once

ntra

tion

for S

O2 w

ithin

1 h

our


PAGE 164 OF 283

The

aver

age

cont

ribut

ed c

once

ntra

tion

for t

otal

sus

pens

ion

parti

cle

with

in 1

hou

r


PAGE 165 OF 283

The

daily

ave

rage

con

tribu

ted

conc

entra

tion

for S

O2


PAGE 166 OF 283

The

daily

ave

rage

con

tribu

ted

conc

entra

tion

for t

otal

sus

pens

ion

parti

cle


PAGE 167 OF 283

Yea

rly a

vera

ge c

ontri

bute

d co

ncen

tratio

n fo

r SO

2


PAGE 168 OF 283

Yea

rly a

vera

ge c

ontri

bute

d co

ncen

tratio

n fo

r Tot

al S

uspe

nsio

n P

artic

le


PAGE 169 OF 283

6.3.5.3a Impact Analysis on Environment by the increased NOx exhaust

From the Table 5-47 we can know the NOx exhaust from the existing projects is 3349.7t/a and the NOx exhaust will be 3790.09t/a after completion of the proposed project, i.e. the NOx amount will be increased by 440.39t/a (13.1%). According to the current status analysis on the NOx exhaust in the Dachang District where NISCO is located, the increased amount of NOx exhaust from NISCO will result in about 1% increase in the Dachang District. In the ambient air quality standard (Revision 2000), the ambient air control factor was changed from NOx to NO2, while in the past years the industrial pollutant statistics and the pollution source monitoring were based on NOx, so it is not convenient to forecast the NO2 at present. Also considering the increased amount of NOx exhausted from NISCO is not big, only the qualitative analysis on environment impact from the increased amount of NOx will be done according to the assessment experts. The explanation is as follows: The current status monitoring result of the ambient air quality (Table 6-7) shows: the NO2 concentration outside the plant varies from 0.003 to 0.178mg/Nm3 in one hour, the daily average concentration varies from 0.009 to 0.086mg/Nm3 and the maximum values are 74.2% and 71.1% of the corresponding standard limits respectively. After completion of the proposed project, from the analysis on the increased percentage of NOx and the ratio between the current monitoring results of the ambient air quality and the corresponding standard limits, we can know the NOx amount from NISCO will only increase by 1% (in Dachang area), and the contributes to the environmental pollution will be really the same and the environment quality will keep the same.

6.3.5.4 Maximum landing Concentration of Pollutants and Distance from the Pollution Source in case of Accidental Exhaust

According to the analysis on the exhaust in case of abnormal condition in the engineering analysis, we will consider that the dedusting efficiency of the new LF dedusting system will be reduced from 99% to 95% and the dust discharged will be increased from 3.03kg/h to 15.14kg/h in case the bag was broken and was not replaced timely. The parameters for the source intensity in case of accidental discharging are shown in Table 6-19. Table 6-19 Parameters for the Source Intensity in case of Accidental Exhaust

Pollution Source

Chimney Height(m)

Inner Diameter of the Outlet (m)

Fume Temperature()

Fume Quantity (104Nm/h) Dust (kg/h)

LF 30 2.5 120 26.53 15.14


PAGE 170 OF 283

In case of accidental exhaust from the new LF, please refer to Table 6-20 for the calculated result on the maximum pollutant landing concentration and the distance from the pollution source. Table 6-21 Maximum pollutant landing concentration and distance from the pollution source in case of accidental exhaust

Stability Level Maximum Landing Concentration Cmax(mg/m3)

Distance from the landing point to the pollution source Xmax(m)

A—B 0.038 220 C 0.029 438 D 0.022 913 E—F 0.017 1636

In case of accidental exhaust, the maximum concentration landing point of the pollutant is located inside the plant in most cases and is located in the proximity of the plant boundary under stable meteorological condition.

6.4 Impact Assessment on the Ambient air

6.4.1 Assessment Index

The assessment index Ii is defined as:

Where : i—Concentration forecast value for a certain pollution factor at different sampling time, mg/Nm3；

C0i—Ambient air quality standard for the pollution factor No. i mg/Nm3。

6.4.2 Quality Assessment on Ambient air

Please refer to Table 6-21 for the daily average concentration forecast value, the background value (monitoring value) of the maximum daily average concentration, the superpose of the two values and assessment index for each pollutant at 6 monitoring points. Table 6-21 shows: for half of the monitoring points, the forecast superpose I value for TSP is less than 1, while for only one monitoring point (Point No.6 Xichangmen), the current I value is less than 1. The forecast shows the daily average concentration of TSP will possibly meet the standards at the monitoring point No.2 (Nanjing Meteorological Institute) and at the monitoring point No.4 (Yanjiang Town) in the

ICCi

i

i

=0


PAGE 171 OF 283

future. The daily average concentration of TSP shows the obvious decreasing trend at the monitoring point No.5 (living area of NISCO ). The forecast superpose I value of SO2 shows the decrease trend at the monitoring point No.1 (High & New-technology Development area), No.2 (Nanjing Meteorological Institute), No.5 (living area of NISCO) and No.6 (Xichangmen area), only at the monitoring point No. 5 the forecast I value shows the decrease trend but still is more than 1 (living area of NISCO). The assessment result shows the SO2 and TSP pollution on the atmospheric environment in the peripheral area will have the trend of improving when the project hereof and the proposed project are completeed. After the dedusting measures for the area source are taken, the inorganized exhaust of the dust from NISCO will be greatly reduced, which will help to reduce the TSP pollution in the peripheral area and improve the serious pollution situation in the living area close to the plant.


PAGE 172 OF 283

Table 6-21 Daily Average Concentration Forecast Value, Background Value, Superposed Value and I Value (mg/Nm3)

No.

Monitoring Point SO2

Forecast Value

Background Value

Superposed Value

Current Value I

I Value after superpose

Forecast Value

Background Value

Superposed Value

Current Value I

I Value after superpose


-0.001 0.009 0.008 0.06 0.05 -0.028 0.370 0.342 1.23 1.14


-0.012 0.034 0.022 0.23 0.15 -0.053 0.330 0.277 1.1 0.92


0.000 0.037 0.037 0.25 0.25 0.000 0.420 0.420 1.4 1.4

4 Yanjiang Town -0.001 0.011 0.010 0.07 0.07 -0.102 0.320 0.218 1.07 0.73 5 living area of NISCO -0.031 0.195 0.164 1.3 1.09 -0.120 0.460 0.340 1.53 1.13 6 Xichangmen area 0.000 0.100 0.100 0.67 0.40 0.000 0.290 0.290 0.97 0.58


PAGE 173 OF 283

7 Current Status and Impact Assessment of the Surface Water Environment Quality

7.1 Summary of the Water System in the Assessment Area

The surface water in the proximity of the construction project includes the Yangtze River Nanjing reach. The Yangtze River is the biggest river in China with the drainage area of 1.8million km2, the length of 6300km and 37.8% of the total runoff resources in China. The Yangtze River Nanjing Dachang reach is located in the northeast of Nanjing, and belongs to the North Branch reach of Baguazhou. Its total length is about 21.6km and its main branch is Macha River. The water surface width in Dachang reach is about 350-900m, the water surface in the inlet, outgoing reach and middle portion of Macha River is wider with the width of about 700-900m, and the narrowest water surface is about 350m and is located in the proximity of Nanjing Chemical Plant, the average river width is about 624m and the average water depth is 8.4m. The plan shape represents a big curve with protrusion towards the north. This river reach is the tidal reach located at the downstream Yangtze River, which is affected by the medium intensive tide. Two tide peaks and two tide valleys appear everyday. The flood tide lasts about 3 hours and the ebb tide lasts about 9 hours. The flood tide has a flat top, as a flow coming from the opposite direction. According to the data statistics of the water level for Xiaguan in1921-1991, in the past years the highest water level is 10.2m (Wusong fundamental plane, on August 17th ,1954), the lowest water level is 1.54m, the maximum water level change is 7.7m within one year(1954), in dry season the maximum tide level difference is 1.56m (on December 31st of 1951) and the average tide level difference is 0.57m within a few years. Even if the water flow in Yangtze Nanjing reach is affected by the tide, it is still controlled and regulated by the runoff on a yearly basis. The features of the incoming water can be represented by the data of the Datong Hydrologic Station at the upstream of Nanjing. In Datong Station, in the past years the maximum flow is 92600m3/s, the average flow is 28600m3/s within a few years. The minimum monthly average flow occurs in January, the water flow starts to swell in April and reaches the maximum value in July. The diversion ratio by the Dachang-Zhenjiang reach varies according to the incoming flow from the upstream, the diversion ratio is about 18% in the flood season and 15% in the dry season. In the past years the maximum flow is 18000m3/s and the minimum flow is 1200m3/s in this river reach. The Stone River located at the upstream of the assessment river reach is a channel for farming irrigation and flood drainage, which water area function is category 4. The waste water from the outfall No.03, 04, 05 and 06 of NISCO will be drained to the Yangtze River via this flood drainage channel.


PAGE 174 OF 283

7.2 Current Status Investigation and Assessment of the Surface Water Environment Quality

7.2.1 Assessment Factor

PH, CODcr, Petrolic substance, volatile hydroxybenzene , non-ionic ammonia, cyanide, SS and fluoride.

7.2.2 Assessment Method

The index method of the single factor standard will be used for current status assessment of the surface water environment quality. The following is the formula to calculate the single factor standard index:

i

ij c

cS0

=

Where Si—Standard index for the pollutant No.i; ci—Average monitoring value for the pollutant No.i, (mg/L); c0i—Assessment standard for the pollutant No.i, (mg/L). The calculation formula for pH standard index is:

Sp Hp Hp H J

J

sd

,

..

=−−

7 07 0 p H J ≤ 7 0.

Sp Hp Hp H

J

sU

=−−

7 07 0.. 0.7>JpH

Where: pHi—Average monitoring value at Point No.j, pHsd—Lower limit specified in the water quality standard; pHsu—Upper limit specified in the water quality standard.

7.2.3 Current Status Monitoring

7.2.3.1 Monitoring Time Period and Sampling Frequency

The samples were taken continuously for 3 days from September 23rd-25th of 2000. The samples were taken 2 times per day, one time at flood tide and one time at ebb tide.


PAGE 175 OF 283

7.2.3.2 Monitoring Section and Measuring Point

Considering the water quality change, hydrological features, water intake position and outfall position in the investigation range, 4 monitoring sections will be setup in the range of 4km assessment river reach, among which one monitoring section will be set on the Stone River, i.e. Monitoring Section No.1 (500m upstream the entrance of the Stone River to the Yangtze River), Monitoring Section No.2 (NISCO water head site), Monitoring Section No.3 (1200m downstream the waterhead site No.3 of Nanjing Chemical Plant), three measuring points will be set on each monitoring section, the three points are 20m, 70m and 150m away from the north bank respectively; one measuring point will be set on the Monitoring Section No.4 (the Stone River). Refer to the Diagram 7-1 for the water quality monitoring section. Table 7-1 Location of the Water Quality Monitoring Sections

No. River Reach Evaluated Location Description Distance from the outfall of

the Stone River (km)

1 500m upstream the outfall of the Stone River 0.5(upstream)

2 NISCO waterhead site 1.9(downstream)

3

Yangtze River 1200m downstream the water

head site of Nanjing Chemical Plant 3

3.5(downstream)

4 Stone River 50m upstream the Outfall No. 06 of NISCO —

7.2.3.3 Sampling Taking and Analyzing Method

The sampling taking and analyzing method will be according to the associated national standards and the regulations by the State Environment Protection Bureau.

7.2.3.4 Monitoring Results

The water quality monitoring results are shown in Table 7-2.


PAGE 176 OF 283


PAGE 177 OF 283

Table 7-2 Monitoring Results of the Yangtze River and Stone River Water Quality (in mg/L, except PH)

Water Body Section

Distance to the bank

(m) Item PH CODcr

Petrolic substanc

e

Volatile hydroxybenze

ne

Total cyanide

Non-ionic ammonia SS Fluoride

Mnimum 7.5 5.83 0.002 0.001 0.002 0.0025 152.0 0.12 Maximum 8.4 12.7 0.58 0.004 0.002 0.0281 208.6 0.19 20 Average 7.95 8.92 0.294 0.003 0.002 0.011 172.9 0.16 Mnimum 7.4 7.62 0.02 0.001 0.002 0.0018 194.0 0.11 Maximum 8.2 13.4 0.43 0.002 0.002 0.0127 208.6 0.20 70 Average 7.8 10.3 0.20 0.002 0.002 0.0067 194.2 0.16 Mnimum 7.4 4.56 0.02 0.001 0.002 0.0022 148.0 0.11 Maximum 7.9 12.2 0.48 0.002 0.002 0.0056 208.6 0.20

Section 1

150 Average 7.63 8.33 0.13 0.001 0.002 0.0038 186.5 0.16 Mnimum 7.8 6.08 0.02 0.001 0.002 0.0065 123.5 0.14 Maximum 8.4 12.7 1.54 0.004 0.002 0.097 161.0 0.19 20 Average 8.1 8.59 0.37 0.002 0.002 0.028 144.6 0.17 Mnimum 7.6 5.06 0.02 0.001 0.002 0.0039 126.5 0.15 Maximum 8.4 14.5 0.64 0.004 0.002 0.0281 173.5 0.19 70 Average 8.0 9.09 0.12 0.002 0.002 0.0158 141.8 0.17 Mnimum 7.2 5.82 0.02 0.001 0.002 0.0017 151.6 0.15 Maximum 8.2 12.7 0.93 0.003 0.002 0.0176 193.5 0.20

Section 2

150 Average 7.7 9.90 0.17 0.002 0.002 0.0084 168.1 0.18 Mnimum 7.4 6.58 0.02 0.001 0.002 0.003 75.5 0.14 Maximum 8.4 19 0.6 0.001 0.002 0.0325 182.6 0.22 20 Average 7.8 11.6 0.32 0.001 0.002 0.0153 137.0 0.17

Yangtze River

Section 3

70 Mnimum 7.4 6.09 0.02 0.001 0.002 0.0032 99.5 0.14


PAGE 178 OF 283

Maximum 8.2 13.7 0.79 0.002 0.02 0.024 204.0 0.18 Average 7.7 10.6 0.31 0.001 0.005 0.0109 156.4 0.16 Mnimum 7.3 6.09 0.02 0.001 0.002 0.0024 88.5 0.14 Maximum 8 11.2 4.22 0.002 0.002 0.108 180.0 0.22

150 Average 7.7 9.07 1.41 0.001 0.002 0.022 139.8 0.17 Mnimum 8 6.6 0.02 0.008 0.002 0.0176 44.5 1.2 Maximum 8.4 29.2 0.66 0.035 0.002 0.183 95.3 1.8 Stone

River Section 4

Average 8.2 21.9 0.13 0.026 0.002 0.131 66.3 1.5


PAGE 179 OF 283

7.2.4 Current Status Assessment of the Surface Water Environment

The current status assessment of the Yangtze River and Stone River water quality will be according to the standard Category II and Category IV specified in Surface Water Environment Quality Standard (GHZB1-1999) respectively. The current status assessment result of the water quality is shown in Table 7-3. Table 7-3 Calculated Results of Each Factor Standard Index (Pij)

Section Distance to the Bank(m) PH CODcr

Petrolic substanc

e


Total cyanide

Non-ionic ammonia Fluoride

20 0.63 0.60 5.9 1.5 0.4 0.55 0.16 70 0.53 0.69 4 1.0 0.4 0.34 0.16

Section 1

150 0.42 0.55 2.6 0.5 0.4 0.19 0.16 20 0.73 0.57 7.4 1.0 0.4 1.4 0.17 70 0.67 0.61 2.4 1.0 0.4 0.79 0.17

Section 2

150 0.47 0.66 3.4 1.0 0.4 0.42 0.18 20 0.53 0.77 6.4 0.5 0.4 0.77 0.17 70 0.47 0.71 6.2 0.5 1 0.55 0.16

Section 3

150 0.47 0.61 28.2 0.5 0.4 1.1 0.17 Section 4 (Stone River) 0.60 0.73 0.26 2.6 0.01 0.65 1.0

Yangtze River: Table 7-2 and 7-3 shows that the concentration of PH, CODcr, cyanide and Fluoride are in the limits of standard of Category II specified in Surface Water Environment Quality Standard (GHZB1-1999) respectively at each measuring point in this river reach, the maximum and average concentration of Petrolic substance are out of range at each measuring point and the maximum concentration out of range is 83.4 times, the concentration of volatile hydroxybenzene and non-ionic ammonia are out of range at some measuring points. The concentration out of range of standard is mainly caused by the industrial waste water discharged by NISCO and Nanjing Chemical Plant and the waste water discharged by the passing ships. This shows that the assessment river reach has been polluted by the Petrolic substance, volatile hydroxybenzene and non-ionic ammonia, the water quality can not meet the standard of category II specified in Surface Water Environment Quality Standard (GHZB1-1999). Stone River: The concentration of volatile hydroxybenzene is out of range of standard at the monitoring section of the Stone River and the concentration for the other monitoring factors are not out of the standard of category IV specified in Surface Water Environment Quality Standard (GHZB1-1999). The volatile hydroxybenzene out of range of standard is mainly caused by the hydroxybenzene-bearing waste water discharged by NISCO.


PAGE 180 OF 283

7.3 Environment Influence Forecast of Surface Water

7.3.1 Forecast Factor

The forecast factors are CODcr and Petrolic substance according to the plan.

7.3.2 Forecast Content

Forecast the water quality status of each monitoring section before and after completion of the project. Forecast the pollution zone change before and after completion of the project.

7.3.3 Forecast Model

7.3.3.1 Hydrologic Analysis and Forecast Model Selection

The project is located in the North Branch reach of Baguazhou, which is affected by both the runoff from the upstream Yangtze River and the estuary tide from the downstream. The water flow is very complicated. When studying the hydrological design condition, due to lack of the long series of hydrological measuring data for this river reach, the hydrological design condition was deduced from the upstream and downstream hydrological sections which have long series of data. In this way, both the influence from the upstream runoff and the influence from the downstream tide are taken into consideration. Datong Hydrological Station is the control station located at the downstream of the Yangtze River, which is not affected by the tidal wave. The flow and water level of this station is affected by the upstream runoff. The flow frequency analysis result of this station can represent the designed incoming water amount of the downstream Yangtze River. The downstream Jiangyin Station is located close to the tide boundary of the Yangtze River estuary, which tide is of semi-diurnal tide and represents the influence by the Yangtze River estuary tide. The frequency combination of the upstream station and downstream station forms the design hydrological condition in the Yantze River Dachang zone.

7.3.3.2 Unidimensional Model of Water Flowrate

1 Basic Equation a. Water flowrate control equation of the riverway The basic equation for describing the unidimensional non-constant water flow in riverway which is sensitive to tide is as follows:


PAGE 181 OF 283

∂∂

∂∂

∂∂

∂∂

∂∂

∂∂

Qt

u Qx

u Ax Z gA u B Z

xgA

Q Q

K

Qx

B Zt

q

+ − + − + =

+ =

2 2 22 0| ( )

(7-1) Where: Z—Water level; Q—Flowrate; A—Passage area; U—Sectional average velocity; B—Water surface width; K—Flow modulus; q—Uniform lateral inflow; g—Acceleration of gravity; x—River length; t—Time. The above basic equation can be converted(dispersed) to the following linear differential equation set by using the perdue quatre differential format:

EiQi

j GiQij FiZi

j FiZij

i

Qij Qi

j CiZij CiZi

j Di

−+ + + − −

+ + + =

− −+ + + + −

+ + + =

11 1

11 1

11 1

11 1

ϕ (7-2)

Where

Cx

tB

Dx

q Q Q C Z Z

Ex

tu g AQ

kx

Gx

tu g A Q

kx

F gA Bux

tQ

ii

ij

ii

ij

ij

i ij

ij

ii

ij

ij

i

ii

ij

ij

i

i ij

ii

=

= +−

− + +

= − +

= + +

= −

=

−

− −

− −

− −

−

∆∆

∆

∆∆

∆

∆∆

∆

∆∆

21

2 2

22

2

2

1 2

1 1

1 2 2 1

1 2 2 1

21 2

θ

θθ

θ

θ θ

θ θ

ϕθ

/

/

/

/

( ) ( )

( )

( )

( )

( ij

ij

ij

ij

ij

ij

ij

ij i

z ij

Q u Q Q

gA Bu Z Zx

u AZ

− − −

− − −

+ +−

−

+−

− − +

1 1 2 1

21 2 1

21 2

2 1

1

) ( ) ( )

( ) ( ) ( | )

/

/ /

θθ

θθ θ

∂∂

∆

(7-3) ∆Xi —Length of the river segment No.i;

∆t —Time period

θ —Differential format weight, taking θ = 0 65. ； i—River segment No.; j—Time period No.; the other symbols are the same as in the equation (7-1). b. Node connection equation


PAGE 182 OF 283

The main feature of the tide sensative reach of the downstream Yangtze River is the multiple branches and the branch node shall meet two connection conditions: Flowrate connection condition: The incoming and outgoing flow at each inner node must be balanced with the actual increased or decreased water amount inside this node, i.e.:

Q dw

dti =∑ (7-4)

Where: i— Section Number of each riverway flowing into the same node; w—Accumulation at the node. If the node is generalized as the geometry dot without accumulation, then w=0, thus:

Qi =∑ 0 (7-5) Power connection condition: The relationship between the water level, flow on each section of riverway flowing into the same node and the average water level at the node must meet the Bernoulli equation. There is no big difference in terms of the water level for each section at the same node and there is no sudden change on the water level, so the water level at each section equals to the average water level at the node, i.e.:

Z Z Zi j= = (7-6) (2) Resolving condition a. Boundary condition The upstream boundary is the flowrate hydrograph at Datong Station Q＝Q(t) The downstream boundary is the tide height hydrograph at Jiangyin Station Z=Z(t) b. Initial condition Q|t=0=Qo(x) H|t=0=Ho(x) (3) Parameter Selection The riverway roughness coefficient is the most important parameter, and the data for 1979-1983 will be used as the basis for calibration of the roughness coefficient. Due to very small changes of the roughness coefficient for each year, this model will take the average of each roughness coefficient as the calculation value. The Result is shown in Table 7-4. Table 7-4 Roughness Coefficient of the tidal reach at the downstream Yangtze River

River Reach Roughness Coefficient Note

Datong∼Wuhu 0.0224 Wuhu∼Maanshan 0.0276 Maanshan∼Nanjing 0.0254 Nanjing∼Zhenjiang 0.0204 Zhenjiang∼Jiangyin 0.0200

Average for 1979∼1983


PAGE 183 OF 283

(4) Resolving Based on the above basic equation, differential format, converted(dispersed) equation, resolving condition and associated parameters, the solution can be got by numerical value resolving method.

7.3.3.3 Two Dimensional Water Flowrate and Water Mass Model

For the North Branch reach of Baguazhou, the water surface is wide and it is easy for the water to be mixed vertically, the discharged pollutants can be mixed uniformly in the vertical direction at a short distance, while it will need longer distance to reach the transversal uniform. So the water flow and the mass transmission equation can be described by the two dimensional mathematic model of the depth average. At the same time considering that the bank boundaries are curvilinear boundaries with bigger curvature, the boundaries fitting orthogonal curvilinear coordinates system will be used. In this coordinates system, the two dimensional average water flowrate and water mass model in depth is as follows: (1) Basic Equation Water flow equation

( ) ( )∂∂

∂

∂ξ

∂

∂ηη ξZ

t Jg HU g HV

+ +

=

1 0

(7-7)

( ) ( )

( ) ( )

∂∂

∂

∂ξ

∂

∂η∂∂η

∂∂ξ

∂∂ξ

∂ σ

∂ξ

∂ σ

∂ησ

∂∂η

σ∂∂ξ

τ τρ

η ξ ξ η

ξ

η ξξ ξ ηξξη

ξηη

η

ξ ξ

( )HUt J

g HUU g HUV HVJ

Ug

Vg

Hgg

ZJ

g H g HH

gH

g

fHVS b

+ +

+ −

= − + + + −

+−

+

1

1

(7-8)

( ) ( )

( ) ( )

∂∂

∂

∂ξ

∂

∂η∂∂ξ

∂∂η

∂∂η

∂ σ

∂ξ

∂ σ

∂ησ

∂∂ξ

σ∂∂η

τ τρ

η ξ η ξ

η

η ξη ξ ηηηξ

ηξξ

ξ

η η

( )HVt J

g HVU g HVV HUJ

Vg

Ug

Hgg

ZJ

g H g HH

gH

g

fHUS b

+ +

+ −

= − + + + −

+−

−

1

1

(7-9) Where: Z—Water level; H—Water depth;

U、V—Velocity of flow in ξ and η direction g—Acceleration of gravity


PAGE 184 OF 283

f—Coriolis force factor,

ρ—Water density,

σ ξξ 、σ ξη 、

σ ηξ 、σ ηη —Turbulent motion stress component in

ξ andη direction

τ ξS 、τ ηS 、

τ ξb 、τ ηb —Shearing force component at the water surface and

river bottom;

J、 gξ、gη —Coordinate transformation factor。

Water mass equation

∂∂

∂∂ξ

∂∂η

∂∂ξ

∂∂ξ

∂∂η

∂∂η

η ξ

ξη

ξη

ξ

η

( ) ( ) ( )

( ( )

HCt J

g HUC g HVC

JHD

gg

C HDgg

C k HC S

+ +

= +

− +

1

11

(7-10) Where C—water mass concentration,

Dξ、Dη —Mixing factor in ξ andη direction,

k1 —Pollutant degradation factor; S—Source collection term, the other symbols are ditto. (2) Resolving condition a. Boundary condition water flow boundary: Bank boundary，U＝V＝0 Water boundary， hydrograph of the upstream tide height Z1(t) hydrograph of the downstream tide height Z2(t)， ∂∂ξ

∂∂ξ

U Z= = 0

Concentration boundary: Bank boundary ∂∂ηC= 0

Water boundary, inflow boundary C=C0

Outflow boundary

∂∂ξC= 0

b. Initial condition

Z(ξ η, ,0 )=Z0(ξ η, )

U(ξ η, ,0 )=U0(ξ η, )


PAGE 185 OF 283

V(ξ η, ,0 )=V0(ξ η, )

C(ξ η, ,0 )=C0(ξ η, ) (3) Parameter Selection a.Roughness coefficient n Value n will be tuned and corrected during calculation and is about 0.02 b. Coriolis force factor f

f= 2ΩSinϕ ，Ω is the angular velocity of the globe rotation, φ is the calculated geographic latitude of the water area. In this calculation, f=7.37×10-5. c. Mixing factor of the turbulent motion

Mixing factor in η direction D HUη = 050. *

Mixing factor in ξ direction D HUξ = 6 0. * Where U* is the friction velocity.

(4) Resolving with numerical value method The above basic equations for the two dimensional water amount and water mass model can be expressed as the convection diffusion equation in a unified form. The numerical value can be resolved iteratively by using the finite volume control method to disperse the basic equation, the SIMPIE method and the staggered mesh technology. Oil Pollution Model The suspended Petrolic substance in the water body will diffuse rapidly with the effect of the water turbulent motion, wind, gravity, inertia force, surface tension between the Petrolic substance and water, buoyancy and etc., and finally the water will be recovered to its original status with the self purification effect of volatility, absorption and sedimentation, biodegradation and etc. The normal dissolvable pollutant can be well mixed rapidly in the vertical direction when going into the river, while the specific gravity of the Petrolic substance is lighter than the water and it is not easy to be mixed in the vertical direction due to the buoyancy. So the necessary correction on the concentration in the vertical direction will be carried out when the Petrolic substance concentration is resolved by using the above two dimensional convection diffusion equation. After resolving by the diffusion equation, the calculation formula for the Petrolic substance concentration in the vertical direction is as follows: C Z C Z Z( ) exp[ ( )]= − −0 0α (7-11) Where :Z0—Depth at the water surface ; C0—Petrolic substance concentration at the depth equivalent to Z0;

α

ω= d

ZD is the distribution parameter; DZ—Turbulent diffusion factor in the vertical direction

ω d —Ascending velocity of the Petrolic substance drop, the calculation formula is:


PAGE 186 OF 283

ων

ρρd gd= −

118

1 0 2( ) (7-12)

Where : d—Diameter of the Petrolic substance drop； ν —Water viscosity factor,

ρ 0、 ρ Petrolic substance and water density. According to the observed value of the Petrolic substance content at the different depth of the inland waterway, the calculated average α is 2.4/m. Integrate the formula (7-12) in the vertical direction, the relationship between the Petrolic substance concentration on the upper layer of the water body and the average Petrolic substance concentration on the vertical line can be obtained, the integral formula is:

CC

ZZ Z dZ

Z

Z= − −∫0

10

0 exp[ ( )]α (7-13)

Where Z1—Thickness of the water layer

C —Average concentration on the vertical line, the other symbols are ditto.

7.3.4 Design Condition

7.3.4.1 Water Flowrate Design Condition

According to the measured minimum monthly average flowrate for Datong Station in 1959-1996, and after analysis and calculation on the frequency, it is obtained that the minimum monthly average flowrate is 7580m3/s which is of 90% of assurance rate. Since the average flow in January of 1971 in Datong Station is close to this flowrate, the tide height hydrograph in January of 1979 in Jiangyin Station were taken as the corresponding downstream hydrograph of the tide height. Taking the minimum monthly average flowrate at Datong Station which is of 90% of assurance rate as the upstream boundary condition, and taking the tide height hydrograph in January of 1979 at Jiangyinm Station as the downstream boundary condition, we can get the water level hydrograph of the Yangtze River Nanjing Dachang Reachunder the designed frequency based on the initial condition and the unidimensional water amount model.

7.3.4.2 Water Mass Design Condition

There are several types of water mass design conditions. One type is to take the measured water mass concentration in the assessment river reach as the design background concentration; another type is to take the water mass standard in the functional water area in the assessment river reach as the water mass design condition. The former one will be used in this calculation. According to the measured concentration value for each pollution factor, the statistically average concentration for each factor is as follows:


PAGE 187 OF 283

CODcr=9.6mg/l， Petrolic substance＝0.37mg/l Please refer to Table 5-40 in Chapter 5 for the pollution source changes before and after completion of the proposed project.

7.4 Predict result and assessment of surface water environmental effects

7.4.1 Predict result and assessment

The main section position of the river zone evaluated see table 7-5. Table 7-5 Water quality monitoring section position

Locate at upstream or downstream of the stone river entering port to Yangtze river and distance

Section No Position Upstream or downstream distance(km)

I About 500m upstream of stone river entering port Upstream 0.5

II Water source for NISCO Downstream 1.9

III 1200m downstream of the water source No.3 for Nanjing Chemical Company

Downstream 3.5

The concentration of CODcr in the main section in this river zone before and after execution of the wide plate and coil project is in table 7-6, and the effect of the petroleum-like material on the main section of this river zone is in table 7-7. Table 7-6 The concentration of CODcr in the main section of the river zone

evaluated before and after execution of the wide plate and coil project (mg/l)

Distance to left bank of the river (m) Section No

Project execution 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240

Before 10.35 9.79 9.66 9.61 9.60 9.60 9.60 9.60 I

After 10.30 9.76 9.63 9.60 9.60 9.60 9.60 9.60 Before 10.24 9.93 9.75 9.76 9.62 9.60 9.60 9.60

II After 10.15 9.94 9.77 9.76 9.62 9.60 9.60 9.60

Before 10.09 9.98 9.85 9.74 9.66 9.63 9.61 9.60 III

After 10.02 9.95 9.82 9.73 9.67 9.63 9.61 9.60 Table 7-7 The concentration of the petroleum-like material in the main section of

the river zone evaluated before and after execution of the wide plate and coil project (mg/l)


PAGE 188 OF 283

Distance to left bank of the river (m) Section No

Project execution 30 60 90 120 150 180

Before 0.536 0.416 0.371 0.370 0.370 0.370 I

After 0.503 0.399 0.371 0.370 0.370 0.370 Before 0.524 0.474 0.420 0.387 0.374 0.371

II After 0.474 0.441 0.399 0.382 0.374 0.371

Before 0.491 0.470 0.437 0.412 0.387 0.378 III

After 0.412 0.432 0.412 0.395 0.382 0.374 According to table 7-6, in section I and Ⅲ starting at a distance of 90m from left bank, the concentration of CODcr decreases about 0.03∼0.07mg/l due to the variation of the discharging amount of CODcr in each discharging port. The concentration of CODcr in section II at a distance of 30m from river bank decreases about 0.09mg/l and increases about 0.01∼0.02mg/l at a distance of 60~90m. According to table 7-7, in each section the concentration of petroleum-like material decreases 0∼0.079mg/l at a distance of 90m from river bank. The situation of the pollution zone after the execution of the project is as follows: 1. For CODcr: the size of pollution zone around discharging port is decreased about

0.002km2 from 0.032km2 to 0.03km2. The size of pollution zone in other area keeps no change.

2. For petroleum-like material: since the background value seriously exceeds the standard value, after the execution of the project the situation will be improved, but the condition of the petroleum-like material pollution zone in this section will not be changed, so basically the pollution zone in this area is not changed.

8 Existing situation and effect assessment of acoustic environment

8.1 Investigation on existing acoustic environment

NISCO locates in Xiejiadian, Dachang district in northeast of Nanjing main city, and is about 16km far away from downtown. Yangtze river is in the south, Ningyang highway is in the north, Huaneng electric power plant, Nanjing thermal electric power plant, Nanjing chemical company and Yangtze company are in the east. Dachang district is divided as No.3 noise function area among the environmental function areas. Xiejiadian is low massif area formed by extension of Laoshan cordillera in northeast direction. Change in topography features is severe. The workshop and equipment of NISCO are always constructed in accordance with the topography. So the equipment in the plant stands beside the hills. The boundary of the plant is zigzag, some places even have no clear marks of plant boundary. The project covers an area of 24hm2, Plate Mill is in the east, High Speed Wire & Rod Mill is in the west, Lime Workshop is in the south and Longshan village is in the north. There are about 200 dwelling houses in Meiguiying and Longshan villages and these


PAGE 189 OF 283

houses are in the construction area. Most of the residents will be relocated during project construction period. Only less than 10 dwelling houses in the northeast and about 10 dwelling houses in the northwest will be remained. These are the main noise sensitive targets of the project. As a large-scale of iron and steel united enterprise, NISCO has many devices with big noise, each workshop has source of noise pollution, and in some workshops the whole building is a big noise source. Based on the documents for existing noise source provided by NISCO and design institute as well as the noise documents for production device surveyed by our institute, the existing high noise devices in NISCO are in table 8-1. Table 8-1 Main existing noise source and sound level dB(A)

No. Description of high noise device Sound level

during operation

Situation for noise control

1 Converter fan No.3 in steel making plant 90



4 Blower for converter in steel making plant 96

Mountain as natural barrier, so the sound level outside of plant

boundary is 58dB(A)

5 Dedusting fan for converter No.2 in steel making plant 92

6 Pump station for water treatment in steel making plant 88

7 Mill group 97 8 Blower for reheating furnace 102 9 Blower for anneal furnace 101

10 Air compressor 97 11 Leveling machine 103 12 Shear for raw material 106

13 Dedusting fanNo.1 at the charging

end of the sintering machine in No.2 sintering plant

95



94



94



94

17 60m2 dedusting fan at the 81


PAGE 190 OF 283

discharging end of the sintering machine in No.1 sintering plant

18 Draught fan No.1 for pellet shaft kiln 80

19 Draught fan No.2 for pellet shaft kiln 83

20 Blower for pellet shaft kiln 100

21 Fan No.1 for 35t boiler in Power Plant 86

22 Fan No.1 for 35t boiler in Power Plant 87

23 Water treatment pump station in Power Plant 81

24 Steam turbine in Power Plant 88

25 Recovery fan in Coke Plant 95 After noise isolating treatment, the sound level outside of plant

boundary is 50 dB(A).

26 Blower No.1 in Coke Plant 87 The sound level outside of plant boundary is 51dB(A)

27 Blower No.1 (bag type dedustor) in EAF Plant 84

28 Blower No.2 (bag type dedustor) in EAF Plant 85

29 Water treatment pump station in EAF Plant 88

30 Water pump in EAF Plant 86

31 Hot blast stove No.1 in Iron Making Plant 89

32 Hot blast stove No.2 in Iron Making Plant 88

33 Water treatment pump station in Strip Mill 81

34 Noise under power in Steel Making Plant 90

The sound level outside of plant boundary is 61dB(A), exceeding

the standard value at night. 35 Mill group in Medium Sections Mill 95

36 Blower for reheating furnace in Medium Sections Mill 104

37 Mill group in Small Sections Mill 92

38 Finishing equipment in Small Sections Mill 96

39 Blower for reheating furnace in Small Sections Mill 102

40 3-high mill in Plate Mill 97 55dB(A)

41 4-high mill in Plate Mill 91 57dB(A), exceeding the standard value at night

42 Dedusting fan in limekiln 86


PAGE 191 OF 283

43 Raw material handling system 85

8.2 Existing situation assessment of acoustic environment

8.2.1 Existing situation monitoring of environmental noise

In order to objectively reflect the effect on the environment outside plant boundary by NISCO’s production noise, totally 34 noise monitoring points are distributed at the sensitive points along the existing plant boundary and the dwelling houses outside of the area going to be constructed according to the point distributing principle defined by the environment assessment outline. Since the plant boundary in south is the bank of Yangtze river, the noise monitoring points are only distributed in the plant boundary in east, west and north. The distance between each point normally is less than 200m. For detail please see drawing 8-1. Most of the noise monitoring points are monitored continuously for two days and nights, some additional points are monitored for a day. The noise measuring instrument is sound level meter type HS6220 made by Zhejiang Jiaxing Electroacoustic Instrument Plant. The measurement is carried out strictly in accordance with the regulation of Environment Noise Measuring Methods in City Area and Plant Boundary Noise Measuring Methods for Industrial Enterprise. The equivalent sound level is got by handling the measuring data, and the equivalent sound level is taken as the evaluating value for environment noise and plant boundary noise. The detail measuring results see table 8-2. Table 8-2 Measuring result statistics of existing situation monitoring for plant

boundary noise Leq(A)

Oct.10th, 2000

Oct.11th, 2000

Equivalent sound level of two days

Note No. Measuring position

Day Night Day Night Day Night

1 Gate sentry in Coke

Plant 52.4 46.7 60.6 44.4 58.2 45.7

2 West plant boundary of

Coke Plant 44.0 45.6 44.4 45.4 44.2 45.5

3 Plant boundary in west

of desulfurization for Coke Plant

57.1 56.0 57.1 53.4 57.1 54.9

Exceed the limit of the

standard one night

4 North plant boundary

of Coke Plant 48.4 46.2 48.4 45.3 48.4 45.8

5 Outside of the slag 58.3 57.3 57.4 53.1 57.9 55.7 Exceed


PAGE 192 OF 283

yard wall for EAF Plant the limit of the

standard value

one night

6 Outside of north

boundary of EAF Plant 55.1 54.2 54.2 52.3 54.7 53.4

7 East boundary of No.3

substation 56.1 54.2 57.2 53.0 56.7 53.6

8 East side of store

house in High Speed Wire & Rod Mill

42.6 43.3 43.6 43.2 43.1 43.3

9 West boundary of lime

workshop 52.4 45.6 46.8 43.2 50.4 44.6

10 East boundary of lime

workshop 56.8 52.3 59.4 55.4 58.3 54.1

11 Outside of south west boundary of Plate Mill

50.2 48.0 53.4 49.4 52.1 48.8

12 Outside of north west boundary of Plate Mill

49.8 47.3 49.6 44.4 49.7 46.1

13 North east boundary of

Shengda Company 55.4 53.3 55.2 51.3 55.3 52.4

14 East side of middle

school 51.3 48.2 51.3 45.3 51.3 47.0

15 East side of swimming

pool 43.6 44.3 43.3 43.4 43.5 43.9

16 East boundary of maintenance area

49.1 47.3 48.4 44.3 48.8 46.2

17 Gate sentry No.3 53.4 51.8 51.4 52.8 52.5 52.3 18 Gate sentry No.2 45.1 45.8 43.8 43.6 44.5 44.8

19 South boundary of

gymnasium 47.1 43.8 44.1 43.8 45.9 43.8

20 Car dispatching center 53.8 45.6 48.0 45.1 51.8 45.4

21 Public security

department 52.7 53.6 50.4 47.8 51.7 51.6

22 North east boundary of bus dispatching center

41.2 47.3 50.4 48.4 47.9 47.9

23 West boundary of Wuchun dormitory

49.3 45.8 45.3 43.2 47.7 44.7


PAGE 193 OF 283


44.4 46.4 43.8 43.4 44.1 45.2

25 West boundary of

Yuanyang building in Wuchun

43.6 49.1 50.8 50.8 48.5 50.0

26 Equipment storehouse in Steel Making Plant

55.4 49.1 52..1 50.8 54.1 50.0

27 East of dinning room in

Steel Making Plant 51.3 52.6 52.4 50.5 51.9 51.7

28 Outside of east

boundary of Steel Making Plant

53.6 52.6 55.0 54.7 54.4 53.8

29 Discharging port

No.W01 55.2 60.8 60.1 58.8 58.3 59.9


standard two night

30 East plant boundary of

No.2 Sintering Plant 54.3 53.3 54.2 53.3 54.3 53.3

31 South boundary of

BOC 63.8 61.9 63.8 61.9


standard at night

32 South west boundary

of BOC 62.5 60.7 62.5 60.7

33 North east of Longshan

village 48.0 47.5 48.0 47.5

Sensitive point

34 West of Longshan

village (the EAF Plant) 46.1 45.6 46.1 45.6

Sensitive point

Average 51.3 50.1 51.1 48.5 51.9 49.9

8.2.2 Assessment of the existing situation of environment noise

According to the monitoring result of existing environment noise, although NISCO is a large-scale metallurgical enterprise and has many high noise equipment, the effect on the environment outside of the plant boundary is not big. Based on the overview of the equivalent sound level for plant boundary noise and environment noise in these two days, the continuous equivalent sound level A during day is only 51.9dB(A), even less than the permitted standard at night. The environment noise at night is only


PAGE 194 OF 283

49.9dB(A), and reaches the night standard for environment noise function area II. The main reasons for little noise along NISCO’s boundary are: firstly the high noise equipment is far away from plant boundary and sensitive point; and secondly the workshops are all located among hills, the noise is shielded by these hills and absorbed by the trees on the hills. The environment noise of day and night for the sensitive targets along the plant boundary reaches the standards. The effect of the production noise from NISCO to environment is little, but the phenomena of exceeding the limit of the standard for boundary noise at night at 34 monitoring points are still existing. The values at monitoring points No.29 and No.31 at night are 3.8~6.9dB(A) higher than the limit of the standards. The measuring value at monitoring points No.3 and No.5 at one night are a little bit higher than the limit of the standard. The reason why the value at monitoring point No.29 fails to meet the standards is that it is affected by the noise from the boosting station in No.2 Sintering Plant. And the reason why the value at point No.31 fails to meet the standard is that it is affected by the operation noise of power workshop and BOC cooling tower. Attention should be paid to the houses near the monitoring point No.31, there are some workers living inside, NISCO should thinks much of the noise pollution at this area. For monitoring points No.3 and No.5 which fails to meet the standards at one night and a little bit at another night may be affected by the operation situation of the equipment or other occasional factors. The problems can be solved if NISCO can pay appropriate attention and strengthen the control manage of the operation noise from the equipment. There are 64 times of measuring during day and night at the 34 monitoring points along plant boundary. None of them fail to meet the standards at day time and only 6 data fail to meet the standards at night. Calculated on above mentioned data, the boundary noise and environment noise reached the standards is 100% at day time and 93.75% at night.

8.3 Assessment of the effect of acoustic environment

8.3.1 Equipment noise sources added or cut during project construction

For the Plate/Coil project, NISCO will add some high performance equipment and reject some equipment out of date, so the production noise pollution source in plant will change a lot. The change of the noise source of main equipment is listed in table 5-41 in section 5 “engineering analyze”. The construction layout for the project please sees drawing 8-3. The changed noise sources of main equipment are marked. The mark of circle with plus inside means new noise sources and the mark of circle with minus means decreased noise sources. The new equipment with high noise is mainly located inside the plant of Plate/Coil Plant or other plant nearby. The decreased noise sources are mainly located at rolling workshop of Sheet Mill and small and medium Sections Mill. The prediction of noise effect will be calculated according to the variety of sound level of equipment noise source and its location.


PAGE 195 OF 283

8.3.2 Acoustic prediction mode

The prediction and assessment for effect of environment noise will use the noise prediction mode for industrial enterprise recommended by the assessment technical guide for effect of acoustic environment HJ/T2.4-1995. For the sound source outside of room, the acoustic attenuation mode is:

LA(r)＝LA(r0)-20lg(r/r0)-∆LA Where: LA(r) is the predicted sound level for the predicting point affected by the point

sound source r meters far; LA(r0) is sound level A of the point sound source at r0 meters; ∆L is the attenuation value caused by other factors including sound barrier, screening equipment, air absorption, ground effect, etc. The formula for sound barrier and air absorption is described later on.

If the sound power level is knowing and the sound source is on the ground, so: LA(r0)＝LWA(r0)-20lg(r0)-8

For the sound source inside room, first calculate the sound level A near the protection construction caused by some sound source inside room:

LAl(i)＝10lg(Q/4πr12+4/R)

Where: LAl(i) is sound level A near the protection construction caused by some sound source; Q is the directivity of the sound source; r1 is the distance between sound source and the protection construction; R is room constant. R=Sα/(1-α), S is the room area, α is the average sound absorption coefficient.

The total sound level LA1(T) at the protection construction caused by all sound source inside room is:

LA1(T)=10lg[∑100.1La1(i)］ The sound level A near the protection construction outside of room LA2(T) is:

LA2(T)=LA1(T)-(TL+6) TL is the sound insulation factor of the protection construction and the experiential formula is:

TL＝18lgm+8 (ｍ＞100kg/ｍ2) ＝13.5lgm+13 (ｍ＜100kg/ｍ２)

The sound power level LWA of the equivalent sound source outside of room is converted from the outdoor sound level and the acoustic permeability area:

LWA=LA2(T)+10lgS Where: S is the acoustic permeability area. Now do the calculation according to the outdoor sound source. Supposing the effect sound level of predicting point j affected by sound source I is LAji, and the total effect sound level of predicting point j is LAj :

LAj＝10lg(∑100.1 LAji) Except that the wall of plant can be looked as infinite long sound barrier, some buildings also have the function of sound barrier, so the attenuation formula for sound barrier is:

Abar=10lg(3+20N)


PAGE 196 OF 283

N=2δ/λ Where: δ=SO+OP-SP is the acoustic path difference (see drawing 8-4);

λ is the wave length of sound wave.

The sound attenuation caused by air absorption is:

Aatm=a(r-r0)/100 Using the above mentioned prediction mode to do the prediction calculation for environment noise during day and night.

8.3.3 Prediction and assessment of environment noise

The environment noise prediction in the assessment only focuses on the environment outside of plant boundary. The distribution of the predicting points is nearly as same as the existing monitoring points for environment noise. Only a few of predicting points near the construction area is adjusted, see drawing 8-2. According to the variational situation of the equipment noise source for the proposed project, firstly calculate the effect sound level at each environment noise prediction position outside of plant boundary affected by the variation of the sound source, then superpose the sound level and background noise (Background noise uses the equivalent sound level measuring data measured in two days). So the final predicting sound level for each predicting points is available. The environment noise prediction result outside of plant boundary sees table 8-4. Table 8-4 Environment noise prediction result

Day Night No. Predicting point

position Sound level

Over standard

Sound level

Over standard

Note

1 Gate sentry for the Coke Plant 61.2 -3.8 48.7 -6.3

2 West boundary of the Coke Plant 47.2 -17.8 48.5 -6.5

3 West boundary of

desulphurization for Coke Plant

60.1 -4.9 57.9 2.9

4 North boundary of the Coke Plant 51.4 -13.6 48.9 -6.1

Background noise uses the equivalent sound level measuring data measured in two days.

P Drawing 8-4

S

O


PAGE 197 OF 283

5 Outside of slag yard wall in the EAF Plant 60.9 -4.1 58.7 3.7

6 Outside of north

boundary of the EAF Plant

64.1 -0.9 63.8 8.8

7 East boundary of No.3 substation 62.0 -3 61.6 6.6

8 East side of

storehouse in the High Speed Wire Rod Mill

51.5 -13.5 51.5 -3.5

9 West boundary of the lime-workshop 54.9 -10.1 51.8 -3.2

10 East boundary of the lime-workshop 61.0 -4 56.4 1.4

11 Outside of south west boundary of the Plate

Mill 56.0 -9 53.6 -1.4

12 Outside of north west boundary of Plate Mill

52.8 -12.2 49.1 -5.9

13 North east boundary of Shengda Company

57.1 -7.9 52.7 -2.3

14 East side of middle school

54.3 -10.7 50 -5

15 East side of swimming pool

46.5 -18.5 46.9 -8.1

16 East boundary of maintenance area

51.8 -13.2 49.1 -5.9

17 Gate sentry No.3 55.5 -9.5 55.3 0.3 18 Gate sentry No.2 47.5 -17.5 47.8 -7.2

19 South boundary of gymnasium

48.9 -16.1 46.8 -8.2

20 Car dispatching center 54.8 -10.2 48.4 -6.6

21 Public security department

54.7 -10.3 54.6 -0.4

22 North east boundary of bus dispatching center

50.9 -14.1 50.9 -4.1


50.8 -14.2 47.7 -7.3


47.1 -17.9 48.2 -6.8


PAGE 198 OF 283

25 West boundary of

Yuanyang building in Wuchun

51.6 -13.4 53 -2

26 Equipment storehouse in Steel Making Plant

57.1 -7.9 53 -2

27 East of dinning room for Steel Making Plant

54.9 -10.1 54.7 -0.3

28 Outside of east

boundary of Steel Making Plant

57.4 -7.6 56.9 1.9

29 Discharging port No.W01

61.3 -3.7 62.9 7.9

30 East plant boundary of No.2 Sintering Plant

57.3 -7.7 56.3 1.3

31 South boundary of BOC

63.8 -1.2 62 7

32 South west boundary of BOC

62.6 -2.4 62.6 7.6

33 North east of Longshan village

61.5 -3.5 61.5 6.5

34 West of Longshan village (the EAF Plant)

65.5 0.5 65.5 10.5

Average 54.3 -10.7 54 -1 The environment noise prediction result shows that after the proposed project completed the average environment noise outside of plant boundary is 54.3dB(A) during day and 54.0dB(A) at night and general environment noise during day and night will not fail to meet the standards. Comparing with the environment noise level of existing circumstance, the noise during day augments 2.4dB(A) and the noise at night augments 4.1dB(A). The reason for the increment of the environment noise outside of plant boundary is that some equipment noise sources are added for the proposed project and the noise sources are near the predicting points. Although some equipment with high noise is cut during project construction, most of them are located at the mid of the plant and have little effect on the environment outside of plant boundary. The sound level range of the environment noise outside of plant boundary day and night is 46.5-65.5dB(A) and 46.8-65.5dB(A) respectively. During day there is one predicting point that the value is higher than the day noise standard 65dB(A) for industrial concentration area and at night there are 13 points that the values are higher than the night noise standard 55dB(A) for industrial concentration area. The percentage of exceeding the limit of the standard environment noise outside of plant boundary day and night is 2.94% and 38.2% respectively. The detail statistical result for the prediction sound level outside of plant boundary sees table 8-5.


PAGE 199 OF 283

Table 8-5 Statistics for the distribution of the prediction sound level Day Night

Range of sound level

dB(A) Number of measuring

point Percentage%

Number of measuring

point Percentage %

45∼50 5 14.7059 11 32.3529 50∼55 12 35.2941 10 29.4118 55∼60 6 17.6471 6 17.6471 60∼65 10 29.4118 6 17.6471

Above 65 1 2.9412 1 2.9412 Total 34 100 34 100

For all of the measuring points, except that several rows of houses near the measuring point No.31 mentioned in the assessment are affected by the production noise of power workshop and BOC, there are more than ten dwelling houses besides point No.33 and No.34 which may not remove will be affected by the production noise of Steckel mill workshop, so the night noise of point No.33 will be failed to meet the standard, the noise of point No.34 during day and at night fails to meet the standard. The dwelling houses at these two places are recommended to be removed during project construction period, especially the dwelling house near point No.34. When doing layout design the high noise devices should be far away from these two noise sensitive targets if the process requirements can be met. During the equipment design and installation some necessary noise control measures should be taken for the high noise devices such as boost fan and water pump, etc.


PAGE 200 OF 283

9 Environment effect analyze for solid waste

9.1 Classification of the solid waste in NISCO

According to the classification regulation for solid waste written in “declaration and register guide for solid waste” compiled by state environment protection bureau, the classification of the solid waste in NISCO sees table 9-1. Table 9-1 Classification of solid waste in NISCO

No. classification Type of waste Name of waste

Rectify residual Tar 1 Dangerous

waste Waste mineral oil Waste oil

Blast furnace slag Blast furnace slag Slag Converter and EAF slag Fly ash Dust of boiler

2 Normal

industrial solid waste

Boiler ash Boiler ash Metal oxide waste Blast furnace gas dust, EAF dust, scale Inorganic wastewater sludge

Blast furnace gas sludge, sinter dust sludge, converter dust sludge

3 Other waste

Waste refractory Waste refractory (mainly waste refractory)

9.2 The yield and utilization of each solid waste in NISCO

9.2.1 Existing engineering

9.2.1.1 Yield and utilization amount

The yield and utilization of each solid waste in NISCO in 1999 sees table 9-2.


PAGE 201 OF 283

Table 9-2 Type, utilization amount and disposal measures of the solid waste for the existing engineering for NISCO

Type Description Yield (t/a) Utilization amount (t/a)

Percentage (%) Disposal measures

Tar 28600 28600 100 For sale or used as fuel Dangerous waste Waste oil 281 281 100 Regeneration or used as fuel

Blast furnace slag 538558 538558 100 Used as raw material for cement after water quenching

Converter slag 266123 266123 100 After smolder, crushing and magnetic separation, the scrap is selected out, the clinker is used to pave road or fill pit, the powdered slag can be reused.

EAF slag 58184 58184 100

Oxidizing slag is crushed and magnetic separated, then the scrap is selected out, the clinker is used to pave road or fill pit, the powdered slag is reused. The reduction slag is used for white cement.

Normal industrial

solid waste

Boiler clinker 15999 15999 100 Making brick Sintering dust 18736 18736 100 Pellet dust 9816 9816 100 Blast furnace gas dust 23087 23087 100 Converter dust 34403 34403 100 EAF dust 7281 7281 100 Rolling scale 24410 24410 100

All of them are used as mixture for agglomerate.

Lime stone powder 10000 10000 100 Paving road

Other waste

Waste refractory 45600 45600 Paving road, filling pit Total 1081078 1081078 100


PAGE 202 OF 283

The total yield of solid waste in 1999 is 1.081 million tones, the most is blast furnace slag, the amount reaches 0.538558 million tones, and occupies 50% of the total amount of solid waste. All of the solid wastes generated in NISCO are comprehensively used.

9.2.1.2 The chemical analyses and utilization of the solid waste

1) Blast furnace slag The main content of the blast furnace slag is CaO, SiO2, Al2O3, etc. Table 9-3 is the chemical analyses of the slag. The slag after water quenching is comprehensively used as the raw material for cement. Table 9-3 Chemical analyses of the blast furnace slag (%)

CaO SiO2 Al2O3 MgO Fe2O3 S MnO

38∼49 26∼42 6∼7 1∼13 0.15∼2 0.2∼1.5 0.1∼1

2) Converter slag The main content of the converter slag is CaO, SiO2, FeO. Table 9-4 is the chemical analyses of the slag. After the slag is smoldered, crushed and magnetic separated, the scrap is selected, the clinker is used to pave road and fill pit, the slag powder is reused. Table 9-4 Chemical analyses of the converter slag (%)

SiO2 MnO Al2O3 CaO MgO FeO Fe2O3 P2O5

11.7∼15.5 3.07∼4 1∼1.57 49∼53.38 3.06∼10 11∼17.20 6.89∼8 1.67∼2

3) EAF slag The EAF slag has two types, oxidizing slag and reducing slag. The main content of the oxidizing slag is CaO, SiO2, FeO, etc. Table 9-5 is the chemical analyses of the slag. After the slag is crushed by drop hammer, the scrap is selected, the clinker is used to pave road and fill pit, the slag powder is reused. Table 9-5 Chemical analyses of the EAF oxidizing slag (%)

CaO Al2O3 SiO2 TFe Fe2O3 FeO MgO MnO P

32.94∼42 2.48∼15.59 10.34∼26.3 4.23∼12.85 0.86∼7.86 4.67∼22.9 5.97∼19 0.71∼4.68 0.016∼0.199

The main content of the reducing slag is CaO, SiO2, Al2O3 MgO, etc. Table 9-6 is the chemical analyses of the slag. The reducing slag can be used to produce slag white cement.


PAGE 203 OF 283

Table 9-6 Chemical analyses of the EAF reducing slag (%)

CaO Al2O3 SiO2 TFe Fe2O3 FeO MgO MnO P

31.6∼57.63 4.86∼17.84 16.72∼22.85 0.13∼19.45 0.05∼6.95 0.45∼18.7 5.5∼22.2 0.24∼0.71 0.014∼0.047

4) Sintering dust Sintering dust is the dust generated at the charging and discharging end of the sinter machine, size stabilization, cooling sieving, and collected by the dedusting system. Table 9-7 is the chemical analyses of the dust. The main content of the dust is ferric oxide, calcium oxide and silicon dioxide. The dust is returned to the material dosing for sintering. Table 9-7 Chemical analyses of the sintering dust (%)

FeO Fe2O3 CaO SiO2 Al2O3 MgO MnO

∼10 ∼50 10 7 1.85 3.4 0.12

5) Blast furnace gas dust (sludge) The gravity separator and venturi separator are used for blast furnace gas cleaning. The gravity separator is used to collect gas dust and the venturi separator is used to collect gas sludge. Table 9-8 is the chemical analyses. The dust and sludge are sent to Sinter Plant mixed with the raw material for sintering. Table 9-8 Chemical analyses of the blast furnace gas dust and sludge (%)

FeO Fe2O3 CaO SiO2 Al2O3 MgO S Fixed carbon

5∼10 ∼40 8∼12 10∼15 5∼7 2∼3 0.4∼0.5 15∼50

6) Waste refractory The liner for blast furnace, hot metal bottle, hot metal ladle, converter, EAF, ladle and reheating furnace is made by refractory. There are some waste refractory will be generated during liner repair and the chemical analyses of the refractory mainly are silicon oxide and aluminum oxide. Big and shaped refractory can be used as normal construction material or making refractory brick after crushing. Fractional or powdered refractory can be used to pave road and fill pit.

9.2.2 The proposed project

The type and quantity of the solid waste generated during the planning construction project sees table 9-9. Table 9-9 The type and quantity of the solid waste produced during the planning

construction project (t/a)


PAGE 204 OF 283

Type Description Generated amount (t/a)

Utilizing amount (t/a)

Utilizing percentage

(%)

Dangerous waste Waste oil 42 42 100 Converter slag 160000 160000 100 Normal industrial

solid waste CCM slag 10640 10640 100 Converter dust and sludge 16225 16225 100

Rolling scale 12481 12481 100 Other waste

Waste refractory 18764 18764 100 Total 218152 218152 100

9.2.3 The variety of the generated amount of the solid waste when the proposed project is finished

The variety of the generated amount of the solid waste when the proposed project is finished sees table 9-10. Table 9-10 Statistics of the variety of the solid waste quantity when the proposed

project is finished (t/a)

Type Description Generated amount (t/a)

Utilizing amount (t/a)

Utilizing percentage (%)

Tar 28600 28600 100 Dangerous waste Waste oil 323 323 100

Blast furnace slag 645280 645280 100

Converter slag 281053 281053 100

EAF slag 107301 107301 100

Normal industrial solid

waste

Boiler ash 12520 12520 100

Sintering dust and sludge 18736 18736 100

Pellet dust 19632 19632 100

Blast furnace gas dust (sludge)

27662 27662 100

Converter dust and sludge 31874 31874 100

EAF dust 13427 13427 100

Other waste

Rolling scale 40500 40500 100


PAGE 205 OF 283

Waste refractory 67404 67404 100

total 1294312 1294312 100 Regarding to the above table, when the proposed project is finished, the generated amount and utilizing amount of the solid waste will be increase from 1.081 million t/a to 1.294 million t/a. All of them will be reused and non of them will be discharged to environment.

9.3 The process of comprehensive usage of the main solid waste

9.3.1 The disposing process for blast furnace slag

The blast furnace slag is disposed by water granulating. The process flow see drawing 9-1. Melting slag flows out from cinder notch to quenching trough through cinder fall. The mixture of slag and water flows to primary settling pool after the slag is granulated by water. Most of the slag is settled and some of fine powdered slag flows to secondary settling pool with granulating water. The water granulated slag settled in the pool will be taken out by grab and transported to customers as the raw material for cement after it is dried. The slag granulating water flows out from secondary settling pool to the water well and pumped to the slag granulating device by high pressure pump for recirculation use. The advantage of the slag water granulated process is fast and no problems of slag pot transportation and lack of slag pots, the quality of the water granulated slag is good, the slag granulating water can be reused. Now the operation condition of the slag water granulating device is good.

9.3.2 The disposing process for converter slag

The melting slag from converter is transported to slag dumpage bay in slag yard by slag pot car to be smoldered. The detail disposing process flow chart see Figure 9-2.

Melting slag Cinder fall Quenching trough

Settling pool Water well

Slag granulated water Make up water

Granulated slag

DRW 9-1 blast furnace slag water granulated process flow


PAGE 206 OF 283

After the proposed project is constructed, the additional converter slag will be disposed by the system and the existing disposing capacity of the system can meet the requirement.


PAGE 207 OF 283

9.4 The storage situation of the solid waste in NISCO

There are three slag yard in NISCO now, one is outside of plant and the other two are inside the plant. The slag yard outside of plant is located near the bank of river at Shangba village Yianjiang town. The area of the slag yard is about 10hm2. The amount of the converter slag and EAF slag stored there is about 0.15 million tones. Around the slag yard is the wasteyard. No dwelling houses and no surface water body are near the slag yard. Two slag yards inside plant are located at north side of the EAF Plant in the new plant area for EAF slag (temporary store for transportation) and at south side of the Pellet Plant for converter slag respectively. The layout of the slag yard see Figure 9-3. The original condition of the slag yard is terrace near river and ground level is about 9.6-16.9m above the max level of flood elevation. The thickness of the filling earth is 3-4m, it is silt lay of Yangtze river under the filling earth. Recently NISCO develops to comprehensively use the EAF slag and converter slag. The profit of developing slag using in 1999 is more than 5 million yuan. The above mentioned slag yards are analyzed according to “solid waste pollution preventing law of P. R. of China”. Its construction, management, operation and pollution prevention are all meet the requirements of the law, no environment pollution has happened till now.

9.5 The effect analyses of the environment pollution by solid waste and the suggestions of the prevention method

To verify the venomous objects such as heavy metal, etc. contained in the blast furnace slag, converter slag and EAF slag, an analogy can be done with the result of toxicity leaching test of slag produced by other similar domestic steel making plants. The toxicity leaching value of blast furnace slag, converter slag and EAF slag is much lower than the maximum permission value of leaching liquid stipulated in “dangerous waste distinguishing standards – leaching toxicity distinguishing”(GB5085.3 – 1996). So the above mentioned slag is not in the scope of dangerous waste. It is mentioned before all of the solid wastes including the slag has been comprehensively used and has no environment pollution effect during comprehensive utilization.

10 Environment effect analyses during construction

According to the analyses of the feature of the construction project, the environment effect during construction is short term, restorable and local. The location of the proposed project is in the west of existing Plate Mill and east of the High Speed Wire Rod Mill, the area is 32.5hm2, and the construction period of the project is about 2 years. The construction period of civil work for new facilities is about 14 months. During construction period, the damage and effect of each construction


PAGE 208 OF 283

action to the environment around can not be avoided, mainly including the effect of waste gas, dust, noise, solid waste and waste water, especially dust and constructing noise. The analyses of the waste and its effect to the environment as well as the relevant control measures are as follows.

10.1 The analyses of the atmosphere effect during construction period and the control measures

The atmosphere pollutants generated by the construction project during construction period mainly are: 1) Waste gas The waste gas during construction is mainly generated by the construction machinery and transport vehicles. 2) Dust and dust raises During construction, the dust pollution is mainly from: The dust raises pollution of the construction material such as cement, lime, sand, etc. caused by wind action during loading and unloading, transportation, piling; Ground dust raises caused by coming and going of the transportation vehicles; The dust raises generated during piling, cleaning and transporting of the construction refuse; The dust raises generated during building removing period. The waste gas and dust (dust raises) generated during construction will pollute the ambient atmosphere. The danger of the dust pollution is much serious. The dust pollution during construction period is depend on the construction method, material piling and wind power, etc. The main effecting factor is the wind power. According to the actual measurement during the civicism construction made by Beijing environment protection institute, under the normal metrological condition, the average wind speed is 2.5m/s, the TSP concentration within the construction site is 2-2.5 times of the windward comparing point. The downwind effect area of the dust raises at construction site can be 150m, and the average TSP concentration in the effect area can be 0.49mg/m3. If the wall is available, the effect distance can be reduced 40% under the same condition. When the wind speed is higher than 5m/s, the TSP concentration of construction site and the downwind section will be higher than standard class 3 stipulated in the air quality standard. The pollution degree and over standard scope caused by dust raises will be increased and enlarged along with the increase of wind speed. Since the construction period for the project is short, effect area is small, local landform is wide, atmospheric diffusion condition is good, air is wet and the precipitation is high, the effect of dust raises will be mitigated to a certain degree. But the dust raises caused by the transportation of the construction material and the rebuilding of old building during construction period will have disadvantageous effect to the nearby atmosphere environment. So suitable control measures have to be taken to minimize the pollution degree and reduce the effect area. The main measures are: 1) Scientific management should be used at construction site, sand and stone

should be centralized piled, cement should be stored in the special storehouse, the material handling time should be minimized, the material should be loaded and unloaded gently during handling to avoid damaging the package.


PAGE 209 OF 283

2) During digging and removing, the working surface should be sprayed with water to keep it wet in order to decrease the amount of dust raises. Moreover, the construction material and construction refuse should be carried away in time.

3) Overflow of the transportation vehicle should be avoided and the transportation vehicle should be covered or sealed to avoid dropping. The soil and dust dropped on the road should be cleaned in time. Washing tyre and spraying water on road can minimize dust raises during transportation.

4) The fence or local fence should be available on the construction site in order to minimize the scope of dust diffusion.

5) The construction work should be stopped if the wind speed is too high. The construction material such as sand should be covered.

10.2 The effect analyses of the construction acoustic environment and the control measures

The noise during construction period has two types, i.e. construction noise and transportation noise. During construction the noise pollution is impossible to be avoided because of the running noise of every kind of construction machine and each type of vehicle. The noise of main construction machine is listed in table 10-1. Table 10-1 Noise caused by the construction machine

Description Average sound level A at 10m distance from machine dB(A)

Grab 82 Bulldozer 76

Concrete mixer 84 Crane 82

Road roller 82 truck 85

According to table 10-1, the equipment noise of site construction machine is very high, and during construction, normally various kind of machine is working together, and noise from different noise sources superimposes on each other, so the noise level will be higher and the radiated area will be bigger. The effect on the acoustic environment of peripheral region caused by the construction noise will be evaluated in accordance with “noise limitation within the building construction area” (GB12523-90), sees table 10-2. Table 10-2 Standard for noise limitation in different construction stage (GB12523-90)

Noise limitation dB(A) Construction stage Main noise source

Day Night earthwork Excavator, grab, loader, etc. 75 55 structure Concrete mixer, immersion vibrator, 70 55


PAGE 210 OF 283

electric saw, etc. fitment Crane, lifter, etc. 65 55 Since the noise generated by the construction machine mainly is medium and low frequency noise, only diffusive attenuation will be considered when predicting the effect. The predicting model can be:

L2=L1-20lgr2/r1(r2> r1) Where: L1 and L2 are the equivalent sound level A (dB(A)) at a distances of r1 and r2

respectively to the sound source; r1 and r2 are the distances from the sound source.

The noise levelΔ L attenuated following the increase of the distance can be calculated according to the above formula:

ΔL=L1-L2=20lgr2/r1 This formula can be used to calculate the noise level attenuated following the distance. Table 10-3 is the results. Table 10-3 Noise level attenuated following the distance

Distance (m) 1 10 50 100 150 200 250 400 600

ΔLdB(A) 0 20 34 40 43 46 48 52 57 If the calculation is based on heavy truck which noise is the highest in table 10-1, the attenuation of the construction noise following the distance is in table 10-4. Table 10-4 The noise attenuation values depends on the distance

Distance (m) 10 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 600Heavy truck 82 68 62 59 56 54 53 50 47 45

From the results listed in table 10-4, the noise area of the construction machine which fails to meet the standard in the day is only within 100m, the effect to the peripheral acoustic environment is small. Since the construction project is located in the old plant area, the construction noise will cause a certain degree of pollution to the construction workers. In order to mitigate the environment effect of noise during construction period, the following measures can be taken: Strengthen construction management, reasonably arrange the constructing time, forbid to do construction with high noise at night, and try to avoid taking exploding methods during construction. The construction machine should work at the place where the effect to the environment outside of plant boundary is as small as possible. The shield should be put around the machines with high noise. Try to minimize the quantity of the vehicles running in construction area and the vehicles density. The horn of vehicle should be controlled.


PAGE 211 OF 283

10.3 The effect analyses of the aquatic environment and the control measures during construction period

1) Factory effluent The factory effluent includes muddy water generated by digging and drilling, cooling water and cleaning water for each kind of construction machine. The first one contains a lot of argillaceous silt, and the last one contains a certain amount of oil. During equipment installation period, some oil contained wastewater will be generated because of commissioning and equipment cleaning. 2) Wastewater from living The wastewater is generated by living activities of construction workers, including water for dining room, cleaning water and sanitary water. According to the documentation, the quality of wastewater drained during normal construction period is in table 10-5. Table 10-5 Quality of wastewater drained during normal construction period (mg/l)

Quality of draining water Draining type Handling

measure CODcr BOD5 SS Mineral oil

Rainwater and drainage during earthwork period

Deposit in the tank 50－80

Clean water for vehicles and road surface, concrete

curing water

Deposit in the tank 60－120 <20 150－200 10－25

Sanitary water Septic tank 300－350 250－300 200－250

Other wastewater from living No 90－120 60－70 150

From the data in the above table, the main contents of the wastewater generated during construction are suspended particles of sand and mineral oil. The wastewater from living contains lots of organic substance and suspended particles. 3) Wastewater from construction site cleaning The wastewater from construction site cleaning contains much soil, sand and stone as well as certain oil pollution coming from earth surface. During construction, the quantity of the above mentioned wastewater is not so much, but if the wastewater is not treated or not properly treated, it will also be harmful to the environment. So the wastewater generated during construction period can not be directly drained. During construction period, since the draining engineering is not complete, the material loss, diffusion and overflow should be minimized. The water treatment structures such as water collecting pit, sand settling pit and drainage ditch should be built on the construction site. The wastewater from construction should be collected according to its property then discharged into and handled in water treatment devices, the water will be drained when the standard is achieved.


PAGE 212 OF 283

10.4 The effect analyses of the construction refuse and the control measures

The refuse generated during construction period mainly comes from builders rubbish generated by construction and living rubbish generated by workers. There are a certain amount of waste construction material such as sand, lime, concrete, wood, broken brick, earth and stone during construction period. The amount of work for the project is big, of course a large amount of workers will be needed, so a certain amount of living rubbish will be generated by their daily life. The builders rubbish should be cleaned in time and utilized during construction, to avoid generating dust raises for long time piling. If the living rubbish is not cleaned and handled in time, it will be decayed, the mosquito and fly will be bred, stench will be generated, and disease will be infected. The adverse effect will be caused to the environment and workers, so the temporary rubbish collecting station should be built on the construction site to collect builders rubbish. The builders rubbish together with the living rubbish in the existing plant should be sent to the garbage disposal plant and be handled.

11 Analyses and comments on cleaning production

Cleaning production can improve product efficiency, take general precaution against whole production process to minimize energy consumption and the amount of polluter generating and draining, and is a important measure to harmonize production development and environment protection. As the fundamentality measure for sustainable development, cleaning production has been written into “21st century agenda of China” by our government and will be boosted powerfully, as described in the “State Department decisions on several issues of environment protection” and “State environment protection in the ninth-five plan period and future target of 2010”. The proposed project of NISCO is a modern production line with converter, LF, CCM and Steckel mill integrated together, including converter shop, CCM shop, mill shop and auxiliary project. The process equipment structure and product structure of NISCO will have a fundamental change after the proposed project is finished. This is a main step for technical upgrading and leap forward development of old enterprise under the support of state. The assessment hereof analyzes and evaluates cleaning production technology focusing on the main content of the proposed project and combining the actual technical economic condition of iron & steel industry in our country.

11.1 Eliminating the production process and equipment with high consumption and serious pollution

According to the industrial development policy made by state and industry, during “tenth-five-year” period, the main job of metallurgical industry development is structure adjustment, including process technology and equipment configuration adjustment, product structure adjustment and organization structure adjustment. Through the adjustment of process technology and equipment configuration, the process technology and equipment with high consumption and serious pollution will be eliminated schedularly, so the general technical equipment level of industry and


PAGE 213 OF 283

enterprise will be improved. The out of date and eliminated production process and equipment in metallurgical enterprise are in table 11-1.


PAGE 214 OF 283

Table 11-1 table for the out of date production process and equipment should be eliminated in metallurgical industry

Planning to be eliminated during “tenth-five-year” period Structure

adjustment type Planning to be eliminated in 2000 Planning to be

eliminated in 2001 Planning to be eliminated in 2002

Eliminating out of date production

process

Indigenous process for coking including improved coke Indigenous process for sintering Process for hot sintering process Open hearth steelmaking process

Cupola furnace – steelmaking process


equipment

Sintering machine with the capacity of 18m2 or less Blast furnace with the capacity of

50m3 or less Converter with the capacity of 10t or

less (side blowing converter) EAF with the capacity of 5t or less Main frequency furnace to produce

unqualified steel bar or ingot Ferroalloy EAF with the capacity of

1800KVA or less

EAF with the capacity of 3200KVA or less

Blast furnace of 50∼100m3(including) Converter of 5∼15t (including) EAF of 5∼10t (including) Pack-rolled sheet mill Normal primary rolling and the mid rolling stands used as cogging Collapsible hot rolled narraw strip mill Auto hot rolled pipe mill less than 76mm Belgian wire mill Belgian small sections mill


capacity

Small steelmaking plant with the annual output of 0.1 million tones or less Small rolling mill with the annual

output of 0.1 million tones or less

Small steelmaking plant with the annual output less than 0.3 million tones Small sections mill, and/or wire rod mill with the annual output less than 0.25 million tones

Eliminating out of date product Hot rolled silicon steel sheet


PAGE 215 OF 283

There are Coke Plant, Sintering Plant, Pellet Plant, Ironmaking Plant, Steelmaking Plant and Rolling Mill, etc. in NISCO. The existing equipment which will be eliminated after the proposed project is put into operation see table 11-2. Table 11-2 The existing production facilities which are to be eliminated

No. The equipment to be eliminated Annual output in 1999 (million t/a)

1 One top blown converter of 20t in the Converter Steelmaking

Plant (remain 2 converters but reduce the output) 0.749

2 Rolling mill of 4×Φ650/8×Φ350 in the Medium Sections Plant 0.1624

3 Rolling mill of 1200mm & 4×Φ800 in the Sheet Plant 0.1047

4 Rolling mill of 1×Φ550/1×Φ350/1×Φ280/5×Φ250/1×Φ250 in the Small Sections Plant 0.0724

5 Limestone shaft kiln of 2×150m3 and primitive kiln of 3×90m3 in the Limestone Workshop 0.0854

According to the above table, after the project is put into operation, one converter of 20t will be eliminated and the Belgian rolling mill with out of date technology in the Small Sections Mill and the pack-rolled sheet mill with high labor strength and serious pollution also will be eliminated. So the industrial development policy requirements for designedly eliminating the production process and equipment with high energy consumption and serious pollution during “tenth-five-year” period stipulated by state are met.

11.2 The assessment of the cleaning production for the proposed project

The new project will build a modern production line integrated with converter, LF, CCM and Steckel mill. The production line will carry out 100% of hot metal pretreatment and ladle refining process as well as hot transfer, hot charging and continuous rolling. The effect of saving energy, reducing consumption and decreasing pollution is very prominent. The enterprise will gradually step to cleaning production through technical improvement.

11.2.1 The assessment of the cleaning production of converter steelmaking

11.2.1.1 The analyses of the process advantages of converter steelmaking

According to the method of blowing, the process of converter steelmaking can be divided into top blowing, bottom blowing, side blowing and top & bottom combining blowing, etc. The project designs to build a 120t combining blowing converter. Since 1970th, combining blowing practice is popular used in the wild for its good


PAGE 216 OF 283

metallurgical performance, and the output from such process covers 80-90% of total output of converter in the developed country. The features of combining blowing process are increasing the yield of liquid steel, decreasing the consumption of material for iron & steel, alloy and oxygen, reducing the melting time, in favor of melting qualified low carbon steel and super low carbon steel, stabling melting process, good reproducibility, realizing auto control, decreasing cost.

11.2.1.2 Main technical route for cleaning production of converter

1) Gas reclaiming from converter A big amount of high temperature fume and gas containing CO and ferric oxide will be generated during oxygen blowing. Normally the concentration of CO is more than 60%, the maximum concentration (at the mid of oxygen blowing) will be higher than 90%. When the concentration of CO in the fume is higher than 30%, the fume can be used as fuel. The heat value of the reclaiming converter gas of Bao Steel is 6273-8364KJ/Nm3, the heat value of the reclaiming gas of Nippon Steel Corporation is 8373.6Kj/Nm3, the heat value of the reclaiming gas of West Europe and British Steel is 6691-8364KJ/Nm3, the heat value of the reclaiming gas of ThyssenKrupp Steel in Germany is up to 9657KJ/Nm3. The amount of reclaiming gas per tone of Nippon Steel Corporation is 80-90Nm3, maximum is 140Nm3, the average amount of Bao Steel is about 100Nm3. The source of oxygen converter gas becoming energy is the key measure for cleaning production for saving energy and solving the problem of environment pollution. The converter in Bao Steel makes steel with negative energy consumption starting from 1991, and in 1993 the converter steelmaking process energy consumption is minus 4.0Kgce/t, achieves the fist class in the world. 2) Realizing full continuous casting There are two main links for steelmaking process, i.e. steelmaking including refining and casting. Casting is the mid link between steelmaking and steel rolling, when the qualified steel coming from converter, it has to be cast into slab/billet or ingot suitable for rolling or forging. There are two processes of casting now: die casting and continuous casting. The advantages of the continuous casting are as follows comparing with the conventional process of “die casting – cogging”.

Simplifying the production process flow for slab/billet① Continuous casting machine can cast liquid steel directly to slab/billet, the mid process and equipment such as stripping, mould preparation, soaking, cogging, etc. can be saved, so the production flow for slab can be significantly reduced and simplified, a great amount of funds can be saved. According to the statistics, the investment for equipment and operation cost can be saved about 40%, occupation of land saved about 5%, equipment cost reduced about 70%, the consumption of refractory reduced 15% and cost reduced 10-20%.

Reducing energy consumption② Since the reheating process in soaking furnace is not needed, the energy consumption can be reduced 50% - 70%. According to the statistics, in Japan the energy consumption can be saved 0.42-1.26GJ comparing producing one tone of


PAGE 217 OF 283

continuous casting slab with original “die casting – cogging” method. One domestic steelmaking plant saves 1.3GJ energy per tone since the blooming and cogging process is cut.

Increasing metal yield and the percentage of rolled material③ Since the residual loss inside central runner and gate runner for die casting is eliminated for continuous casting, so the yield of liquid steel is increased; and since the metal loss of slab head cutting which will be cut 7-8% during blooming and cogging and burning loss will be decreased for continuous casting slab, so the yield can be increased 10-15%. The process of die casting and blooming is saved in one domestic steelmaking plant, the yield is increased 11.9%.

Improving slab quality④ The main characteristic of continuous casting is that the slab is solidified while casting, suitable cooling can be got through adjusting the cooling condition, so the crystallization process of the strand will be stable. The internal organization, chemical composition segregation and internal macro defect will be reduced.

Advantaging environment⑤ Since the reheating and blooming process is cut and the process is simplified and shortened for continuous casting, the relevant pollutant such as waste gas, waste water and solid waste generated during these processes will be eliminated.

11.2.1.3 The assessment of the cleaning production process for new constructed converter steelmaking – continuous casting

The target for new constructed converter steelmaking – continuous casting is adjusting process structure, improving technical equipment level, reducing material and energy consumption as well as production cost. The latest state of art production process such as top & bottom combining blowing, ladle furnace refining, vaporization cooling, gas reclaiming, continuous casting and technical measures such as auto control by computer are used during design. The main technical economic index reach or close to the advanced stage in domestic and in the world. The concept of main process technical structure adjustment guideline for industry and cleaning production is followed. The process situation of cleaning production used for converter steelmaking – continuous casting of Wide Plate/Coil project is in table 11-3. Table 11-3 General technical index of cleaning production process for converter

steelmaking project

Index No. Cleaning production

technology Unit International advanced stage

Domestic advanced stage

NISCO converter

1 Converter (ratio of combining blowing)

% 100 － 100

2 Ratio of continuous casting

% 100 100 100

3 Reclaim of converter gas

m3/t of steel >100 90∼100 80∼115


PAGE 218 OF 283

4 Ratio of scrap % 25.5 14.4 25.0

11.2.2 The assessment of Steckel mill cleaning production

11.2.2.1 The advantage analyses of Steckel mill process

The distinction between normal hot rolling mill and Steckel mill is for Steckel mill the rolling is finished between one reversing mill and two coil furnaces. The characteristic of the Steckel mill is less investment, flexible production and suitable for rolling hard deformed steel grade. After 1980th, total 29 sets of Steckel Mill with the capacity of above 1000mm have be built in the world (among them two sets of Steckel mill have preserved coil furnace) and 3 sets are constructing. Most of the new generation of Steckel mill is built in the developed country. Proved by production practice, Steckel mill has had mature technology and production experience. In some area it has showed new vitality. Along with the continuous development of technology, in later 3 years, the technology of continuous casting production line connected with steel rolling production line was developed; continuous casting and Steckel mill is combined to form the short process of medium thickness plate production line. That means the charging roller table for mill is shared with the run out roller table for continuous casting machine. The CCM is connected with Mill by the walking beam furnace, so the slab can be hot charged and the energy consumption is saved, as well as the length of production line and cycle time from liquid steel to hot rolling product is shortened significantly. The advantage is that the feature of Steckel mill, i.e. flexibility of plate process and diversification of product, and the feature of continuous casting continuous rolling, i.e. low energy consumption and low cost, are combined. The advantage of Steckel mill of new generation is enlarged. The annual output of this kind of production line is about 1 million tones (up to 1.5 million tones). Now there are 3 sets of this type of continuous casting continuous rolling workshop in USA, one has been put into operation, one is under construction, one is preserved coil furnace. The distinction of Steckel mill process and conventional plate process see table 11-4. Table 11-4 Distinction of Steckel mill process and conventional plate process

No Item Steckel mill process Conventional plate process

1 Process layout

Strip production line Plate production line

Plate production line

2 Rolling method

Longitudinal rolling on one or two stands, on line coil rolling of single plate with many multiple lengths

Longitudinal-transverse rolling on one or two stands, discrete plate rolling or rolling with several multiple lengths

3 Product thickness 3~50mm 5(4)~50mm

4 Yield 94%~95% About 90%


PAGE 219 OF 283

No Item Steckel mill process Conventional plate process

5 Output The output of single stand Steckel mill of 3000~3500mm is 1million tones per year.

The output of single stand plate mill of 3000~3500mm is 0.5~0.8 million tones per year.

6 Energy consumption

Using the short flow process of CCM + Steckel mil, the ratio of hot charging is 90%, the energy saving is notable.

Partial hot charging can be carried out in some plant, but most plants carry out cold charging.

11.2.2.2 The main technical route of cleaning production for rolling

1) Slab hot charging rolling and direct rolling The technical characteristics of slab hot charging rolling and direct rolling: Take advantage of metallurgical hot energy of slab to save energy consumption, the amount of energy saving is related to the temperature of hot charging or heat compensation. For example, if the slab is hot charged at 500 the energy saving is 0.25×106KJ/t; if the slab is hot charged at 600 the energy saving is 0.34 ×106KJ/t; if the slab is hot charged at 800 the energy saving is 0.514 ×106KJ/t. That is to say the charging temperature is higher the energy saving is bigger. If it is direct rolling the energy saving effect is much notable. In accordance with the experience of one Japanese steel plant, the percentage of energy saving comparing with normal cold charging is 80-85%. Increase the yield and reduce metal consumption. Since the reheating time is shortened, the burning loss of the slab is decreased. The yield can be increased 0.5-1.5% using hot charging with high temperature and direct rolling. Simplify the production process, reduce the workshop occupying area and the equipment for transfer, etc. Save the investment for capital construction and production cost. The production cycle is saved greatly, from material charging for steelmaking to final product only needs several hours. If using direct rolling, from liquid steel casting to final product only needs rather more than ten minutes. So the flexibility of production dispatching and fund turnover is improved. Improve the quality of product. Since the reheating time is shortened the scale is reduced. The surface quality of product produced by direct rolling is better than the product produced by conventional process. The slab for direct rolling does not have the cooling mark (skid mark) in reheating furnace so the thickness precision of the product is improved. Continuous casting continuous rolling process makes for the use of microalloying technology and control rolling control cooling technology. The structure property of the product is improved greatly and it has the possibility to produce new product using new process. 2) Increasing the heat efficiency of the reheating furnace, reducing the energy consumption of rolling process The basic route to increasing the heat efficiency of the reheating furnace is: strengthening the reclaim of the waste heat, reducing the heat quantity carried out by waste gas, increasing the temperature of the preheating air (gas), reducing heat loss inside furnace hearth, reasonably determining the heat load, etc.


PAGE 220 OF 283

The methods for reclaiming the waste heat of reheating furnace are as follows: Preheating the combustion air by recuperator; Producing steam or hot water by waste gas boiler; Power generation by steam turbine machine; Reclaiming and using the heat of cooling water for skid; Used for preheating slab; Used for preheating the clamp, support, transfer mechanics which are inside of furnace and reclaiming sensible heat.

11.2.2.3 The assessment of cleaning production for the new constructed Steckel mill

The new constructed Steckel mill uses short process for plate production line, i.e. CCM + Steckel mill, slab is directly hot charged to save energy, the ratio for hot charging can be 90% and yield is up to 94-95%. The length of the production line and cycle time from liquid steel to hot rolled product is shortened considerably. In order to meet the requirement for hot charging, reduce the heat emission of slab outside the reheating furnace and increase hot charging temperature, one set of long stroke charging machine for slab is provided for the reheating furnace. The reheating furnace has optimal numbers of temperature control zones. The type and configuration of burners are most reasonable to meet the precondition of ensuring implementing the requirement of slab heating process, and to ensure the uniformity of temperature distribution in furnace width direction. Choose reasonable configuration for supporting beam (walking beam and fixing beam) and take effective thermal insulation measures to reduce skid mark formed during slab heating period and the heat quantity taking out by cooling water. Use vaporization cooling to cool the supporting beam to reclaim residual heat and increase the thermal efficiency. The construction of short flow process for CCM + Steckel mill can meet the guideline of main process technical structure and the concept of cleaning production.

11.3 Compare of main energy consumption and unit consumption of raw material for the proposed project

11.3.1 Process energy consumption compare

1) Energy consumption calculation for each process The calculation of energy consumption of steelmaking process including LF see table 11-5. Table 11-5 Energy consumption of converter process including LF

Energy source Factor for calculation Unit consumption Converting into coal

equivalent (MJ/t)

Electricity 11.827MJ/kWh 48.3kWh/t of steel 571.24


PAGE 221 OF 283

Oxygen 10.539MJ/Nm3 60Nm3/ t of steel 632.34 Circulating water 3.219MJ/t 35t/ t of steel 112.67

Mixed gas 8.473MJ/Nm3 15Nm3/ t of steel 127.10 Compressed air 1.054MJ/Nm3 18Nm3/ t of steel 18.97 Make up water 8.778MJ/m3 1m3/ t of steel 8.78

Argon 2.928MJ/Nm3 1.3Nm3/ t of steel 3.81 Nitrogen 1.464MJ/Nm3 40Nm3/ t of steel 58.56

Coke oven gas 17.564MJ/Nm3 5Nm3/ t of steel 87.82 Subtotal 1613.29

Reclaimed converter gas 8.489MJ/Nm3 80Nm3/ t of steel -679.12

Reclaimed steam 3.513MJ/kg 80kg/ t of steel -281.04 Subtotal -960.16

Total 671.13 The calculation of energy consumption of CCM process see table 11-6. Table 11-6 Energy consumption of CCM process


equivalent (MJ/t)

Coke oven gas 17.564MJ/Nm3 0.85Nm3/t of slab 14.93 Mixed gas 8.473MJ/Nm3 4.35Nm3/ t of slab 36.86

Power supply 11.827MJ/kWh 15kWh/ t of slab 177.33 Make up water 8.778MJ/t 0.041m3/ t of slab 0.36 Circulation water 3.219MJ/Nm3 15.6m3/ t of slab 50.22

Oxygen 10.539MJ/Nm3 3.3Nm3/ t of slab 43.21 Nitrogen 1.464MJ/Nm3 0.01Nm3/ t of slab 0.02

Argon 2.928MJ/Nm3 0.05Nm3/ t of slab 0.15 Compressed air 1.054MJ/Nm3 35Nm3/ t of slab 36.89

Total 359.97 The calculation of energy consumption of rolling mill process see table 11-7. Table 11-7 Energy consumption calculation table of rolling mill process


equivalent (MJ/t)

Fuel 1 700MJ/t 700 Power supply 11.827MJ/kWh 90kWh/t 1064.43

Circulation water 3.219MJ/t 90t/t 289.71


PAGE 222 OF 283

Compressed air 1.054MJ/Nm3 11.5Nm3/t of slab 12.12 Steam 3.513MJ/kg 9kg/t 31.6

Oxygen 10.534MJ/Nm3 0.054Nm3/t 0.57 Acetylene 234.08MJ/Nm3 0.0036Nm3/t 0.84

Total 2099.27 Total process energy consumption: According to the above table, the total process energy consumption of steelmaking (including LF), CCM and rolling mill designed for the project is 3130.37MJ/t. 2) Assessment of the energy source The calculated energy consumption of steelmaking process including LF for the project is 671.13MJ/t, lower than the index of 764MJ/t of steel stipulated in “designed energy saving technical regulation for Iron & Steel industry” (YB9051-98) published by Metallurgical Department. It shows from the energy saving point of view the design of the project is the latest state of art. The calculated energy consumption of steel rolling process for the project is 2099.27MJ/t of rolled steel because of the usage of hot charging technology (ratio of hot charging is 90%) and the measure of increasing yield, lower than the index of 2480MJ/t of rolled steel for hot rolling plate stipulated in “designed energy saving technical regulation for Iron & Steel industry” (YB9051-98) published by Metallurgical Department. So from the energy saving point of view the effect of the process is obvious.

11.3.2 Unit consumption compare of raw material

11.3.2.1 Unit consumption of raw material

Unit consumption of raw material for the proposed steelmaking workshop see table 11-8. Table 11-8 Table of main raw material consumption of the proposed steelmaking

workshop

No. Description Unit Index Note

1 Iron & steel material Where: hot metal scrap

kg/ t of steel1080 810 270

2 Ferroalloy kg/ t of steel 16

3 Active lime kg/ t of steel 40

4 Fluorspar kg/ t of steel 4

5 Light burnt dolomite kg/ t of steel 15


PAGE 223 OF 283

6 Scale and ore kg/ t of steel 20

7 Refractory where: refractory for liner kg/ t of steel 10

0.5

8 Alloy wire kg/ t of steel 1.5

9 Slag pot kg/ t of steel 1.5 Unit consumption of raw material for the proposed CCM workshop see table 11-9. Table 11-9 Table of main raw material consumption for the new constructed CCM

workshop

No. Description Unit Index

1 Liquid steel kg/t of slab 1026 2 Refractory kg/t of slab 3.6 3 Tundish powder kg/t of slab 0.5 4 Mold powder kg/t of slab 0.65 5 Mold copper plate kg/t of slab 0.01

6 Oil for hydraulic & lubrication system kg/t of slab 0.015

7 Probe for temperature measuring Piece/heat 3

Unit consumption of raw material for the planned construction steel rolling workshop see table 11-10. Table 11-10 Table of main raw material consumption for the proposed steel rolling

workshop

No. Description Unit Index

1 Slab t 1.063 2 Roll kg 1.0 3 Refractory kg 1 4 Lubrication oil kg 0.5

11.3.2.2 Main raw material consumption and technical index assessment

The main raw material consumption and technical index compared between new constructed converter of 120 tones in NISCO and parts of other converters in domestic Iron & Steel industry is listed in table 11-11. Table 11-11 Compare of main raw material consumption and technical index for

converter steelmaking


PAGE 224 OF 283

Utilizing factor t/t.d

Iron & steel material

consumption kg/t

Scrap consumption

kg/t

Calendar work rates % Name of

enterprise

In 1998 In 1999 In 1998 In 1999 In 1998 In 1999 In 1998 In 1999

Average in China 27.85 31.88 1126.15

1119.53 95.22 101.0

0 65.52 62.09

Converter of 120t for NISCO 31.1 1080 270 80

From the above table, the designed index utilizing factor for the proposed project in NISCO is closed to the average value in China. The technical index of iron & steel material consumption, scrap consumption and work rates is better than the average level of the iron & steel enterprises in China. When the proposed project is finished, the liquid steel from converter will be totally continuous cast, and the compare of the continuous casting technical index of converter liquid steel with partial iron & steel enterprises in China is listed in table 11-12. Table 11-12 Production technical index of continuous casting for partial iron & steel

enterprises in 1999

Name of enterprise Ratio of

continuous casting %

Yield % Work rates %

Handan Iron & Steel Company 99.94 98.43 63.98

Hangzhou Iron & Steel Company 64.01 96.73 88.32

Laiwu Iron & Steel Company 69.31 97.83 54.73

Jinan Iron & Steel Company 100.00 97.44 71.53

Anyang Iron & Steel Company 78.93 97.23 69.55

Lianyun Iron & Steel Company 99.36 97.47 63.42

Kunming Iron & Steel Company 98.56 99.95 59.06

Existing situation of NISCO 100 - 77.81 Average value of local key

enterprises (36 enterprises) 93.95 97.56 66.94

Planned construction project of NISCO 100 98 80.00

Knowing from the above table, all of the indexes of continuous casting technical index of NISCO proposed project are better than the average value of the 36 local key enterprises.


PAGE 225 OF 283

11.4 The analyses of material re-sourcelizing for the proposed project

The concept of cleaning production requires the enterprises to save raw material and energy during production, to eliminate toxic raw material, and to reduce the quantity and toxicity of waste material. During design period of 120t converter – Steckel mill project for NISCO, the cleaning production measures such as recycle of waste water and comprehensive utilization of waste material is fully taken into consideration. The details are as follows: The method of “using new water to make up clean water, using clean water to make up turbid water, serial using” for process water for the project is used to increasing re-use ratio (95%), to decrease the quantity of new water as much as possible to save water source. The new water usage amount per tone of steel is 8.4m3 (Water usage index for converter process is 12-20m3). The primary fume from converter (converter gas) is sent to gas cabinet for reclaiming after wet purification. The reclaimed converter gas is sent to gas line network in NISCO for re-using. After converter slag and CCM slag is crushed and scrap in the slag is picked up, it can be used to produce low grade cement or phosphate fertilizer, etc. From the technical point of view the comprehensive utilization is possible and harmless to the environment. The scale inside reheating furnace is collected by scale funnel under furnace, the scale from hot rolling and CCM is collected by water treatment system and fully utilized. The collected waste oil can be used as fuel or sold to small chemical plant used as raw material or regenerated, so secondary pollution will not be caused. The dehydrated mud cake produced by each turbid water treatment system and the ferro contained dust collected by each fume dedusting system are used as mixed material for sintering.

11.5 Analyses of discharging index per tone of steel

One of core concept of cleaning production is pollution prevention, i.e. to reduce pollution during production starting from the beginning. High technical level is pursued during design of the project. The process technology with the latest state of art is used to reduce pollution sources and increasing the ratio of recycle of raw material, so the necessary control and manage measure can be taken for the pollution source and pollutants produced during production. The discharging index per tone of steel will be decreased compared with the situation before the proposed project is finished. Please see table 11-13. Showing from table 11-13, the existing discharging index per tone of steel is lower than the average level of counted local key enterprises except for new water using quantity, water discharging quantity, petroleum-like material and CODcr. After the proposed project is finished, all of the indexes are lower than the average level of counted enterprises, and are ranked in the advanced stage among local key enterprises. Through the above analyses, the proposed project of NISCO combines self characteristics, uses advanced process technology and equipment, considers from the general condition of the whole plant, carries out the technical updating according to the rules and concept of cleaning production, so the effect of “energy saving, consumption decreasing, pollution reducing and benefit increasing” will be got.


PAGE 226 OF 283

Table 11-13 Compare of discharging index per tone of steel

Name of enterprise

Output (10 thousand t/a)

Fume dust (kg/t of steel)

SO2 (kg/t of steel)

Make-up water (m3/t of steel)

Water discharging amount (m3/t

of steel)

CODcr (kg/t of steel)

Petroleum-like material (kg/t of

steel)

Volatilizing hydroxybenzene

(g/t of steel)

Cyanide (g/t of steel)

Existing situation of NISCO 181.71 5.20 4.07 40.32 36.3 1.29 0.08 1.36 2.01

Handan Iron & Steel Company 301.73 9.58 9.76 14.39 14.2 1.19 0.03 0.28 0.87

Hangzhou Iron & Steel Company 141.38 1.80 4.19 34.34 25.2 1.13 0.08 0.69 1.97

Laiwu Iron & Steel Company 198.82 6.10 3.54 9.66 2.6 0.26 0.01 0.23 0.12

Jinan Iron & Steel Company 297.20 9.59 2.16 10.13 6.0 0.42 0.03 0.41 0.15

Anyang Iron & Steel Company 243.05 4.35 5.38 21.07 17.1 0.91 0.02 1.26 1.56

Lianyuan Iron & Steel Company 156.7 12.9 10.1 54.32 23.4 0.85 0.05 1.02 0.15

Kunming Iron & Steel Company 175.02 2.29 2.54 20.75 20.6 1.49 0.11 1.73 1.73

Average level of 35 local key enterprises

108.0 8.53 4.95 26.80 18.9 1.00 0.06 2.14 5.89

Bao Steel 1128.0 0.7 2.33 6.80 0.89 0.04 0.002 0.03 0.02


PAGE 227 OF 283

After the planned construction

project is put into operation

244.4 2.03 2.62 22.64 16.3 0.87 0.04 1.09 1.69

Note: The data in above table is counted in 1999.


PAGE 228 OF 283

12 Feasibility analyses of discharging up to standard of pollution source and environment protection measures

According to the requirement of the assessment guideline for the project, the assessment hereof analyzed discharge of waste gas, waste water from exist plant and from the plant after the proposed project finished to check if the discharge is up to standard.

12.1 Existing project

12.1.1 Discharging up to standard of pollution source

According to the project analyses and the discharging amount of pollutant calculated by material balance and in accordance with the discharging standard for waste gas required by the project assessment, the discharging up to standard for each pollution source has been analyzed, the results see table 12-1. According to the analyses results in table 12-1, small amount of waste gas is still discharged exceeding the limitation of standard now in NISCO and the main pollutant discharged exceeding the limitation of standard is fume dust and NOx. The main polluting source of fume dust is 20t of converter, discharging end of sintering machine of No.2 Sintering Plant, fine product crushing of No.2 Sintering Plant and exhaust mast of No.1 shaft kiln in lime workshop. The main polluting source of NOx is shaft kiln in lime workshop and exhaust mast of reheating furnace in Small Sections Mill. After calculation, the concentration of fluoride in the fume from converter and EAF is less than 1.5mg/Nm3, and meets the requirement of discharging up to standard (< 6mg/Nm3).


PAGE 229 OF 283

Table 12-1 Analyses of the polluting source of waste gas and compare with the standard for existing project

Fume dust SO2 NOX No Description of polluting source Height of

chimney (m)Fume quantity

(104Nm3/a) Work time

(h/a) (mg/Nm3) (kg/h) (mg/Nm3) (kg/h) (mg/Nm3) (kg/h)

1 Charging end of sintering machine in No.1 Sintering Plant (2 sets) 60 121049 7965 190.2 - 1761.5 - 375.8 28.6

2 Discharging end of No. 1 sintering machine in No. 1 Sintering Plant 45 114132 7935 65.7 - - - - -


4 Raw material crushing in No.1 Sintering Plant 30 9541 3975 92.2 2.2 - - - -

5 Final product crushing in No.1 Sintering Plant 45 81691 3975 27.0 5.5 - - - -

6 Flux crushing in No.1 Sintering Plant 30 20618 3975 93.0 4.8 - - - -

7 Charging end of sintering machine in No.2 Sintering Plant 80 152031 8043 92.5 - 1073.5 - 296.0 55.9

8 Discharging end of No. 1 sintering machine in No. 2 Sintering Plant 45 71123 8071 *218.0 - - - - -

9 Discharging end of No. 2 sintering machine in No. 2 Sintering Plant 45 66679 8087 *212.0 - - - - -


11 Final product crushing in No.2 Sintering Plant 35 67152 8152 *710.0 *58.5 - - - -

12 Flux crushing in No.1 Sintering Plant 20 2414 1128 68.8 1.5 - - - - 13 Shaft furnace in the Pellet Plant 60 79502 7737 111.8 - 650.7 - 278.1 28.6 14 No.1 shaft kiln in the Lime Workshop 45 11542 8666 *963.0 - 873.3 - *642.2 8.6 15 No.2 shaft kiln in the Lime Workshop 45 7591 8666 260.0 - 938.7 - *686.3 6.0 16 Final product system in lime shaft kiln 45 4926.6 8666 54.8 0.3 - - - - 17 Lime indigenous kiln 75 4777 6480 265.0 - 437.9 - 332.2 2.4


PAGE 230 OF 283

18 42 batteries coke oven type 58-Ⅱ 100 98876 8760 5.1 - 352.2 - 340.6 38.4

19 Hot blast stove (3 sets) in No.1 to No.3 blast furnace 50 140832 8618 5.8 0.9 118.5 19.4 304.4 16.6

20 Hot blast stove in No.4 blast furnace 50 46728 8578 5.8 0.3 129.1 7.0 304.4 16.6 21 Hot blast stove in No.5 blast furnace 50 45968 8439 5.8 0.3 129.1 7.0 304.4 16.6

22 Coal injection system in No.1 to No.3 blast furnace 47 31808 8608 *251.2 9.3 - - - -

23 Coal injection system in No.4 to No.5 blast furnace 47 20134.6 8439 101.8 2.4 - - - -

24 Bunker in No.3 blast furnace 40 98559.7 8640 69.0 7.9 - - - - 25 Bunker in No.4 blast furnace 30 222554 8541 41.5 10.8 - - - - 26 Bunker in No.5 blast furnace 36 90196 8573 88.0 9.3 - - - - 27 No.1 converter in Steelmaking Plant 45 23389 7009 *454.0 - - - - - 28 No.2 converter in Steelmaking Plant 45 22589 6825 *217.1 - 29 No.3 converter in Steelmaking Plant 45 25447 6930 *390.0 - - - - -

30 Ladle refining furnace in Converter Steelmaking Plant 20 40856 5659 25.9 - - - - -

31 70t UHP Electric Arc Furnace 35 282694 5659 36.5 - - - - -

32 Reheating furnace in Medium Sections Mill 60 16240 2930 68.2 - 1107.9 - 136.3 7.6

33 Reheating furnace in Strip Mill 42 18230 5216 3.6 - 804.2 - 419.7 14.7 34 Reheating furnace in Rod Mill 45 23807 7857 11.9 - 689.8 - 390.2 11.8 35 Reheating furnace in Sheet Mill (4 sets) 25 24854 7609 5.8 - 145.4 - 246.4 2.0 36 Annealing furnace in Sheet Mill 36 6201 8439 5.8 - 112.2 - 246.3 1.8 37 Reheating furnace in Plate Mill (2 sets) 50 42945 5000 21.0 - 948.7 - 382.1 16.4

38 No.1 reheating furnace in Small Sections Mill 25 2053 8254 1.8 - 1388.2 - *503.2 1.3

39 No.2 reheating furnace in Small Sections Mill 25 2129 8560 1.8 - 1390.3 - *503.5 1.3

40 Reheating furnace in High Speed Wire 90 17082 6677 3.1 - 965.8 - 414.7 10.6


PAGE 231 OF 283

Rod Mill

41 Boiler of 10t in Heat Power Plant (3 sets) 35 22984 7032 4.6 - 491.5 - 377.2 12.3


43 Boiler in Hospital 30 1074 1825 257.0 - 335.2 - 190.9 1.1 Note: The data with “*” in the table is in excess of standards value.


PAGE 232 OF 283

The discharged waste water from each production plant will be collected by discharging piping network and then discharged into Yangtze River through 6 discharging ports. The quantity of the discharged water is in table 12-2. Discharged water quality at each discharging port is analyzed and compared with the first class standard value stipulated in “discharging standard for water pollutant of Iron & Steel industry”. Table 12-2 The existing situation of the discharged water quality at each

discharging port

Discharging port No.

Quantity of discharged water

(10 thousand m3/a)

SS (mg/L)

CODcr

(mg/L)

Petroleum-like

material (mg/L)

Volatilizing hydroxybenze

ne (mg/L)

Cyanide (mg/L)

1 2019.91 *153.0 22.6 1.5 - -

2 255.40 79.6 35.1 4.4 0.032 0.005

3 3184.18 *204.3 43.8 2.1 0.040 0.084

4 47.20 73.4 33.3 - - -

5 96.80 113.7 29.2 2.8 - -

6 989.68 82.4 36.6 3.8 0.113 0.096

Total 6593.17

Standard discharging value 150.0 150.0 15 1.0 0.5 Note: The data with * in the table is in excess of standard value. Results from table 12-2 showing: The quality at port No.1 and No.3 is in excess of standard, the pollutant failed to meet the standard is SS. Others are all lower than the standard limitation for discharging.

12.1.2 Feasibility analyses on environment protection measures

NISCO was founded in 1958, for historical reason the job on environment protection is in arrear, the following problems are still existed although intensifying harness has been done within these years. 1) For the waste gas pollution source at the discharging end of the sintering machine in No.2 Sintering Plant, final product crushing and converter for steelmaking, etc. the dust separating facility is provided, but the capacity is not big enough, dedusting effect is not so good, the concentration of the discharging dust at chimney fails to meet the standard, that means the environment protection measures are not feasible, they need to be updated. 2) The dust quantity discharged out-of-order at Steelmaking Plant, EAF Plant and Blast Furnace Casting House is big. 3) Waste water from some plants is directly discharged without disposal, such as Sintering Plant, Small Sections Plant, Sheet Plant, Powder Plant, Oxygen Plant, etc.


PAGE 233 OF 283

4) Waste water from some plants is disposed but the effect is not good, parts of the concentration of the discharged pollutants exceed the limitation of the standard, such as Coke Plant, Steelmaking Plant, Ironmaking Plant, etc. Now all-around disposal of the pollution source have not be done. Although the disposing measures are normal method commonly used in this industry, the capacity for some facility is not big enough and this causes pollutant to be discharged up to standard. The analyses on the existing situation of NISCO show: the general level for environment protection measures of NISCO is in the middle position among this industry, it needs to be updated. In order to achieve the target of pollution source up to standard discharging and the total quantity control of the pollutant, NISCO will invest 80 million yuan to dispose the existing pollution source during the construction of the proposed project, the main parts are: 1) Desulphurization of coke oven gas; 2) Secondary dedusting for EAF and blast furnace; 3) Disposal of existing pollution source of waste gas and waste water, discharge of which exceed the stand value; 4) Updating the water treatment system for the Coke Plant, the Ironmaking Plant, the Converter Plant, the Pellet Plant to increase the water recycle rate and decrease the discharging quantity of pollutant; 5) Water circulation system will be equipped for the Power Plant and the Oxygen Plant to change directly discharging water into circulating water. The above mentioned pollution disposing measures have mutual experience in China. When it is finished, the discharging amount of pollutant will be decreased significantly and the existing situation of pollution in the plant area will be improved. The environment quality around NISCO will be improved too. So the environment protection handling measures after updating are feasible.

12.2 After completion of the proposed project

During the construction period of the proposed project, not only the pollution discharging from the new project shall meet the requirement of standard but also a serial effective disposal measure for existing pollutant discharging which exceed the standard value are taken to make the exist pollution source to discharge up to standard.

12.2.1 Standard discharging situation of the pollution source

After the proposed project is finished, the discharging data of additional and changed pollution source of waste gas are in table 12-3. The results of table analyzing show: after the proposed engineering is finished, the discharged pollutant from all air pollution source will come up to the standard. According to the calculation, when the proposed project is finished, the concentration of fluoride in the fume from existing converters, EAF and new built converter is less than 1.6mg/Nm3, and come up to the standard for discharging (< 6mg/Nm3).



Table 12-3 Statistic data of pollution source for waste gas after completion of all the project

Fume dust SO2 NOX No Description of polluting source Height of

chimney (m)Fume quantity

(104Nm3/a) Work time

(h/a) (mg/Nm3) (kg/h) (mg/Nm3) (kg/h) (mg/Nm3) (kg/h)

1 Charging end of sintering machine in No.1 Sintering Plant (2 sets) 60 121049 7965 190.2 - 1761.5 - 375.8 28.6





6 Flux crushing in No.1 Sintering Plant 30 20618 3975 93.0 4.8 - - - -

7 Charging end of sintering machine in No.2 Sintering Plant 80 152031 8043 92.5 - 1073.5 - 296.0 55.9





12 Flux crushing in No.1 Sintering Plant 20 2414 1128 68.8 1.5 - - - - 13 Shaft furnace 1 in Pellet Plant 60 79502 7737 111.8 - 650.7 - 278.1 28.6 14 Shaft furnace 2 in Pellet Plant 70 89285 7737 60.0 - 571.8 - 244.4 28.2 15 42 batteries coke oven type 58-Ⅱ 100 98876 8760 5.1 - 106.4 - 340.6 38.4

16 Hot blast stove (3 sets) in No.1 to No.3 blast furnace 50 168739 8618 5.8 1.1 118.5 23.2 304.4 19.9



17 Hot blast stove in No.4 blast furnace 50 55987 8578 5.8 0.4 129.1 8.4 304.4 19.9 18 Hot blast stove in No.5 blast furnace 50 55077 8439 5.8 0.4 129.1 8.4 304.4 19.9

19 Coal injection system in No.1 to No.3 blast furnace 47 31808 8608 119.8 4.4 - - - -

20 Coal injection system in No.4 to No.5 blast furnace 47 20134.6 8439 122.0 2.9 - - - -

21 Bunker in No.1 to No.2 blast furnace 40 92615.4 8600 53.6 5.8 - - - - 22 Bunker in No.3 blast furnace 40 98559.7 8640 82.7 9.4 - - - - 23 Bunker in No.4 blast furnace 30 222554 8541 49.7 13.0 - - - - 24 Bunker in No.5 blast furnace 36 90196 8573 105.4 11.1 - - - - 25 Casthouse for blast furnace 40 54293.4 8618 99.5 6.3 - - - - 26 No.1 converter in Steelmaking Plant 45 24084 4730 150.0 7.6 - - - - 27 No.3 converter in Steelmaking Plant 45 25669 4730 150.0 8.1 - - - -

28 Ladle refining furnace in Converter Steelmaking Plant 20 18584 2574 25.9 1.9 - - - -

29 70t UHP Electric Arc Furnace 35 448350 7350 13.5 8.2 - - - - 30 Ladle furnace in the EAF Plant 30 72030 5145 28.8 4.0 - - - - 31 Reheating furnace in Strip Mill 42 18230 5216 3.6 - 97.5 - 419.7 14.7 32 Reheating furnace in Bar Mill 45 52300 7857 4.6 - 145.9 - 262.7 17.5 33 Reheating furnace in Plate Mill (2 sets) 50 42945 5000 3.1 - 953.8 - 416.1 17.9

34 Reheating furnace in High Speed Wire Rod Mill 90 17082 6677 3.1 - 103.1 - 414.8 10.6



37 Fume discharging of converters 60 130000 7200 39.8 7.2 - - - - 38 Secondary fume of converters 30 695000 7200 2.2 2.1 - - - - 39 Ladle furnace 30 191031 7200 11.4 3.0 - - - - 40 Hot metal pretreatment 30 131985 7200 1.5 0.3 - - - -



41 Mixer 30 451527 7200 2.2 1.4 - - - - 42 Express boiler 40 18470 3640 22.7 - 90.6 - 215.8 10.9 43 Reheating furnace for big slab 80 42310 7008 2.7 - 28.7 - 216.0 13.0 44 Pusher furnace for small slab 80 4020 7008 2.2 - 1.2 - 15.2 0.1 45 Coil furnace (2 sets) 25 12266 7008 4.0 - 39.5 - 237.4 2.1 46 Reheating furnace in Rod Mill 60 30100 7000 5.7 - 105.8 - 237.1 10.2

47 Grinding and shot blasting system for slab 20 1400 7000 50.0 0.1 - - - -

Total


PAGE 237 OF283

After completion of proposed project, the water discharged from NISCO to outside will be decreased and the water quality will be improved due to the shutdown and elimination of some existing production plants as well as the treatment for the plants which discharge a big amount of pollutants. The water quality is shown in Table 12-4.

Table 12-4 Water quality of each outfall after completion of proposed project in NISCO

Outfall No.

Waste water discharged to outside

(104 M3/a)

SS (mg/L)

CODcr(mg/L)

Petrolic substance

(mg/L)


(mg/L)

Cyanide(mg/L)

1 616.74 145.5 15.3 0.5 - - 2 275.47 83.9 34.6 4.6 0.030 0.005 3 1787.64 146.2 86.0 2.1 0.089 0.188 4 43.33 73.4 33.2 - - - 5 10.36 144.8 28.0 1.0 - - 6 1243.43 73.3 31.4 3.4 0.085 0.073

Total 3976.97 1~5# 150.0 150.0 15 1.0 0.5

6# Discharge Standard 70.0 100.0 8 0.5 0.5

Note: No.6 port is the inlet of waste water discharged from proposed project, the revised standard will be executed. According to the first level standard limit mentioned in “Water Pollutants Discharging Standard in Iron & Steel Industry”, the analysis for the fulfillment of the standard discharging on water quality in each outfall has been carried out. The result shows that SS discharging concentration of water quality in No.6 outfall fails to meet the standard. (Drainage of proposed project: SS≤70mg/L, SS concentration in water discharged from existing project is higher ).

12.2.2 Feasibility analysis of environmental protection measures

The design for proposed project is consistent with the environmental protection policy of “standard discharging of pollution sources”. The effective environmental protection treatment measures have been taken in all-round way so as to reach the standard discharging requirement in pollution sources of waste gas and waste water, and therefore the design for environmental protection measures are in accordance with the requirements of environmental protection. For instance, the feasible treatment measures against pollutants of primary and secondary fume produced by converter smelting and the sources of waste gas such as ladle furnace, charging system of bulk material, hot metal mixer and hot metal pre-treatment facility etc. will be taken. Meanwhile, with the utilization of the recovered converter gas, energy can be saved and environment can be protected. The treatment for waste water discharged from converter fume cleaning system and rolling mill area will be carried out to decrease the discharge of waste water and pollutants by using the circulating water after treatment. All waste water to be discharged shall reach the discharging standard to keep the quality of water circulation system in a good condition. With the sophisticated technology, the environmental protection measures and facilities to be employed by proposed project are the normal solutions in relevant domestic field. NISCO has rich practical experiences on them and the operation and


PAGE 238 OF283

management therefore are reliable, the expected result of treatment against pollution sources can be achieved and the environmental protection measures are feasible.

13 Gross Control Analysis for pollutants discharging

Implementing gross control of pollutants discharging for construction project is one of the important national environmental protection policy as well as the important measures for controlling the pollution in local area. NISCO, a large-scale iron and steel united enterprise, is developing with high speed; the pollutants discharged from NISCO therefore hold a big share in total discharging amount of pollutants in Dachang District where NISCO is located. In order to protect the ambient environment in Nanjing City and Dachang District as well as further control pollution, NISCO pays much attention to the gross control for pollutants to be discharged during the project construction, and plans to use many effective measures to reduce main pollutants to be discharged. For instance, the old No.2 small converter, lime workshop, sheet plant, medium section plant, small section plant etc will be shut down and dismantled; the treatment for waste gas and waste water sources which discharged in excess of standard will be carried out to make a balance between economy development and environmental protection. According to the requirement from local environmental protection department, this assessment is to make the gross control analysis for main pollutants of dust and fume, SO2, SS, COD, petrolic substance, volatile hydroxybenzene, cyanide based on the main pollutant factors in NISCO.

13.1 Gross control measures for pollutants discharging

In order to achieve the requirement of gross control for pollutants discharging after completion of proposed project, NISCO plans to implement the measures on several aspects mentioned below:

13.1.1 Shutdown and revamping of the equipment in converter steel-making plant

At present there are 3 small converters with capacity of 20 tons for each in NISCO steel-making plant, the equipment scale is small and the converter gas has not been recovered. As the result, the dust and fume discharged to outside is in excess of the standards badly, and the SS concentration in gas cleaning water is high. Based on the construction of proposed project, NISCO plans to stop one old converter, and shut down other 2 converters in the further stage of revamping project. Concerning 2 converters remained in a short term, the revamping for dedusting and waste water treatment system will be carried out to make them meet the standard and reduce dust emissions as well.

13.1.2 Shutdown and dismantling of lime workshop

The existing lime workshop has 2 vertical shaft lime kilns, 1 horizontal lime kiln together with the cooperative charging and finished products handling system, in which, the dust and fume emission from No.1 vertical shaft kiln is far beyond the discharging standard. With the construction of proposed project, all the kilns in lime workshop will be shut down and dismantled.


PAGE 239 OF283

13.1.3 Further desulphurization for coke oven gas

Coke oven gas cleaning system has the desulfurization device at present, but the result of 4322 mg/m3 of H2S average content in gas after desulphurization is not good as the expectation. For the purpose of decreasing SO2 emitted by the coke oven gas consumers, NISCO plans to invest 3 million RMB on improving the desulphurization device for coke oven gas. By using ammonia-method H.P.F desulphurization process instead of alkali-method P.D.S desulfurization process, the H2S content in gas will be decreased to 100 mg/m3.

13.1.4 Eliminating the outdated rolling production line

Based on equipment disusing policy in metallurgical field and the current status on metal balance, product upgrade and environmental protection measures etc, NISCO plans to shut down the existing sheet plant, medium section plant and small section plant under the consideration of proposed project, which will contribute to the reduction of waste water discharged from rolling mill plant and waste gas emitted from the reheating furnace in rolling mill plant.

13.1.5 Treatment for pollution sources those fail to meet the standards

To achieve the control target of gross pollutants discharging after completion of proposed project, NISCO is making treatment for the pollution sources of waste gas and waste water which are in excess of the discharging standards or have a big quantity of discharge. e.g. the revamping to be carried out for the discharging end of sinter machine in NO.2 sinter plant, finished products crushing, PCI system for NO.1~NO.3 blast furnaces and dedusting system for 20t converter as well as the water treatment system for coke plant, iron-making plant and converter steel-making plant. As a result, the discharging amount of pollutants will be decreased and the standard will be met.

13.2 Changing of pollutants discharging amount and Gross Control Analysis

On the basis of the Feasibility Study Report of NISCO Steckel Rolling Mill Project and the statistics of pollutants discharged from existing pollution sources in NISCO, the Gross Control Analysis for pollutants discharging amount after the completion of proposed project has been conducted through comprehensive calculation in this assessment.

13.2.1 Pollutants of waste gas

Table 13-1 shows the waste gas emission of existing project and the changing after completion of proposed project in NISCO.


PAGE 240 OF283

Table 13-1 changing of waste gas emission after completion of proposed project in NISCO Pollutants emission Fume & dust(t/a) SO2(t/a)

Point source Emission of existing plants pollutants 2617.594 7044.92Emission changing caused by proposed, disusing and treatment projects -575.88 -673.18

Emission after completion of proposed project 2041.71 6371.74Area source

Emission of existing plants pollutants 6830.0 345.52 Emission changing caused by proposed, disusing and disposal projects -3908.1 -306.41

Emission after completion of proposed project 2921.9 39.11 Point source + area source

Emission of existing plants pollutants 9447.6 7390.44Emission changing caused by proposed, disusing and disposal projects -4484.0 -979.59

Emission after completion of proposed project 4963.6 6410.85Gross Control Analysis for waste gas emission after completion of proposed project refers to table 13-2.

Table 13-2 Gross Control Analysis for waste gas emission

Analytical items Fume & dust (point source) SO2

Emission after completion of proposed project (t/a) 2041.71 6410.85 Gross control figures in year 2000 (t/a) 2255.19 7570.12 Emission reduction of gross control figures (t/a) 213.48 1198.38 Discharging amount in percentage of gross control figure (%) 90.5 84.2

According to emission analysis in table 13-2, various measures will be taken for pollution control during the construction of proposed project in NISCO. As a result, the gross control requirement can be achieved after completion of proposed project and the emission of dust & SO2 only account for 90.5% and 84.2% in gross control figures respectively.

13.2.2 Pollutants of waste water

Table 13-3 shows the waste water discharged from existing engineering and the changing after completing proposed project in NISCO and gross control figures.


PAGE 241 OF283

Table 13-3 changing of waste water discharged after completion of proposed project in

NISCO Project pollutants

discharging and Gross Control Analysis

SS (t/a)

Petrolic substance

(t/a)

CODcr (t/a)


(kg/a)

Cyanide(kg/a)

Discharging of existing project pollutants 10760.3 147.8 2347.0 2468 3652

Changing caused by proposed, disusing and treatment projects

-6061.1 -51.5 -213.6 195 484

Pollutants to be discharged after completion of proposed project

4699.2 96.3 2133.4 2663 4136

Gross control figures in year 2000 17511.01 97.21 3676.9 4567.5 7464.95

Gross control figure minus the pollutants discharging amount after project completion

12811.81 0.91 1543.5 1904.5 3318.95

Pollutants discharging amount after project completion / gross control Figures (%)

26.8 99.1 58.0 58.3 55.4

The analysis result shows: although petrolic substance in discharging of existing project pollutants in NISCO is beyond gross control figure, all the water pollutants discharging can reach the gross control requirement after completion of proposed project due to many gross control measures employed during proposed project construction. Viewing the rate between discharging amount of pollutants after project completion and gross control figures, the petrolic substance is the biggest i.e. 99.1%, 26.8% of SS is the smallest one, CODcr, volatile hydroxybenzene and cyanide are 58.0%, 58.3% and 55.4% respectively.


PAGE 242 OF283

14 Environmental management and environmental monitoring

14.1 Environmental management mechanism and management system

14.1.1 Environmental management mechanism and major duty

The environmental management mechanism of NISCO is Environmental Protection Department (EPD), which is the management functional section with the stuff number of 25. EPD consists of general business division, management division, disposal division and monitoring station as well as the relevant environmental management organizations that take the responsibility for environmental protection in each major production plants. Under the control of company environmental protection committee and responsible manager, EPD is a functional department for general environmental protection monitoring and management. Its basic task is to enhance the environmental protection monitoring and management in NISCO, check the fulfillment of national relevant environmental protection policy, law and regulations in various works, give suggestion to enterprise leader, make inside and outside cooperation actively and take efforts to keep the balance among economic returns, social benefit and environmental benefit. The detail responsibility of EPD is mentioned as follow: Carry out national environmental protection policy and law as well as the control standards made by government; fulfill special environmental protection works ordered by superior management. Map out the planning objective for environmental protection development, make annual environment treatment plan, organize and execute the treatment plan for pollution sources. Enhance the environmental awareness of leaders from all kinds of level in various subsidiaries, carry out the publicity education, push ahead the leader responsibility system for environmental protection, cooperate with superior management to appraise the job done by company leader for responsibility system of environmental protection, organize the activities for creating clean garden plant in NISCO. Advance the adjustment of production process technology and equipment structure, reach the start point with advanced technology, adopt the cleaning production process with the merits of energy saving and cost decreasing, abate pollution from pollutant sources, reduce the treatment cost of pollution, allocate effective devices for pollution control and reduce the amount of pollutants discharging. Check the condition of environmental protection devices to keep them in good conditions as well as high simultaneous operation rate and working efficiency, so as to obtain the environmental protection investment returns earlier. Based on “environmental protection law” and the national and province environmental protection management regulations for construction project, conduct monitoring and supervision generally for environmental protection not only in company development planning, but also for new projects, extension projects, revamping projects and technical reconstruction projects (including major repairing), so as to ensure the fulfillment of construction project pre-examination system, “three simultaneity” system, environmental protection system in the construction and final acceptance inspection


PAGE 243 OF283

system for environmental protection devices. As a leader and organizer for activities of declaration and reviewing requested in each stage of project proposal, feasibility study, design, construction and final acceptance inspection to offer the services for good execution of project construction. Take the responsibility for important and difficult points in environmental protection management and devices in NISCO; organize the activities for tackling the key problems so as to improve working performance on environmental protection in NISCO. Take charge of environment monitoring, environmental protection statistics and environmental protection infrastructure construction in NISCO. Carry out the investigation for “three waste” sources; make progress in general utilization of “three waste” sources, organize the activities for environmental protection research and special technician training. Take the responsibility of investigation and treatment for inner pollution accident as well as imposing fine and charging for discharging pollutants in excess of standards. Provide the remedy actively and put it into effect. Deal with disputed pollution issues around NISCO in terms of reception, coordination and settlement.

14.1.2 Environmental management system

Based on the efforts made in many years, the environmental protection job in EPD of NISCO is being carried out on an institutionalized, standardized and scientific way. A full set of environmental protection management system has been established, it keeps improving to follow the changing situation in practice. The major system includes: Assessment methods for environmental protection facilities management of NISCO NISCO environmental protection ordinance “Three simultaneity” management methods for environmental protection of NISCO Assessment methods for environmental protection objective management of NISCO Assessment methods for tackling key problems of environmental protection of NISCO Key points of environmental protection in NISCO

14.1.3 Measures and suggestion for enhancement of environmental management

According to itself specialty, NISCO has accumulated rich experiences on environmental management after a long term searching and also made a strict environmental management system, specific job content and target, fruitful results therefore have been obtained through a common effort made by all the employees in NISCO. In order to strengthen the environmental protection to improve the condition of NISCO plant and living area totally, following suggestions are offered for NISCO environmental protection in this assessment:

(1) Advocating cleaning production and promoting the way of sustainable development. At present NISCO is formulating the tenth five-year development plan; it’s the critical period for products structural adjustment. At the time of adjusting products structure and enlarging equipment scale, the cleaning production should be promoted in parallel by grasping the suitable chance to reach the target of energy saving, cost decreasing, pollutant reduction and benefit increasing. On the aspect of pollution treatment, the way of local and terminal treatment should be changed to centralizing and comprehensive treatment. Therefore, the sustainable development of low investment, high output, low pollution and high benefit can be expected.


PAGE 244 OF283

(2) Establishing and improving environmental management system and searching new ideas for environmental protection actively. According to the requirement of national environmental protection law and statute, the environmental protection management system should be further improved and a set of new ideas for environmental protection will be put forward to adjust and standardize the environmental management system in conjunction with market economy system. Using the methods of system control, administrative management and economy adjustment etc to achieve the expected target of environmental management, meanwhile, the management regulations and operation rules should be strictly followed in the production activities.

(3) Strengthening the environmental awareness of staff and carrying out environmental protection activities in NISCO. Environmental protection organizations in each level will be further upgraded. Education for environmental protection law & regulation and training for special technology should be strengthened so as to build an environmental protection group with good training, excellent performance and strict discipline. By using such kinds of media as broadcasting, TV, newspaper and so on to reinforce the publicity impact and strengthen staff’s environmental awareness in NISCO. In additional, lots of colorful and fruitful activities of publicity education should also be taken to upgrade the staff’s environment awareness and promote environmental protection works in NISCO.

14.2 Environmental monitoring system and rules

14.2.1 Environmental monitoring system and its major responsibility

Environmental monitoring station has 12 persons, 9 of which are technicians with 75%. This station includes sampling group, analysis group and quality control group with the monitoring ability for atmosphere quality, fume, position dust, waste water & waste slag, noise and so on. The environmental monitoring station is responsible for regular monitoring and analyzing for overall plant and living area and kinds of pollution sources according to relevant regulations and requirements in NISCO. Moreover, the technical supervision for effects obtained by using various cleaning devices is also taken by the station to not only get the idea about environment quality and changing trend but also provide technical support for pollution prevention, environmental protection and improvement in NISCO. Major responsibilities of monitoring station are:

(1) Formulating annual monitoring plan and long-term plan of NISCO. (2) Monitoring the environmental elements of plant & living area and various pollution

sources regularly based on national, industry and local regulations and requirements. (3) Supervising and monitoring environmental protection devices or researching for

specific objective as well as making the monitoring technical report under the consideration of environmental protection management, pollution treatment and the analysis for pollution accident in NISCO.


PAGE 245 OF283

(4) Not only organizing and coordinating the monitoring for environmental protection and improving the organization working system, but also upgrading the equipment level, quality of technicians and pressing ahead the management of monitoring quality.

(5) Collecting and analyzing monitoring data and materials to establish the environment database as well as making various monitoring forms and reports.

14.2.2 Existing monitoring system

Based on the requirement given by industry trade to iron & steel united enterprise, the regular monitoring in environmental station of NISCO is to make the routine monitoring for existing pollution sources and environmental protection devices.

14.2.3 Apparatus & devices used for environment monitoring

Apparatus & devices used for environment monitoring in NISCO environmental station are shown in Table 14-1.

Table 14-1 list for Apparatus in environment monitoring station of NISCO Name of apparatus Type, specification Quantity

spectrophotometer AA-650 atom absorbability, 722 grating, 7210 3

Infrared spectrometer for oil measurement JDS-100 1

Determinator for combustion efficiency DH9003 1

Fume SO2 analyzer TH-990S 1 On-line COD analyzer 2

Portable flowrate meter LTX 1 Atmosphere automatic station

analyzer 1

Monitoring car for duct fume Toyato 1 Pitot parallel fume sampler 300H+ 2

Telescope for smoke detecting DW10-II 1

Microscope OLYMPUS biology XSP-18B binocular

1 1

Flow meter 2 PH meter 3

Sound level meter HS5633 HS6220

1 1

Scale MA110 TG328

1 3

Other apparatus for environment monitoring some


PAGE 246 OF283

14.2.4 Measures and suggestion for environment monitoring

In order to improve the environmental protection monitoring and management level, it is suggested that current monitoring system should be further improved. With such precondition of improvement and in conjunction with actual situation of environment monitoring management, the monitoring device level should be upgraded step by step during the construction of proposed project so as to meet the requirement of modern environmental monitoring and management. Considering the speciality of generating pollutants in each main pass of proposed project and the requirements of “Implementing Rules for Environment Monitoring in Iron & Steel Industry”, the monitoring items suggested for proposed project refer to Table 14-2. Table 14-3 shows new monitoring apparatus needed. Table 14-2 Monitoring items of environmental protection for proposed project

Pollution source Treatment facilities

Monitoring position Monitoring items Monitoring

frequency

Converter fume

Dedusting with OG

technology

Chimney

Fume amount, temperature, fume

and dust concentration, CO

concentration

Automatic On-line

monitoring

Reheating furnace in rolling mill area Chimney

Fume amount, temperature, SO2

concentration

Raw material system Bag type collector

Inlet & outlet of deduster


and dust concentration

Ladle furnace Bag type collector

Inlet & outlet of deduster



Hot metal pre-treatment

Bag type collector



1 time per half year

Converter dedusting water Settling pit Outlet of

settling pit Water amount,

SS,pH Waste water from continuous casting

and rolling Settling pit Outlet of

settling pit Water amount, SS, Petrolic substance

Drainage to outside Water amount, pH,

SS, COD, Petrolic substance

3 times per month


PAGE 247 OF283

Table 14-3 List of New apparatus and Devices needed by NISCO Number Apparatus for environment monitoring Investment (104 RMB) 1. Automatic monitoring system for industrial waste water outfall 1.1 Flow meter for open channel 4.5 1.2 24 hours continuous automatic sampler 7.5 1.3 On-line COD analyzer 42 1.4 Building of apparatus room around industrial

waste water outfall 5.0

2. Devices for analysis and fume sampling to be added and upgraded in the room of monitoring station 2.1 Atom absorbability spectrophotometer 15 2.2 Incubator with constant temperature 1 2.3 Gaseous (liquid) phase Chromatograph 20 2.4 Fume SO2 analyzer 6 2.5 Fume and dust sampler 3 2.6 Other minor purchase 3 3. Apparatus and devices to be upgraded in atmosphere environmental quality automatic station 3.1 SO2 analyzer 3.2 NOx analyzer 3.3 PM10, TSP sampler

20

4. On-line monitoring devices for pollution sources of industrial waste gas 4.1 Boiler SO2 fume monitoring devices etc. 10 5. Mobile monitoring devices for atmosphere quality 5.1 Mobile monitoring car for atmosphere quality 50 5.2 Monitoring apparatus for water quality 20

Total 307

15 Analysis for environmental economy profit and loss

NISCO not only attaches importance to cleaning production technology and speeds up the technology upgrade in the construction of proposed project but also emphasizes environmental protection. Meanwhile, based on the principle of “New project advancing existing facilities”, NISCO plans to shut down an existing converter with the capacity of 20t, lime workshop and part of mill plant after proposed project completion. It will contribute to pollution abatement as far as possible, and get good economic returns, social and environmental benefit accordingly. The analysis for environmental profit and loss of proposed project will be given in terms of expected economic returns, social and environmental benefit after proposed project completion.


PAGE 248 OF283

15.1 Analysis of economic returns

15.1.1 Economic returns of engineering construction

The total investment of proposed project is 3.38137 billion RMB, 3.1855 billion RMB of which belongs to static investment, 0.1083 billion RMB belongs to dynamic investment, and 0.08757 billion RMB belongs to fundamental current fund. The financial internal rate of return (FIRR) of total investment is 11.8% and the term of loan returning is 7.9 years after calculation. Therefore, the construction for proposed project is economically feasible.

15.1.2 Analysis of economic returns of environmental protection

(1) Estimation for cost of environmental protection devices 1) The investment for environmental protection devices of proposed project is 201.66

million RMB, which accounts for 6.3% of engineering static investment. The investment on environmental protection devices refers to Table 15-1.

Table 15-1 List of investment for environmental protection

No. Environmental protection devices

Environmental protection investment

(104 RMB)

In percentage of engineering static

investment (%) 1 Converter gas recovery

system 4893.6

2 Ventilation dedusting system 3169.2

3 Water treatment system 11918.7 4 Afforestation 184.5

Total 20166.0 6.3% 2) Depreciation cost (C1) of investment for environmental protection devices

The formula mentioned below is used for the calculation of depreciation cost of environmental protection device investment. C1 = a × C0/n In which:

a ---percentage of investment which will be formed as fixed assets, 95% is taken.

C0-- total environmental protection investment N ---depreciation life, 8 years is taken

3) Operation cost (C2) for environmental protection devices On the basis of relevant information from other domestic iron and steel enterprises, 10% of total investment of environmental protection can be taken as annual operation cost for devices to be used for environmental protection and general utilization. C2 = C0 × 10%

4) Administrative expenses (C3) for environmental protection Administrative expenses include office expense in administrative department, monitoring expense, technical consultation expense and so on. It will be calculated as


PAGE 249 OF283

5% of the sum for depreciation cost of environmental protection device investment and operation cost. C3 = (C1 + C2) × 5%

5) Running expenses (C) for environmental protection devices Running expenses for environmental protection devices is the sum of C1, C2 and C3. C = C1+C2+C3 Based on above-mentioned calculation, the running expenses of environmental protection devices for proposed project is 46.319 million RMB, refers to Table 15-2.

Table 15-2 List for running expenses of environmental protection devices Unit: 104 RMB Depreciation cost of environmental protection device investment C1 2394.7 Operation cost for environmental protection devices C2 2016.6 Administrative expenses for environmental protection C3 220.6 Running expenses for environmental protection devices C = C1+C2+C3 4631.9

(2) Estimation for economic returns of environmental protection After environmental protection devices putting into practice, not only the discharging amount of pollutants will be reduced, but also some resources can be recovered. It therefore has certain economic returns. Only direct economic returns are taken into account for the calculation of the environmental protection economic returns, which mainly include the economic incomes obtained by the utilization of recovered wastes and decreased charge for pollutants discharging. Economic income from environmental protection investment is shown in Table 15-3.

Table 15-3 Economic incomes from environmental protection investment

Content Quantity (t/a) Unit (RMB/t) Economic income

(104RMB/a) Converter steel slag

powder 96000 22 211.2

Converter steel slag clinker 51200 50 256

Small pieces of steel in converter steel slag 11200 700 784

Scrap selected by magnet 1600 200 32 Converter gas (m3) 87200000 0.16 1395.2

Converter dust & sullage 16225 80 129.8 Iron oxide scale 12481 250 312.0

Waste oil 42 500 2.10 Total 3122.3

From above table, direct economic returns obtained from the utilization or selling of materials recovered by environmental protection devices is 31.223 million RMB per year.

(3) Analysis for economic returns of environmental protection The economic returns of environmental protection devices for this project is the difference between income and operation cost, it means the annual net disbursement is 15.096 million RMB after putting the proposed project into operation, i.e. the figure of economic returns for environmental protection devices is a negative one.


PAGE 250 OF283

NISCO, one of the large-scale enterprises in Dachang District, Nanjing City, should be obliged to make contribution to local environment improvement, that is to say, the environmental benefit shall also be taken into account when the economic returns and social benefit of project are calculated. It is necessary to increase the investment on environmental protection devices when the production can be guaranteed firstly.

15.2 Analysis of social benefit

After completion of proposed project, the pollutants to be discharged to outside will be reduced greatly, in particular, the treatment for the area source of casthouse will contribute to atmosphere improvement around NISCO, which will bring an active effect on both landscaping in local area and human health. In addition, the products from proposed project can be supplied not only to solve the problem related to middle thickness & heavy plate’s shortage especially the shortage of special plate in recent Chinese market, but also to meet the advancing demand on product quality and grade of middle thickness & heavy plate especially for the special plate in domestic market. The consumption of plate for shipbuilding holds big share in the consumption of special middle thickness plates. The shipbuilding development trend is towards large scale, the plates for shipbuilding will be wider and longer as well as the strength will be higher. Considering the future situation of shipbuilding plate, it has a big gap between supply and demand. With the western region development and “transmitting natural gas from the west to the east”, the pipeline for gas and oil transportation has been developed quickly, therefore, high demand of materials used for weld pipe with high pressure and big diameter have been raised accordingly. At present, the production of pipeline plate is far behind the demand of pipeline development. After proposed project completion, the products not only have a bright market prospect, but also substitute importation to improve the domestic products field. As the result, it will contribute to our national economy.

15.3 Analysis of environmental benefit

Due to a series of effective measures taken for pollution control in proposed project, the discharging amount of pollutants will be decreased greatly. The detail of comparison of main pollutants discharging amount per ton steel between before and after the project is shown in Table 15-4.

Table 15-4 Comparison of pollutants discharge per ton steel Unit: kg/t steel

No. Pollutant Discharge of existing project

Discharge after proposed

project

Reduction rate of pollutants discharge

per ton steel 1 Dust 5.20 2.03 60.1% 2 SO2 4.07 2.62 35.6%

3 Waste water (m3/t) 36.3 16.3 55.1%

4 CODcr 1.29 0.87 32.6%

5 Petrolic substance 0.08 0.04 50.0%

The table shows that all the figure of pollutants discharging amount per ton steel after proposed project will be lower than the one of existing engineering and the reduction rate is between 32.6%~60.1%, in which, the reduction of dust emission is the biggest


PAGE 251 OF283

one, i.e. 60.1%. According to the result of environmental impact prediction, the concentration of main pollutants in waste gas and water will be decreased after proposed project completion; it will benefit the improvement of environmental quality in Dachang District. In conclusion, due to carry out the environmental protection policy of “cleaning production”, “pollutant discharging meets standard”, “new project advancing existing facilities”, “pollutant gross control” etc. during the construction of proposed project in NISCO, shut down the outdated process facilities, decrease the consumption of raw material and fuel and take the relevant control measures for various pollution sources of proposed project, the discharging amount of pollutants is far below the one of existing plants, the proposed project therefore has a high engineering economic returns and good social benefit as well as obvious environmental benefit.


PAGE 252 OF283

16 Public participation

16.1 The purpose, function and methodology of public participation

16.1.1 Purpose and function

In order to strengthen communication with each party and the affected public by project, give a clear idea of project to public and relieve the anxiety about this project, various opinions and suggestions from public have been put into the conclusion of public participation. It makes the planning design better and more reasonable and improves the project social, environmental and economic benefit. The public can maintain their environmental rights and interests and fulfill the obligation of environmental protection by means of participation. Such public participation also ensures the establishment of good social atmosphere for environmental protection and the fulfillment of scheduled environmental target. The conclusion for public participation has been mentioned in the report. The environmental department and relevant industry authorities will fully consider the public opinion in approval procedure, and feed it back to construction units as one of items to be supervised and accepted. Through public participation, the measures for environmental impact assessment will be more reasonable, practical and exercisable.

16.1.2 Methodology

During the compiling stage of environmental impact report, it’s possible to organize the public to participate the activities in different way. The methods of dispensing the material of project brief instruction and organizing public to fill out the questionnaire of opinions and suggestions have been taken for this project.

16.2 The investigation results from questionnaire

16.2.1 Investigation condition

Many cadres and people who live around this project construction area gave big support and cooperation to this investigation, thanks hereby to all of them. In order to faithfully reflect the public attitude, opinion and suggestion on the proposed project and select some representative respondents, 50 questionnaires have been dispensed to household and enterprises which will be possibly affected by this project within the boundary of environmental impact assessment. 40 valid questionnaires have been returned. The people who filled out the questionnaires comes from every walk of life, therefore, the attitude, opinions and suggestion of each social class can be basically reflected.


PAGE 253 OF283

16.2.2 Investigation results of public opinions

16.2.2.1Respondents structure Respondents’ structure refers to Table 16-1.

Table 16-1 Respondents’ structure Male Female

Gender 35% 65%

18-40 41-55 Above 55 Age

90% 5% 5% Below elementary

school Junior & senior high

school Above college Education level

0% 80% 20%

Cadre Teacher & technician Worker

Occupation 27% 10% 63%

16.2.2.2 Result analysis of public opinion poll (1) For environmental condition of project location, 0 person expressed full satisfaction,

35 persons expressed part satisfaction, and 5 persons were not satisfied with the current environment quality.

(2) 31 persons had an idea about proposed project, 2 persons knew the project very well, and only 7 persons didn’t know it. Few of them knew the project from newspaper, TV and broadcasting while most of them knew it from nongovernmental information and slogan publicity.

(3) 24 persons believed that the environment will be gently effected or worsened by project, 6 persons thought the influence would not be big, 7 persons had no idea about it and only 3 persons thought it would be a big influence on the environment. Nobody thought that the severe pollution would be caused by project.

(4) 5 persons gave firm support to this project, 19 persons agreed to it with certain precondition, 1 person hold opposite opinion and 15 persons didn’t care it.

16.3 Summary of public participation opinions and rationalized suggestions

(1) Most of them agreed to project construction with certain precondition. Construction units should carry out their works in conformity with project design and take measures against “three waste” stipulated in environmental impact assessment as well as ensure the utilization of circulating waste water to reduce the discharge to outside. Meanwhile, the advanced process and environmental protection facilities shall be used to implement the cleaning production. The investment on environmental protection shall be increased to keep the discharge of “three waste” on minimum level so as to reach the requirement of “new project advancing existing facilities, increasing output without more pollutants to be discharged”, protect environment, safeguard human health and fulfil the sustainable development of environment and economy.


PAGE 254 OF283

(2) The procedure of project approval should be strictly followed and the “three simultaneity” system should be implemented.

(3) It is suggested that the publicity of this project shall be strengthened by construction units to help people understand the project meaning and the fact that the environmental protection will be paid more attention by government and enterprise during economic development. Furthermore, it is also suggested that since production of the project starts, the construction units shall entrust environment supervision authority regularly to monitor and measure the environment quality of atmosphere, soil and water nearby the plant area and promulgate measuring result to the public.

(4) It is requested that the administrative department of environmental protection and enterprise should take feasible measures against current environment pollution and offer the remedy within a limited period. The environmental protection law and relevant regulation and standard will be strictly complied to improve local environment quality.

(5) Introducing and establishing advanced management mode for environmental protection will be put more stress during the project construction so as to improve the management mechanism.


PAGE 255 OF283

17 Measures for environment quality improvement

After completion of proposed project in NISCO, due to the various treatment measures taken for new and old pollution sources, the discharge of pollution sources can meet the standard; furthermore, total discharging amount of major pollutants will decrease while increasing the iron & steel output. The measures taken for pollution control for proposed project refer to Table 17-1.

Table 17-1 The list of pollution control measures for proposed project

No Pollution sources Treatment measures

Efficiency or

results

Investment (104 RMB)

Completion time

1. Treatment for existing pollution sources 1.1 Discharging end

of No.1 sinter machine in No.2 sinter plant

Rebuilding of 50m2 electro deduster

95.2% 228 2000.1

1.2 Discharging end of No.2 sinter machine in No.2 sinter plant

Rebuilding of 50m2 electro deduster

92.5% 228 2000.8

1.3 Crushing for finished products in No.2 sinter plant

Improvement of electro deduster capacity from 30m2 to 50m2 90.0% 248 2000.9

Rebuilding of anti-explosion pulse bag type dust collector 97.5% 40 2000.5 1.4 PCI system for

No.1-No.3 blast furnace Revamping for bag type dust

collector and discharge system 97.5% 60 2001.6

1.5 Casthouse for Blast furnace

Take secondary fume dedusting measures 98.0% 3700 2003.12

Revamping for “two venturi and one scrubber ” system by using nitrogen sealing devices

100 2000.1

New dedusting fan, revamping for “two venturis and one scrubber ” system

600 2001.6

1.6 No.1-No.3 converter in steel-making plant

1 converter Shutdown

99.4%

0 2003.12 1.7 70t ultra high

power arc furnace

New bag type dust collector, increasing wind rate by 110000m3/h 98.5% 400.0 2000.8

1.8 LF and addition system

New bag type dust collector system 99.0% 722.6 2000.8

1.9 Coke oven body High pressure ammonia charging coal without smoke 35 2000.3


PAGE 256 OF283

1.10 Boiler in hospital Shutdown, connection with steam net in NISCO for steam supply 14 2000.2

1.11 Coke oven gas Revamping for desulphurization devices 98.0% 300 2001.10

1.12 Coke plant water circulation system revamping 70.0% 292.0 2002.12 1.13 Pellet plant Construction for New No.2 pellet

shaft kiln and technical innovation for existing water system

84.0% 45.37 2000.5

1.14 Iron-making plant

Revamping for Slag flushing water and gas cleaning water system, iron output increased from 1.5023 million t/a to 1.8 million t/a

85.0% 191.35 2001.6

1.15 Converter steel-making plant

Dedusting water treatment system revamping (deposition intensifying, sludge dewatering )

92.5% 115 2001.6

1.16 Power plant Concentration treatment for backflash water in power water pump for removing sludge and which to be filtered by being pressed through the mold

400.0 2002.12

1.17 Oxygen plant Revamping for Closed circuit of Cooling water 262.8 2001.12

1.18 Lime workshop Shutdown and dismantling 0 2003.06 1.19 Medium section

plant Shutdown and dismantling 0 2003.12

1.20 Sheet plant Shutdown and dismantling 0 2003.12 1.21 Small section

plant Shutdown and dismantling 0 2003.12

Total 7982.1 2. “three simultaneity” measures for proposed project 2.1 Dust from bulk

material charging system

Gyre blowback flat bag type precipitator

2.2 Mixer fume Pulse filtering bag type precipitator 2.3 Dust from hot

metal pre-treatment devices

Pulse filtering bag type precipitator ≥

98.0%

2.4 Primary fume & dust of converter

OG wet cleaning (including venturi dedusting with two levels and demister etc.)

≥99.0%

2.5 Secondary fume & dust of converter

Pulse bag type precipitator

2.6 LF fume Pulse bag type precipitator

≥98.0%

Ventilation

Dedusting and gas cleaning facility 8062.8

2003.12


PAGE 257 OF283

2.7 Oil- fired boiler fume

Exhaust from chimney stack to diffusion and dilution

2.8 Reheating furnace fume in rolling area


2.9 Coiling furnace fume


2.10 Converter gas cleaning water

slope sediment tank, cooling

2.11 Condensation water of VD refining devices

Filtering, cooling

2.12 Caster secondary cooling and scale flushing water

Sediment tank with eddy flow, chemical deoiler, filtering, cooling

2.13 Roller direct cooling and scale flushing water

Primary sediment tank, secondary advection sediment tank, filtering, cooling

2.14 Laminar cooling water

Primary sediment tank, part filtering

SS≤50,

Oil≤5 mg/l

Water treatme

nt facility

11918.7

2.15 Afforestation 184.5 Total 20166 Note: The completion time mentioned in above list is calculated on the basis of starting proposed project on Jan.2000.

In order to alleviate the pollution influence on environment of Dachang District, Nanjing city, NISCO should do their utmost to strengthen the treatment for pollution sources, reduce the discharging amount of pollutants as possible as they can and make own contribution to local environment quality. The assessment herewith gives following further measures for treating environment pollution.

(1) Gas recovery for existing 20t converter At present the gas from two converters with 20t each haven’t been recovered, only the combustion method is used for cleaning fume. As a result, the amount of dust emission is big and the concentration is beyond the standard. In order to save energy and protect environment, the gas from two remained converters should be recovered as soon as possible, the investment thereof will be 39 million RMB approximately. Based on 80Nm3/t of recovered gas, the annual recovered gas will be 50 million Nm3, equivalent to 12.9 thousand tons standard coal. 16.5 thousand t/a of heavy oil will be reduced if such recovered gas will be used as a substitute for heavy oil, therefore, SO2 emission will be decreased by 264t/a approximately.

(2) Using large-scale equipment for converter steel-making Since current 20t converter was upgraded from the original 15 t converter, the dust emission without control in revamped 20t converter steel-making plant is high (1122.3t), meanwhile, due to the limitation of current plant layout, it is impossible to set secondary dust catcher cleaning facility, waste water and SS emission are also


PAGE 258 OF283

high. Without converter gas recovery, secondary energy can not be utilised very well and the economic returns are not good for the reason of small equipment limitation. In order to decrease the discharge of pollutants and increase economic returns in NISCO, it is suggested that the large-scale equipment can be put in use in the process of converter steel-making during next technical innovation stage in NISCO. Combining with the project construction, one additional new converter with capacity of 120t will be built to substitute 2 sets of 20t converters remained after completion of proposed project so as to stop all the small converters in NISCO.

(3) Resettlement of all residents who live in the area of plant to be built According to engineering design, the residents in Longshan village where is the plant located will be resettled due to the construction of proposed project. However, there are still 10 households will live beyond the boundary of the project, they will endure the construction noise and dust caused by project as well as the production noise and waste gas to be exhausted after project completion and take into operation. In order to protect these residents’ health and give them a good living condition, it is request to NISCO that the resettlement for all these residents should be carried out before start of proposed project.

(4) Strengthening training, improving management and monitoring means With the project construction, the management of current environmental protection mechanism will be strengthened and monitoring work will be intensified. In order to meet the request from proposed project construction and environmental protection development in current environmental protection department and environment monitoring station, NISCO should make an investment on environmental protection works in terms of strengthening management and monitoring means under the consideration of this project construction to improve the environmental protection works in NISCO. The measures can be taken is as follow: ①Training on management skill and business ability for the staff who works for environmental protection to improve their working ability; Strengthening environmental protection awareness and spirit of active participation by all-employee training. ②Introducing cleaning production and ISO14000 environmental management system in NISCO step by step so as to make progress on cleaning production, decreasing of energy consumption figures and reduction of pollutants discharge.

Upgrading some of existing monitorin③ g apparatus and purchasing advanced apparatus and devices to strengthen and improve the management and monitoring means.

(5) Taking measures to eliminate the discharge of cleaning water of BFG to outside According to the monitoring result of current water quality in Dachang reach of Yangtze River, the concentration of volatile hydroxybenzene is above standard. Moreover, after startup of proposed project in NISCO, due to the iron output increasing, the total amount of volatile hydroxybenzene to be discharged will be increased by 0.195t. At present volatile hydroxybenzene in water in Nanjing Dachang reach of Yangtze River is almost reach the limit. Although both concentration of volatile hydroxybenzene to be discharged meets the relevant standards and total amount of discharge reaches local gross control requirement after startup of proposed project in NISCO, it is request to reduce the total discharge of volatile hydroxybenzene based on the general analysis made by appraisal organization. The proposal given as follows:


PAGE 259 OF283

Now, blast furnace gas cleaning water is drained to radiant eddy flow sediment tank for depositing in power plant, and then it will be used circularly after the treatment of cooling down in cooling tower. Due to the volume limitation of suction tank of circulating pump in No.5 blast furnace system, the situation of small amount of blast furnace gas cleaning water to be used circularly is overflowed to outside will be happened, especially in the maintenance period. As a result, the content of volatile hydroxybenzene in the water discharged in No.3 outfall is high. Therefore, NISCO shall carry out the revamping for current suction tank of circulating pump in No.5 blast furnace system in terms of increasing volume to reach the production requirement and avoid the overflow of blast furnace gas cleaning water as well. Based on the calculation, 0.317t/a of discharge of volatile hydroxybenzene will be decreased, and total discharge of volatile hydroxybenzene will be decreased by 0.122t/a (with the ratio of 9.6%) after completion of proposed project accordingly.

18 Conclusion of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

Based on own characteristic and market demand, NISCO plans to build a steckel rolling mill production line, which is in conformity to the requirements of industrial structural adjustment and technical innovation. It can be expected that the whole technical equipment level will be improved and structure of product will be more reasonable after completion of this project. After analyzing and demonstrating for each special subject, the conclusion for the execution of proposed project in NISCO as follows:

(1) The investigation result of current pollution in Dachang District shows that equivalent standard pollution load of waste gas pollutants from NISCO is listed as No.4 as well as the equivalent standard pollution load of waste water pollutants is listed as No.2.

(2) The current project environmental protection devices are not sufficient in NISCO. Dust emission without control is big (equal to 6830t/a, accounts for 72.3% of total dust emission), the desulphurization rate of coke oven gas is low (S content is 4322mg/m3). The problem of dust, NOx and SS content exceeds standard still exist in current individual pollution sources. Some of production plants discharge industrial waste water directly, and water circulation rate is only 74.4% in whole plant, the environmental protection measures therefore shall be further improved.

(3) With the merits of high technical stating point, energy-saving, completed environmental protection measures, high level pollution control devices, sophisticated treatment technology and feasible measures execution, the proposed project is in conformity with the process of cleaning production. For instance, the technology of bottom and top combined blowing will be employed in converter. The recovered gas will be utilized. Steam will be recovered by using the method of steel-making fume evaporation cooling. Fully continuous casting will be fulfilled. The layout of compact short process flow will be formed between mill and caster. 100% slab hot charge will be adopted for rolling and the yield will be high. During proposed project construction, NISCO plans to actualize a large technical innovation for current engineering pollution control measures so as to improve the pollution control level in whole plant and make all discharge of pollution sources meet the standard. After completion of proposed project, pollutants discharge for each ton of steel will be far lower than the current level. Dust will be reduced by 60.1%, SO2 will be reduced by 35.6%, waste water discharged to outside will be reduced by 55.1%, CODcr will be reduced by 32.6% and petrolic substance will be reduced by 50.0%.


PAGE 260 OF283

(4) The environmental protection policy of “new project advancing existing facilities” and “gross control” will be executed in the construction of proposed project; therefore, each pollutant controlled by gross figure can meet the requirement of gross control after completion of proposed project. Comparing with the figure in 1999, annual reductions of all kinds of pollutant are 4484.0t for dust, 979.55t for SO2, 26.162million m3 for waste water discharged to outside, 213.6t for CODcr, 51.5t for petrolic substance. Content of volatile hydroxybenzene and cyanide will be increased by 0.195t and 0.484t respectively.

(5) Monitoring result of current environmental air quality shows that major pollutant in Dachang District is TSP followed by NOx. With reference to the daily average value of measuring points which exceeds standard, TSP accounts for 83% and NOx accounts for 16.7% while SO2 content can meet the standard. The result of ambient air quality impact forecast shows that air quality will be improved in 66.7% of forecast points. Comparing with current monitoring value, TSP will be decreased by 7.63-19.1% approximately and SO2 will be decreased by 9.1-35.3% approximately.

(6) The current water quality monitoring result in Nanjing Dachang reach of Yangtze River shows that its water quality can not meet the request of II category of standard stipulated in “Surface Water Environment Quality Standard”. Pollution caused by petrolic substance is severe; some measuring point of volatile hydroxybenzene and non-ionic ammonia fail to meet the standard. The current monitoring value of volatile hydroxybenzene and CODcr in Stone River exceed the limit of the relevant standards. The result of water environment quality forecast indicates that the predicted pollution concentration of petrolic substance and CODcr will be decreased in each forecasting section, in which, the area of CODcr pollution zone will be reduced from 0.032km2 to 0.03 km2 with the reduction rate of 6.3% approx. The concentration of petrolic substance will be decreased slightly while its pollution zone keeps the same.

(7) Current environmental noise monitoring result indicates that noise in plant area and sensitive points can meet III category of standard during daytime while exceed standard partly in the nighttime. Environmental noise forecasting result shows that the influence on environment will be worsen, 2.9% and 38.2% of predicted value will be above the standard limit in the daytime and nighttime respectively. Therefore, the residents living in northwest of plant to be built should be resettled during the construction of Wide Plate (Coil) Project. Land acquisition for that area will be made to enlarge the plant area and meet the standard requirement of noise.

(8) After completion of proposed project, total solid wastes will be increased by 19.7% approx., all of which belong to general industrial wastes. The comprehensive utilization of all these wastes will be available.

(9) A short-term impact on ambient will be produced by construction of proposed project, which mainly include construction noise and dust raising.

(10) Circulation rate of current engineering water is 74.4% in NISCO. Due to the increasing of water circulation in proposed project as well as the revamping for some water circulation system of existing projects during the construction of proposed project, the water circulation rate will be increased to 89.9% after completion of proposed project. However, comparing with other similar plants with high water circulation rate, it still has the margin for improving water circulation rate in NISCO plants. Therefore, NISCO should still pay attention on water saving and promote water circulation rate as well as reduce the discharge of waste water in future technical innovation.

(11) At present the old pollution sources control standard is executed for No.6 waste water outfall in NISCO. However, the effective standard for No.6 outfall will be changed after the waste water discharged from proposed project to here, the new pollution


PAGE 261 OF283

sources control standards therefore will be implemented for it. According to new standards, SS discharging concentration (73.3mg/L) will not meet the standard any more. Therefore, it is request that SS design control objective should be upgraded by the designer, i.e. designed SS concentration should be decreased from 70.0mg/L to lower than 50.0mg/L (such design is feasible). Thus SS discharge will be reduced by 65.8t/a approximately and SS concentration in No.6 outfall will be controlled within the standard limit (68.0mg/L approx.).

(12) Although the discharging amount of petrolic substance will be decreased by 34.8%(with the amount of 51.5t/a), i.e. the discharging amount of petrolic substance for each ton of steel will be reduced from current 0.08kg to 0.04kg after completion of proposed project in NISCO, its discharging amount will be close to gross control objectives (accounts for 99.1%). NISCO therefore should take measures to remove oil in the plants that have a big amount of oil discharge. For instance, the new belt type floating oil recovering machine can be set in Strip Plant to make the concentration of petrolic substance decreased from 23.36mg/L to 10.0mg/L so as to reduce the discharging amount of oil by 9.76t/a. With the execution of this project and proposed project in NISCO, the petrolic substance in percentage of gross control figure will be reduced from 99.1%(after completion of proposed project) to 89.0%.

(13) The investigation result for residents and enterprise staff who possibly will be affected by proposed project shows that most people support this project construction. Meanwhile they hope that the environmental management will be enhanced and “three simultaneity” will be executed during the project construction so as to ensure the discharge of pollutants can meet the design objectives.

(14) The construction of proposed project will result in good economic returns, 318 million RMB of profit after tax for this project will be obtained together with prominent social & environmental benefit. It is in conformity with the principle of industry structural adjustment and mutual development between production and environmental protection. In conclusion, the discharge of all pollution sources can meet the standards and the discharge of major pollutants will reach the gross control requirement given by local authority. Furthermore, the environmental effects caused by gas exhausted to outside and waste water will be weakened comparing with the one before proposed project. From environmental protection point of view, the construction of Wide Plate (Coil) Project is feasible.


PAGE 262 OF283

Registration form for approval of environmental protection of proposed project No.: Transactor for approval procedure:

PROJECT NAME

WILD PLATE(COIL) ENGINEERING PROJECT LOCATION IN PLANT AREA OF NISCO

To be built by Nanjing Iron & Steel Co. Ltd Post code 210035 Tel (025)7792100 Trade category Ferrous metal smelting and

rolling Project feature New√Revamping Technical

innovation Project scale Wide Plate(coil) with the

productivity of 1million t/a EIA labeling Report book √ Report form Register

Established by National Development and Planning Council

File No. Planning Industry [2000] No. 2502

Time Dec.31,2000

Control zone

Acid rain

EIA approved by

SEPA File No. Time

Total investment

3.38173 billion RMB

Investment for environmental

protection

201.66 million RMB Percentage 6.3%

EIA made by Beijing Environment Assessment United Company

Planned cost of environment assessment

0.4 million RMB

Current environment quality Environment quality standard

Executed discharging standard

Air Above the standard of 3rd grade in plant Basically meet the standard of 2nd grade out of plant

3rd grade in plant 2nd grade outside of plant

“standard of air pollutants discharging for industrial furnace”, the 3rd grade “standard for integrated discharging of air pollutant”, the 3rd grade “standard of air pollutants discharging for boiler” , the III category zone

Surface water Above the standards of II, IV category in Yangtze River and Stone River

II, IV category “standard of water pollutants discharging in Iron & Steel industry” 1st grade

Ground water Noise Basically meet the standard of III category III category “standard for noise in

the plants of industrial enterprise ” III category

others


PAGE 263 OF283

FIGURES FOR POLLUTION CONTROL

Item to be controlled Unit Existing

discharge (1)

Discharge from new

project (2)

Discharge reduction after treatment for

new project (3)

Reduction by means of ”new

project advancing

existing facilities”

(4)

Changing of

discharge (5)

Total amount of discharge

(6)

Allowed amount of discharge

(7)

Area reduction

(8)

Concentration before

treatment

Predicted concentration of discharge

Allowed concentration of discharge

Waste water 104 m3/a 6593.17 15690 15361 2945.24 -2616.2 3976.97 Hg Cd Pb As hexavalent chrome Cyanide Kg/a 3652 484 484 4136 7464.95 COD t/a 2347.0 120.6 334.2 -213.6 2133.4 3676.9 54 ≤100 Petrolic substance t/a 147.8 11.0 62.5 -51.5 96.3 97.21 2.4 ≤8 Waste gas SO2 t/a 7390.4 42.75 1022.3 -979.55 6410.85 7570.12 ≤850 Dust ≤120 Fume

t/a 9447.6 241.32 4725.3 -4484.0 4963.6 2041.71 of which belongs to point source

2255.19

≤150

Solid waste 104 t/a 108.1 21.8 0.5 21.3 129.4 Characteristic pollutants

Pollutant concentration in waste water: mg/L, pollutant concentration in waste gas: mg/m3; (5)=(2)-(3)-(4); (6)=(2)-(3)+(1)-(4) Controlling zone including: Huai River (trunk and branch), Hai River, Liao River, Tai Lake, Cao Lake, Dianchi, acid rain and SO2 controlling zone.


PAGE 264 OF283

Annex 1

National Development & Planning Commission Document

Planning Industry [2000] No.2502

Issuing notice of application for Wide Plate (Coil) Project proposal in Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co. Ltd, to be approved by National Development &

Planning Commission

Development & Planning Commission of Jiangsu Province, “The application for the proposal of Wide Plate (Coil) Engineering Project of Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co. Ltd, to be examined and approved by National Development & Planning Commission” has been authorized by State Council. It now is issued to you. Please hereby formulate the Feasibility Study Report and send us for approval from Development & Planning Commission of Jiangsu Province. Seal: National Development & Planning Commission of the People’s Republic of China Keywords: Iron and Steel Proposal of project Notice Copy to: Ministry of Railway, Ministry of communications, Ministry of Foreign Trade, People’s Bank of China, The State administration of Foreign Exchange, State Environmental Protection Administration of China, Industrial & Commercial Bank of China, China Construction Bank, National Development Bank, Bank of China, Agriculture Bank of China, China International Engineering Consultation Company.


PAGE 265 OF283

Annex 2

Planning & Economy Commission of Jiangsu Province (Application) Jiangsu Plan Economy Industry development (2000) No.858

Application for submission of pre-feasibility study report of Wide Plate (Coil) Project with capacity of 1 million tons per year

National Development & Planning Commission, Nanjing Iron and Steel Group Co. Ltd, is a key enterprise group with the productivity of 2.4 million tons of steel, 1.8 million tons and 2.1 million tons of rolled steel in Jiangsu Province. In order to cooperate with the large-scale development of the western region and “transmitting natural gas from the west to the east” as well as speed up the step of products structural adjustment, NISCO plans to develop the products of wide plate (coil) as the strategic leading product for next ten years. Together with NISCO, Beijing Iron & Steel design research institute now has been appointed to make the pre-feasibility study report. The main contents are mentioned as follow: 1. Wide plate (Coil) Project with the capacity of 1million tons will be built. The major aggregates to be constructed are: a new converter with the technology of top and bottom combined blowing will be built under the consideration of shutdown of 15 tons converter, a set of hot metal pretreatment facility, a ladle furnace, a set of RH vacuum degassing facility, a 150×3200 mm wide slab continuous caster with medium thickness and a set of modern wide plate (coil) rolling mill with the width of 3800mm. 2. Steel grades mainly include: X60-X80 pipe line steel, steel for shipbuilding plate and so on. Products size: plate thickness: 3-50mm, width: 1899-3520mm (the max diameter of straight welded pipe is up to 1115mm), length: 6000-18000mm; coil thickness: 3-20mm, width: 1800-2800mm, weight of individual coil: 22.5kg/mm [MAX]. 3. Total project investment is 3.0674 billion RMB (including US$120.43million), 2.8725 billion RMB of which belongs to the static investment for fixed assets (including US$120.43million), 113.93million RMB is loan interest during construction and 80.97 million RBM is for fundamental circulating fund. The financing strategy is 2.01 billion RMB comes from bank lending and other comes from NISCO itself. 4. It is planed that critical parts and automation control system will be imported and advanced technical software will be introduced from foreign countries. The main equipment will be manufactured in China together with the utilization of foreign technology, design and supervision from foreign company, it is expected the standard technical and economic figures can be met. The target is to reach above 70% of equipment to be manufactured domestically. 5. Regarding the changing of productivity caused by project construction, it is plan to adjust quota of some small steel plants which are to be shutdown so as to restructure the products in Jiangsu Province. The enterprise will also implement a good gross control by giving limitation to products produced through a long production line, shutdown of the outdated


PAGE 266 OF283

facilities, increasing the exportation and using the way of “self production instead of importation”. 6. According to the estimation, the annual sales income will be 2.29 billion RMB with the profit of 302.2 million RMB, after reaching the designed productivity of this project, the total investment financial internal rate of return (FIRR) will be 12.4% and investment recovery period will be 9.1 years (including 2 years construction). The economic returns therefore are prominent. The “pre-feasibility study report for modern Wide Plate (Coil) Project” (together with project proposal) is now enclosed herewith. Please give the approval by your esteemed commission. May.24th 2000 Seal: Planning & Economy Commission of Jiangsu Province Keywords: Industry Metallurgy Project Application Copy to: National Metallurgical Bureau Office of Planning & Economy commission of Jiangsu Province Issued on May.24th 2000

Total copies: 24


PAGE 267 OF283

Annex 3

Certificate of Appointment Beijing Environment Assessment United Company, According to the relevant regulations of environmental management of project construction, we hereby entrust your company with the fulfillment of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for “modern wide plate (coil) project of Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co.,Ltd.”. Please make the outline by Sep.5th 2000 and formulate Environmental Impact Assessment after receiving the reply of outline appraisal. Appointment is hereby given.

Environmental Protection Department

Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co. Ltd, Jul.30th 2000 Seal: Environmental Protection Department of Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co.,Ltd.


PAGE 268 OF283

Annex 4

State Environmental Protection Administration Document Environment supervision development [2000] No.162

The Reply for Review of EIA Outline of Modern Wide Plate (Coil) Project of Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co. Ltd,

Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co. Ltd, “Application for review of EIA outline for Wide Plate (Coil) Project of Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co. Ltd,” (NISCO Company environment [2000]No.253) has been received. The reply after examination is shown as follow: 1. Basically agree to the assessment contents defined by this outline, the assessment can

be carried out according to it. 2. The following issues should be paid attention to during EIA formulation: 2.1 The balance sheet for water supply and drainage will be made on the basis of the

principle of “separating clean water from waste water, circulating water for multi-purpose” and the feasibility analysis for further water saving as well as improvement of water circulation utilization should be made.

2.2 The quantitative analysis for cleaning production level of this project should be carried out according to the figures of specific material & water consumption, pollutants generating and amount of discharge etc.

2.3 The assessment factors such as fluoride and NO2 (nitric oxides in exhausted fume) should be added.

2.4 The monitoring section should be added in Stone River where the waste water will be discharged.

2.5 Analysis of potential risk should be made to provide the measures for prevention and remedy for emergency.

2.6 Total discharging amount of pollutants should be consistent with the target gross control figures given by local authority.

3. The effective standard for assessment will be selected according to individual environmental function zone which the project locates on. If the function zone has not been defined, such standard to be used for assessment will be confirmed by Environmental Protection Department of Jiangsu Province in written form.

4. The assessment fee listed is acceptable. Otc.13th 2000 Seal: Supervision & Management Department of State Environmental Protection Administration Keywords: Environmental protection Supervision Metallurgy Outline Reply Copy to: State Metallurgy Administration, Environmental Protection Department of Jiangsu Province, Environmental Protection Bureau of Nanjing City, Environmental Engineering Assessment Centre of State Environmental Protection Administration. Office of State Environmental Protection Administration Issued on Otc.16th 2000


PAGE 269 OF283

Annex 5

Nanjing Iron and Steel Group Co. Ltd, Modern Wide Plate (Coil) Project

Outline for Environmental Impact Assessment (Abstract)

Beijing Environment Assessment United Company Sep. 2000


PAGE 270 OF283

9. Key points of appraising subjects execution

According to the characteristic of proposed projects in NISCO, ambient conditions and the identification of above environmental impact factors, following subjects shall be included in environmental impact assessments: 1) Environmental conditions in project location and area pollution sources

investigation 2) Engineering analysis of proposed project 3) Current conditions and impact assessment of ambient air quality 4) Current conditions and impact assessment of surface water quality 5) Current conditions and impact assessment of noise environmental quality 6) Environmental impact analysis of solid waste 7) Statement of cleaning production analysis 8) Standard discharging of pollution sources and feasibility analysis of

environmental protection measures 9) Gross control analysis for discharge of pollutants 10) Environmental management and environmental monitoring 11) Analysis of environmental economy profit and loss 12) Public participation 13) Solution and measures for environment quality improvement The key points of above special items execution are described as follow:

9.1 Environmental conditions in project location and area pollution sources investigation

9.1.1 Investigation purpose

To provide basic information for environmental impact analysis of proposed project by means of investigating the current natural, ecological and social environment of surrounding area of proposed project. To provide information for pollution prevention and gross control analysis for pollutants discharging in this area by means of investigating the main pollution sources and pollutants in the surrounding area, checking current discharging situation and rule for each pollution sources and pollutants and analyzing the equivalent standard pollution load of pollutants discharging of project to be constructed in this area.

9.1.2 Working contents

9.1.2.1 Current environment investigation Current environment investigation mainly includes the general conditions of natural environment, ecological environment and social environment etc. 1) General situation of natural environment Investigation for local natural environmental information including landform, physiognomy, hydrograph feature and general climate condition etc will be made. 2) Ecological environmental situation


PAGE 271 OF283

Main investigation for vegetation distributing situation, type and cover rate etc in this area will be carried out. 3) Social environmental situation Investigation for social environmental situation in project location, which including regionalism, population distribution, agricultural and industrial production situation, energy structure, transportation and land utilization etc. will be made. 4) Environmental functional zone The situation of division of environmental functional zone in project location will be shown.

9.1.2.2 Area pollution sources investigation and appraisal Area pollution sources investigation and appraisal mainly include the aspects of area air pollution sources, water pollution sources, noise pollution sources and solid waste etc. 1) Investigation and analysis for air pollution sources Special investigation for 5 large-scale enterprises in Dachang District will be carried out in terms of industrial energy consumption, type and quantity as well as the discharging rule of pollutants to be discharged. Treatment and investment situation for treatment of pollution sources in this area should be realized and major air pollution sources and major pollutants in the area should be found out. 2) Investigation and analysis for water pollution sources Special investigation for 5 large-scale enterprises in Dachang District will be carried out in terms of waste water type, quantity, discharging rule and direction. Waste water outfall distribution, quantity of waste water to be drained, quantity of pollutants to be discharged in Dachang Zhenjiang section should be checked and the discharging situation of domestic pollution sources should be investigated and analyzed. 3) Investigation and analysis for noise pollution sources Special investigation for 5 large-scale enterprises in Dachang District will be carried out in terms of type, quantity and noise level of various equipments with high noise. The analysis of existing noise pollution sources should be made. 4) Investigation and statistics for solid waste Investigation for 5 large-scale enterprises in Dachang District will be carried out in terms of discharging quantity of solid waste, treatment and disposal measures thereof.

9.1.3 Working methods

The investigation methods mentioned here are based on information collection; the documents of pollution discharging declared in 1999 will be fully used. By using the analytical procedure of “pollutants equivalent to standard load methods”, major pollution sources, pollutants and their equivalent standard pollution load can be finally determined in the investigating area.

9.2 Project analysis

9.2.1 Working purpose

According to the construction content of NISCO proposed project and its process feature, analyzing production structure, pollution sources and prevention measures, verifying the quantity and way of pollutants discharging, calculating the changing of pollutants discharging before and after construction of proposed project (“three items”:


PAGE 272 OF283

discharging amount of proposed project, discharging amount of “new project advancing existing facilities”, total discharging amount of NISCO after proposed project completion). Providing essential information for relevant subjects related to environmental impact assessment and pollutants gross control analysis etc. According to the requirements of “new project advancing existing facilities”, “pollutant discharging meets standard” and ”pollutant gross control”, submitting the comments as a feedback for project construction plan and pollution control measures to keep the balance between economic development and environmental protection.


On the basis of existing environmental assessment documents and relevant information of proposed project in NISCO, the description for following items of current projects and proposed projects will be given: 1) Explanation for consumption of main raw material, additions and fuel, as well as

water consumption. Making the sheet (table) of metal balance, gas balance and sulfur balance of proposed project.

2) Explanation for production structure, production capacity, product mix and process flow in each workshop. Explanation for the situation for pollutant discharging and the pollution control measures as well as the analysis and assessment for feasibility and reliability of the pollution control measures.

3) Estimating and verifying discharging amount of major pollutants in every pollution source, and determining the pollutant intensity of pollution sources as well as its discharging characteristic data. The pollutants to be checked are : Pollution source of waste gas: dust, SO2; Pollution source of waste water: waste water amount, petrolic substance, SS, CODcr; Solid waste: steel slag, dust and sludge from dedusting system, scale. Equipment noise: metallurgical furnace, dedusting fan, mill etc.

4) Finding out the changing of major pollutants discharging after completing proposed project. (“three items”)


Calculating and estimating the amount of pollutants to be discharged by using actual measurement and material balance calculation as well as the project design information and investigation documents from similar domestic & foreign enterprises, making analysis and assessment based on the national, industry and local environmental protection and industrial policy.

9.3 Current ambient air quality and impact assessment


Realizing current ambient air quality in the area which project locates in, adopting area diffusing mode and parameter suited for local landform to predict the influencing level and scope for ambient air quality in appraising area after project putting into production, providing basis for gross control for pollutants of waste gas and pollution sources treatment.


PAGE 273 OF283


9.3.2.1 Monitoring and assessment for current ambient air quality 1) Current ambient air quality monitoring (a) Monitoring methods Monitoring will be executed based on “Environment Monitoring Technical Criterion” (atmosphere part) issued by State Environmental Protection Administration. (b) Monitoring point setting Monitoring points are set in appraising area according to different environment functional zone and in conjunction with the principle of even distribution. The monitoring points are arranged as follows. (Refers to Figure 7-1): 1# New and High Technology Development Zone 2# Nanjing Meteorology College 3# Living area in Dachang District 4# Yanjiang Town 5# Living area in NISCO 6# Xichangmen All existing monitoring information of this area will be fully used for this assessment. Table 9-1 shows the monitoring item of each monitoring point:

Table 9-1 list for current monitoring setting points and items to be monitored

Monitoring point Location Items to be monitored

1 New and High Technology Development Zone SO2, NO2,TSP

2 Nanjing Meteorology College SO2, NO2,TSP 3 Living area in Dachang District SO2, NO2,TSP 4 Yanjiang Town SO2, NO2,TSP 5 Living area in NISCO SO2, NO2,TSP 6 Xichangmen SO2, NO2,TSP

(c) Monitoring period and sampling frequency Existing information will be fully used and supplemental measurements can be made properly. The monitoring will be carried out on Sep.2000 and samples will be taken consecutively for 5 days. Sampling frequency of SO2, NO2: 24 hours consecutive sampling will be carried out in 3# living area in Dachang District, 5# living area in NISCO and 6# Xichangmen. For other 3 points remained, the way of 6 times per day (i.e. sampling will be taken on 02:00, 07:00, 10:00, 14:00, 16:00, 19:00 with the time of 45 minutes per hour) will be adopted as their sampling frequency. Sampling for TSP will be 1 time per day with 12 hours continuous sampling. (d) Sampling and analytical methods Sampling and analysis will be executed according to national standards and criterions issued by State Environmental Protection Administration, and the meteorologic information related to weather, air pressure, wind direction, wind speed etc. in local area will be collected as well. 2) Assessment for current ambient air quality


PAGE 274 OF283

Based on the collection and analysis of monitoring results, single factor evaluating index method will be employed for assessment of current ambient air quality. The calculation formula of single factor evaluating index method will not be stated here.

9.3.2.2 Investigation and analysis of pollution meteorology and air diffusing parameter 1) Collection and statistics of meteorologic information Collecting ground observational meteorologic data in recent years in this area, which mainly including: Yearly, quarterly (periodic) ground temperature, dew point temperature and rainfall; Yearly, quarterly (periodic) rose diagram of wind direction Average wind speed changing in months (graph) Daily changing of quarterly (periodic) hour average wind speed (graph) Air stability frequency with each level per year and quarter, and integrated appearing frequency of each wind direction, wind speed and air stability with each level per year and quarter (period). 2) Parameter determination for average field of air boundary layer Existing monitoring data in appraising area will be fully used, which including: Ground observational information: ground air temperature, humility, air pressure, total cloud amount and low cloud amount, wind direction and speed 10m above ground. Low altitude observational information: the relationship between altitude and wind direction & speed in the zone up to 1.5km above ground; Power exponent expression will be given according to the classification of air stability; Mixing layer altitude of each air stability, daily changing rule and temperature inversion changing rule per quarter. 3) Determination of air diffusing parameter Air diffusing parameter will be selected according to Annex B of “Technical Guideline of Environmental Impact Assessment”.

9.3.2.3 Prediction of ambient air quality impact 1) Prediction mode Calculating the influencing range and level on ambient air quality caused by pollution factors in appraising area through mathematical mode. 2) Prediction content a) Concentration distribution of each factor in the sampling time of 1hour and 24

hours. b) Maximum grounding concentration of pollution factor for point-source discharging,

and its distance to exhausting pipe. c) Concentration distribution of all factors in appraising area and its appearing

frequency in adverse meteorologic conditions, and hourly average concentration distribution under the condition of gentle wind.

d) Yearly long-term average concentration distribution. e) Multi-sources superposing The ground concentration of air pollution sources after completion of proposed project will be calculated and concentration superpose in the receiving points will be made. 3) Diffusion mode (omitted)

9.3.2.4 Ambient air quality impact assessment Comprehensive analysis for the influence on ambient air quality cased by pollutants to be discharged from project construction will be carried out according to predicting results mentioned above.


PAGE 275 OF283

1) Calculation of appraising index and pollution burden rate The calculation method of appraising index is the same as assessment of current status, in which, Ci is the predicted value of concentration of certain pollutant in the different sampling time. For the concentration distribution figure of each predicted pollution factor, area which possibly exceed the limit of the standard or position and area of Ii maximum value zone (when it is not exceed the limit of the standard), changing range and average of Ii, as well as the zone which possibly exceed the limit of the standard and function feature will be indicated. Pollution burden rate Kij (calculation is omitted) Kij value of each calculating point (including concerning point), the zone that possibly exceed the limit of the standard, Kij average value of each functional area and whole appraising area will be given. 2) Environmental impact assessment The assessment of proposed project location and layout arrangement will made from the viewpoint of ambient air protection. The proportional sequence of different pollution factors and pollution sources in total environment pollution will be defined, and the pollution sources will be evaluated according to appraising index and pollution burden rate. The analysis of meteorologic condition when exceeding the standard will be made. Comprehensive analysis for impact of ambient air quality caused by project construction in appraising area will be carried out.

9.4 Current surface water quality and impact assessment


The information of water environmental quality, hydrology characteristic and pollution characteristic in proposed project location will be given by means of investigating current surface water quality and monitoring hydrology and water quality so as to provide the information for environmental impact assessment. The effect and its range on surface water possibly cased by waste water to be discharged from project construction will be elaborated through mathematical predict mode.


9.4.2.1 Investigation and assessment for current surface water quality 1) Monitoring items and methods Monitoring factors for current status: pH, CODcr, petrolic substance, volatile hydroxybenzene, non-ionic ammonia, cyanide, SS Monitoring will be executed according to “Environment Monitoring Technical Criterion” (surface water environment part) issued by State Environmental Protection Administration. 2) Monitoring section and monitoring point Considering different water quality, hydrology characteristic, water intake and outfall position in investigating range, 4 monitoring sections will be set in the range of 4km of appraising reach, i.e. No.1 monitoring section (500m upstream from the infall of Stone River), No.2 monitoring section (500m upstream from 2# outfall of NISCO), No.3 monitoring section (NISCO waterhead location), No.4 monitoring section (1200m downstream from 3# waterhead of Nanjing Chemical Industry Company). Three monitoring points of each section will be set, which will be 20m, 70m and 150m away


PAGE 276 OF283

from the northern shore of Yangtze River respectively. Table 9-2 shows the monitoring section of water quality.

Table 9-2 location of monitoring section of water quality

No. Location Distance to 2# outfall of NISCO (km)

1 500m upstream from the infall of Stone River 2.1

2 500m upstream from 2# outfall of NISCO 0.5

3 NISCO waterhead location 1.0

4 1200m downstream from 3#

waterhead of Nanjing Chemical Industry Company

1.9

3) Monitoring period and sampling frequency Sample time will be September, 2000 and 3 days of continuous sampling will be taken, and one time for tide and ebb tide each. 4) Sampling and analytical methods Sampling and analytical methods is subject to relevant national standard and criterion of State Environmental Protection Administration. 5) Current surface water environmental status assessment The result of water quality monitoring will be collected and analyzed. Single factor standard index method will be employed for assessment of surface water environmental quality. Formula of single factor standard index method (omitted)

9.4.2.2 Hydrology information investigation and collection Collecting hydrology monitoring information for reach of Nanjing Dachang District of Yangtze River, which mainly including: hydrology information of high water period, level period, lower flow period - straight and curving situation of riverway, water level, water depth, river width, flow rate, velocity of flow and so on.

9.4.2.3 Assessment for prediction of surface water environmental impact 1) Prediction mode (omitted) 2) Prediction factor: CODcr, petrolic substance 3) Prediction contents: a. Predicting water quality in each monitoring section before and after completion of

proposed project. b. Predicting changing of pollution band before and after completion of proposed

project. 4) Impact assessment of predicted result According to predicted result, analysis for the range and level of exceeding standard for concentration increment and accumulative value of each pollutant will be made.


PAGE 277 OF283

9.5 Current ambient noise quality and impact assessment


By means of monitoring and predicting current noise situation in NISCO, the influencing range and level of ambient noise possibly cased by proposed project will be realized and the basis and primary information for project design and environmental management will be provided.


9.5.2.1 Investigation of existing ambient noise (a) Geographic location, enterprises and main construction facilities around proposed project (b) Major existing noise sources as well as the name, type, location and operational condition etc. of equipment which produce noise (c) Major noise sensitive points around construction area (d) Corresponding functional zone and noise control standard to be executed

9.5.2.2 Existing ambient noise monitoring (a) Sound level measurement in existing fixed noise sources (b) Ambient noise monitoring around and outside of plant boundary The point-setting principle is quasi-even distribution, i.e. the points will be setting for each 200mm, but additional measurement points can be set when pollution sources of big noise are found around plant boundary. In addition, a noise sensitive point will be set in the area around plant west boundary of proposed project. Monitoring will be carried out in each point during daytime and nighttime, the measurement and data handling will be made according to “Measurement Methods of Ambient Noise in Plant Area of Industrial Enterprises” and “Measurement Methods of Ambient Noise in Urban Area”.

9.5.2.3 Assessment of current ambient noise The appraisal of current ambient noise and the situation of standard fulfillment will be executed according to appraising standard.

9.5.2.4 Assessment for prediction of ambient noise 1) Predicting sound level in plant caused by equipments of proposed project through

noise mathematical mode (omitted) calculation. 2) Prediction contents (a) Equivalent sound level of each predicting point (b) Influencing area of different sound level 3) Analysis and assessment for predicted result Prediction assessment for predicted result of noise impact in sensitive point and plant area will be carried out.


PAGE 278 OF283

9.6 Environmental impact analysis of solid waste


Getting clear idea about the pollution effects on ambient environment caused by solid waste discharged from proposed project in NISCO and its disposal.


According to kinds of solid waste, disposal and comprehensive utilization, factors which possibly have an influence on environmental pollution will be selected and qualitative analysis for environmental pollution effects possibly caused by solid waste disposal and comprehensive utilization will be made.


Qualitative analysis for environmental effects of major solid waste will be given according to solid waste disposal methods and environmental characteristic of storage yard.

9.7 Environmental impact analysis in construction period


The effects on ambient air and acoustic environment caused by construction activities will be fully realized, and feedback for construction activities scheduling will be given.

9.7.2 Working contents and methods

The factors (mainly refer to construction noise, raised dust and builders rubbish) which possibly influence on environment in construction period will be realized. The analysis for its adverse effects on environment will made and the measures to alleviate such adverse effects will be offered.

9.8 Analysis and statement of cleaning production


Advancing cleaning production is the important measures for executing whole process control, performing overall pollution prevention so as to fulfill the target of energy saving, consumption lowering, pollution decreasing and profit increasing and to implement standard discharging and pollutants gross control as well. Cleaning production is a great environmental protection strategy in China. In order to follow the content of “Some Ideas of Advancing Cleaning Production Given by State Environmental Protection Administration”, the analysis of performing cleaning production in NISCO proposed project will be stated in this assessment.


According to the situation of iron and steel industry development, technical innovation


PAGE 279 OF283

and environmental protection policy as well as domestic and foreign modern iron and steel production technology, the statement for analysis of cleaning production process and technology will be given in terms of products plan, production process, various material consumption figures and comprehensive utilization of resource etc.

9.9 Standard discharging of pollution sources and feasibility analysis of environmental protection measures


The analysis of standard discharging for pollution sources in NISCO will be made according to requirements of relevant standard discharging mentioned in “Decision for Some Problems Related to Environmental Protection Made by State Council”, meanwhile, progressiveness, reliability and feasibility of pollution control measures will be stated. Measures of meeting standard discharging will be put forward based on existing problems, which will provide scientific basis to environmental management.


Standard discharging analysis for new pollution sources produced by proposed project and existing engineering pollution sources will be carried out; its result will be listed for each pollution source. Feasibility analysis of environmental protection measures will be demonstrated in terms of process level, treatment result and operation reliability and so on. For the pollution sources which can not meet the standard, the solutions and measures should be offered.

9.10 Gross control analysis for pollutants discharging


According to engineering analysis result, the demonstration of whether gross control requirement given by local environmental protection department can be met after proposed project completion will be made, so as to provide the basis for environmental management executed by relevant departments and construction units.


With the consideration of gross changing situation of new pollution sources of proposed project and main pollutants of dust, SO2, amount of waste water to be discharged, SS, CODcr, petrolic substance discharged from pollution sources which will be shut down according to the plan of “new project advancing existing facilities”, the gross control analysis will be made according to national and local relevant requirements. For the pollutants that can’t meet the gross control requirement, the solution and measures for reducing its discharge in plant will be put forward.

9.11 Environmental management and environmental monitoring


Considering the production and pollutants discharging characteristic of proposed project in NISCO, the suggestion of enhancing environmental monitoring and


PAGE 280 OF283

environmental management will be provided based on current environmental monitoring system in NISCO.


Equipment level, working system and management system in current environmental monitoring station in NISCO should be realized. Based on the pollution sources distribution and pollutants discharging characteristic, the measures for improving and strengthening environmental monitoring as well as the suggestion for establishing system of environment and pollution sources monitoring and strengthening environmental management should be provided.


According to relevant regulations in iron and steel industry, it will be carried out under the consideration of current environmental monitoring and management in NISCO.

9.12 Analysis for environment economy profit and loss


Analysis for economic, social and environmental benefit will be made to provide the basis for making decision on fulfillment of the balance among economic, social and environmental benefit come from the construction of the proposed project.


The analysis of economic benefit includes the economic benefit of proposed project itself, economic benefit obtained by means of comprehensive utilization of resource and the benefit of promoting social economy development. Social benefit analysis includes various positive factors and adverse impacts on social development in ambient area which possible caused by proposed project. The analysis can be made from viewpoint of benefit and disadvantage. Environmental benefit means the construction of the proposed project will decrease environmental pollution effects through pollution control, shutdown of facilities which cause pollution and resource general utilization after proposed project construction.


It will be carried out according to engineering design documents and existing relevant materials in NISCO.

9.13 Public participation


In order to strengthen communication with public on each aspect of proposed project, and let people understand project construction, all kinds of public opinions and attitudes towards project will be indicated in the items of “Public participation” through public participation, so as to increase project environmental benefit.


PAGE 281 OF283


Public poll for some people and staff from different enterprises will be carried out according to requirement stipulated in Annex 5 of Jiangsu environment commission [98] No.1 document. Various opinions and altitudes will be collected by means of distributing materials of project brief introduction and filling out the consultation forms to reach the target of improvement of environmental quality and measures.


The basis for making decision on proposed project by each level superior department will be provided; meanwhile, it is also the basis for environmental management executed by responsible departments.


According to appraisal of each special subject and result of analysis, clear assessment conclusion will be given under the consideration of current status and development in NISCO as well as the environmental characteristic of NISCO location. The feedback for proposed project construction scheme and corresponding measures for environment improvement and fulfillment of environmental protection requirements will be provided.

10 Result submission

The appraising result to be submitted is “Environmental Impact Report for Modern Wide Plate (Coil) Project of Nanjing Iron & Steel Group Co, Ltd.”

11 Organization and division for appraisal

No. Working contents Assessment organization

1 General description Appraisal company

2 Environmental situation of project construction location Nanjing environment research institute

3 Investigation analysis of local pollution sources Nanjing environment research institute

4 Plant brief introduction Appraisal company 5 Engineering analysis Appraisal company

6 Current ambient air quality and impact assessment Nanjing environment research institute

7 Current surface water quality and impact assessment Nanjing environment research institute

8 Current ambient noise quality and impact assessment Nanjing environment research institute

9 Environmental impact analysis of solid waste Appraisal company 10 Environmental impact analysis in construction period Nanjing environment


PAGE 282 OF283

research institute 11 Analysis and statement of cleaning production Appraisal company

12 Standard discharging of pollution sources and feasibility analysis of environmental protection measures Appraisal company

13 Gross control analysis for pollutants discharging Appraisal company 14 Environmental management and monitoring Appraisal company 15 Analysis for environmental economy profit and loss Appraisal company

16 Public participation Nanjing environment research institute

17 Solution and measures for environment quality improvement Appraisal company 18 Conclusion of Environmental Impact Assessment Appraisal company 19 Report formulation Appraisal company


PAGE 283 OF283

Note: The translated English version is for reference only. In case of discrepancy between Chnese version and English version, Chinese version shall prevail.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT · the environmental impact outline and reply to review from...

Documents

Transcript of ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT · the environmental impact outline and reply to review from...